US20160060345A1 - Novel EGFR-Binding Molecules and Immunoconjugates Thereof - Google Patents

Novel EGFR-Binding Molecules and Immunoconjugates Thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20160060345A1
US20160060345A1 US14/821,398 US201514821398A US2016060345A1 US 20160060345 A1 US20160060345 A1 US 20160060345A1 US 201514821398 A US201514821398 A US 201514821398A US 2016060345 A1 US2016060345 A1 US 2016060345A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
seq
antibody
egfr
polynucleotide
antibodies
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US14/821,398
Inventor
Julianto Setiady
Peter U. Park
Lingyun Rui
Thomas Chittenden
Gillian Payne
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Immunogen Inc
Original Assignee
Immunogen Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Immunogen Inc filed Critical Immunogen Inc
Priority to US14/821,398 priority Critical patent/US20160060345A1/en
Assigned to IMMUNOGEN, INC. reassignment IMMUNOGEN, INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: PAYNE, GILLIAN, PARK, PETER U., RUI, LINGYUN, SETIADY, JULIANTO, CHITTENDEN, THOMAS
Publication of US20160060345A1 publication Critical patent/US20160060345A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/28—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • C07K16/2863—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants against receptors for growth factors, growth regulators
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K39/395—Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K39/395—Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum
    • A61K39/39533—Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum against materials from animals
    • A61K39/39558—Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum against materials from animals against tumor tissues, cells, antigens
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K45/00—Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
    • A61K45/06—Mixtures of active ingredients without chemical characterisation, e.g. antiphlogistics and cardiaca
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
    • A61K47/68—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment
    • A61K47/6801—Drug-antibody or immunoglobulin conjugates defined by the pharmacologically or therapeutically active agent
    • A61K47/6803—Drugs conjugated to an antibody or immunoglobulin, e.g. cisplatin-antibody conjugates
    • A61K47/68033—Drugs conjugated to an antibody or immunoglobulin, e.g. cisplatin-antibody conjugates the drug being a maytansine
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
    • A61K47/68—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment
    • A61K47/6835—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment the modifying agent being an antibody or an immunoglobulin bearing at least one antigen-binding site
    • A61K47/6849—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment the modifying agent being an antibody or an immunoglobulin bearing at least one antigen-binding site the antibody targeting a receptor, a cell surface antigen or a cell surface determinant
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/16—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for liver or gallbladder disorders, e.g. hepatoprotective agents, cholagogues, litholytics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/08—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the prostate
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A61P15/14—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives for lactation disorders, e.g. galactorrhoea
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A61P5/38—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the suprarenal hormones
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/28—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K2039/505—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies comprising antibodies
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/20—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by taxonomic origin
    • C07K2317/24—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by taxonomic origin containing regions, domains or residues from different species, e.g. chimeric, humanized or veneered
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/30—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by aspects of specificity or valency
    • C07K2317/33—Crossreactivity, e.g. for species or epitope, or lack of said crossreactivity
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/30—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by aspects of specificity or valency
    • C07K2317/34—Identification of a linear epitope shorter than 20 amino acid residues or of a conformational epitope defined by amino acid residues
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/50—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments
    • C07K2317/56—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments variable (Fv) region, i.e. VH and/or VL
    • C07K2317/565—Complementarity determining region [CDR]
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/70—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by effect upon binding to a cell or to an antigen
    • C07K2317/73—Inducing cell death, e.g. apoptosis, necrosis or inhibition of cell proliferation
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/70—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by effect upon binding to a cell or to an antigen
    • C07K2317/73—Inducing cell death, e.g. apoptosis, necrosis or inhibition of cell proliferation
    • C07K2317/732—Antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity [ADCC]
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/70—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by effect upon binding to a cell or to an antigen
    • C07K2317/76—Antagonist effect on antigen, e.g. neutralization or inhibition of binding
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/90—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by (pharmaco)kinetic aspects or by stability of the immunoglobulin
    • C07K2317/92—Affinity (KD), association rate (Ka), dissociation rate (Kd) or EC50 value

Definitions

  • the present invention generally relates to antibodies, antigen-binding fragments thereof, polypeptides, and immunoconjugates that bind to EGFR.
  • the present invention also relates to methods of using such EGFR-binding molecules for diagnosing and treating diseases, such as malignancies.
  • the epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR or ErbB1 or HER1) is a transmembrane glycoprotein of 170 kDa that is encoded by the c-erbB1 proto-oncogene located in the 7q22 chromosome.
  • EGFR is a member of the human epidermal growth factor receptor (HER) family of receptor tyrosine kinases (RTK) which includes HER2 (ErbB2), HER3 (ErbB3) and HER4 (ErbB4).
  • RTKs share a homologous structure that consists of a ligand-binding extracellular domain (ECD), a single span transmembrane domain and an intracellular domain that contain catalytic-kinase domain and a C-terminal tail.
  • ECD extracellular domain
  • HER kinase signaling pathways are initiated by the binding of extracellular ligand that induces receptor homodimerization or heterodimerization with other HER kinase member and transphosphorylation of the intracellular regions. These events generate the initial signal leading to activation of numerous downstream signaling pathways that are critical for cell proliferation and survival.
  • EGFR is over-expressed in many malignant tumor types of epithelial cell origin such as head and neck, colorectal, lung, ovarian, renal, pancreatic, skin and other solid tumors.
  • EGFR-mediated signaling pathways play a significant role in the progression of tumor growth and metastases, making EGFR a good target for tumor therapy (Baselga, Oncologist, 7:2-8 (2002), Yarden and Sliwkowski, Nat Rev Mol Cell Biol, 2:127-137 (2001)).
  • EGFR targeting agents including two small molecules tyrosine kinase inhibitors (TKIs) (erlotinib (Tarceva from Genentech and OSI Pharmaceuticals) and gefitinib (Iressa from AstraZeneca and Teva Pharmaceuticals)) and two naked monoclonal antibodies cetuximab (Erbitux from ImClone and BMS) and panitumumab (Vectibix from Amgen)) have been approved for treatment of colorectal cancer, pancreatic cancer, head and neck cancer, and non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC).
  • TKIs small molecules tyrosine kinase inhibitors
  • Erbitux Erbitux from ImClone and BMS
  • panitumumab Vectibix from Amgen
  • the TKIs compete with ATP for binding to the EGFR's intracellular kinase domain (Baselga and Arteaga, J Clin Oncol, 23:2445-2459 (20005)), whereas the two monoclonal antibodies compete with the EGFR ligands for binding to the receptor (Gill et al., J Biol Chem, 259:7755-7760 (1984), Goldstein et al., Clin Cancer Res, 1:1311-1318 (1995), Prewett et al., Clin Cancer Res, 4:2957-2966 (1998)).
  • Anti-EGFR therapies are not perfect. Inhibition of EGFR signaling is only effective in certain tumor type. For example, the efficacy of anti-EGFR antibodies is significantly reduced in colorectal cancer patients with KRAS, BRAF, PIK3CA and PTEN mutations (De Roock et al., Lancet Oncol, 11:753-762 (2010), Bardelli and Sienna, J Clin Oncol, 28: 1254-1261 (2010)).
  • EGFR therapies also result in skin toxicity.
  • EGFR expression in normal basal epithelial cells of the skin plays a crucial role in normal development and physiology of epidermis, and inhibition of EGFR signaling causes various skin toxicities including acneiform skin rash, skin dryness, pruritus, paronychia, hair abnormality, mucositis and increased growth of the eyelashes or facial hair (reviewed in Li and Perez-Soler, Targ Oncol 4:107-119 (2009)).
  • the skin toxicities cause significant physical and psycho-social discomfort that decrease the patient's life quality.
  • the skin toxicity is so severe that it requires treatment interruption or discontinuation that impairs the clinical outcomes of EGFR inhibitors.
  • the present invention focuses on a unique novel class of EGFR antibodies that are very potent in killing EGFR expressing tumor cells but have no or little impact on normal epithelial cell growth.
  • the conjugation of the EGFR antibodies of the invention with cytotoxic agents potentiates the anti-tumor activity of these antibodies, it does not cause additional toxicity to normal epithelial cells.
  • the present invention generally relates to antibodies, antigen-binding fragments thereof, polypeptides, and immunoconjugates that bind to EGFR.
  • the present invention also relates to methods of using such EGFR-binding molecules for diagnosing and treating diseases, such as malignancies.
  • the invention provides an antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof that specifically binds to human EGFR, wherein said antibody has at least one characteristic selected from the group consisting of: (a) inhibits at least 80% of epidermal growth factor (EGF) and transforming growth factor alpha (TGF ⁇ ) binding to A431 cells at a concentration of 10 nM or higher, (b) causes at least 50% inhibition of H292 and HCC827 tumor cell proliferation at 30 nM or higher, and (c) does not inhibit more than 20% proliferation of keratinocytes and MCF-10A epithelial cells at 60 nM or lower.
  • EGF epidermal growth factor
  • TGF ⁇ transforming growth factor alpha
  • the antibody has at least two characteristics selected from the group consisting of: (a) inhibits at least 80% of EGF and TGF ⁇ binding to A431 cells at a concentration of 10 nM or higher, (b) causes at least 50% inhibition of H292 and HCC827 tumor cell proliferation at 30 nM or higher, and (c) does not inhibit more than 20% proliferation of keratinocytes and MCF-10A epithelial cells at 60 nM or lower.
  • the antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof that specifically binds to human EGFR wherein said antibody (a) inhibits at least 80% of EGF and TGF ⁇ binding to A431 cells at a concentration of 10 nM or higher, (b) causes at least 50% inhibition of H292 and HCC827 tumor cell proliferation at 30 nM or higher, and (c) does not inhibit more than 20% proliferation of keratinocytes and MCF-10A epithelial cells at 60 nM or lower.
  • the invention provides an antibody which comprises (a) a VH sequence at least 90% identical to a reference VH sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs:19-23 and 69-73; and (b) a VL sequence at least 90% identical to a reference VL sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs:24-30 and 70.
  • the VH and VL sequences are at least 95% identical to the reference VH and VL sequences.
  • the VH and VL sequences are at least 99% identical to the reference VH and VL sequences.
  • the invention provides an antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof which comprises (a) a VH sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs:19-23 and 69-73; and (b) a VL sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs:24-30 and 70.
  • the antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof comprises SEQ ID NO:19 and SEQ ID NO:24.
  • the antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof comprises SEQ ID NO:20 and SEQ ID NO:25.
  • the antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof comprises SEQ ID NO:21 and SEQ ID NO:26.
  • the antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof comprises SEQ ID NO:21 and SEQ ID NO:27.
  • the antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof comprises SEQ ID NO:22 and SEQ ID NO:28. In another embodiment, the antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof comprises SEQ ID NO:23 and SEQ ID NO:29. In another embodiment, the antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof comprises SEQ ID NO:23 and SEQ ID NO:30. In another embodiment, the antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof comprises SEQ ID NO:69 and SEQ ID NO:70. In another embodiment, the antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof comprises SEQ ID NO:71 and SEQ ID NO:26. In another embodiment, the antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof comprises SEQ ID NO:71 and SEQ ID NO:27. In another embodiment, the antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof comprises SEQ ID NO:72 and SEQ ID NO:26.
  • the antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof comprises SEQ ID NO:72 and SEQ ID NO:27. In another embodiment, the antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof comprises SEQ ID NO:73 and SEQ ID NO:26. In another embodiment, the antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof comprises SEQ ID NO:73 and SEQ ID NO:27.
  • the invention provides an antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof produced by hybridoma selected from the group consisting of ATCC Deposit Designation PTA-11331, deposited with the ATCC on Oct. 6, 2010, ATCC Deposit Designation PTA-11332, deposited with the ATCC on Oct. 6, 2010, and ATCC Deposit Designation PTA-11333, deposited with the ATCC on Oct. 6, 2010.
  • the invention provides an antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof that specifically binds to the same EGFR epitope as an antibody selected from the group consisting of ATCC Deposit Designation PTA-11331, deposited with the ATCC on Oct. 6, 2010, ATCC Deposit Designation PTA-11332, deposited with the ATCC on Oct.
  • the invention provides an antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof that competitively inhibits binding of a reference antibody to human EGFR, wherein said reference antibody is selected from the group consisting of ATCC Deposit Designation PTA-11331, deposited with the ATCC on Oct. 6, 2010, ATCC Deposit Designation PTA-11332, deposited with the ATCC on Oct. 6, 2010, and ATCC Deposit Designation PTA-11333, deposited with the ATCC on Oct. 6, 2010.
  • the invention provides an antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof that specifically binds to the same EGFR epitope as an antibody selected from the group consisting of: (a) an antibody comprising the VH polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:19 and the VL polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:24; (b) an antibody comprising the VH polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:20 and the VL polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:25; (c) an antibody comprising the VH polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:21 and the VL polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:26; (d) an antibody comprising the VH polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:21 and the VL polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:27; (e) an antibody comprising the VH polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:22 and the VL polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:28; (f) an antibody comprising the VH polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:23 and the VL polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:29; (g) an antibody comprising the
  • the invention provides an antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof that competitively inhibits binding of a reference antibody to human EGFR, wherein said reference antibody is selected from the group consisting of: (a) an antibody comprising the VH polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:19 and the VL polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:24; (b) an antibody comprising the VH polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:20 and the VL polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:25; (c) an antibody comprising the VH polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:21 and the VL polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:26; (d) an antibody comprising the VH polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:21 and the VL polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:27; (e) an antibody comprising the VH polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:22 and the VL polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:28; (f) an antibody comprising the VH polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:23 and the VL polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:29
  • the invention provides an antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof that specifically binds to human EGFR, wherein the antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof comprises: (a) an immunoglobulin heavy chain variable region comprising CDR1, CDR2, and CDR3, which, with the exception of 1, 2, or 3 conservative amino acid substitutions, are respectively identical to the reference heavy chain CDR1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, the reference heavy chain CDR2 sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, 4, 6, 63, or 64, and the reference heavy chain CDR3 sequence of SEQ ID NO: 3 or 5; and (b) an immunoglobulin a light chain variable region comprising CDR1, CDR2, and CDR3, which, with the exception of 1, 2, or 3 conservative amino acid substitutions, are respectively identical to the reference light chain CDR1 sequence of SEQ ID NO: 10, 13, or 14, the reference light chain sequence CDR2 of SEQ ID NO:11, and the reference light chain CDR3 sequence of SEQ ID NO: 12.
  • the antibody comprises: (a) an immunoglobulin heavy chain variable region comprising CDR1, CDR2, and CDR3, which are respectively identical to the reference heavy chain CDR1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, the reference heavy chain CDR2 sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, 4, 6, 63, or 64, and the reference heavy chain CDR3 sequence of SEQ ID NO: 3 or 5; and (b) an immunoglobulin a light chain variable region comprising CDR1, CDR2, and CDR3, which are respectively identical to the reference light chain CDR1 sequence of SEQ ID NO: 10, 13, or 14, the reference light chain sequence CDR2 of SEQ ID NO:11, and the reference light chain CDR3 sequence of SEQ ID NO: 12.
  • the invention provides an antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof that specifically binds to human EGFR, wherein the antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof comprises: (a) an immunoglobulin heavy chain variable region comprising CDR1, CDR2, and CDR3, which, with the exception of 1, 2, or 3 conservative amino acid substitutions, are respectively identical to the reference heavy chain CDR1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, the reference heavy chain CDR2 sequence of SEQ ID NO: 7, 8, or 9, and the reference heavy chain CDR3 sequence of SEQ ID NO: 3; and (b) an immunoglobulin a light chain variable region comprising CDR1, CDR2, and CDR3, which, with the exception of 1, 2, or 3 conservative amino acid substitutions, are respectively identical to the reference light chain CDR1 sequence of SEQ ID NO: 15 or 16, the reference light chain CDR2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:17, and the reference light chain CDR3 sequence of SEQ ID NO: 18.
  • the antibody comprises: (a) an immunoglobulin heavy chain variable region comprising CDR1, CDR2, and CDR3, which are respectively identical to the reference heavy chain CDR1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, the reference heavy chain CDR2 sequence of SEQ ID NO: 7, 8, or 9, and the reference heavy chain CDR3 sequence of SEQ ID NO: 3; and (b) an immunoglobulin a light chain variable region comprising CDR1, CDR2, and CDR3, which are respectively identical to the reference light chain CDR1 sequence of SEQ ID NO: 15 or 16, the reference light chain CDR2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:17, and the reference light chain CDR3 sequence of SEQ ID NO: 18.
  • the invention provides an antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof that specifically binds to human EGFR, wherein the antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof comprises: (a) an immunoglobulin heavy chain variable region comprising CDR1, CDR2, and CDR3, which, with the exception of 1, 2, or 3 conservative amino acid substitutions, are respectively identical to the reference heavy chain CDR1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, the reference heavy chain CDR2 sequence of SEQ ID NO: 65, 66, or 67, and the reference heavy chain CDR3 sequence of SEQ ID NO: 3; and (b) an immunoglobulin a light chain variable region comprising CDR1, CDR2, and CDR3, which, with the exception of 1, 2, or 3 conservative amino acid substitutions, are respectively identical to the reference light chain CDR1 sequence of SEQ ID NO: 68 or 13, the reference light chain sequence CDR2 of SEQ ID NO:11, and the reference light chain CDR3 sequence of SEQ ID NO: 12.
  • the antibody comprises: (a) an immunoglobulin heavy chain variable region comprising CDR1, CDR2, and CDR3, which are respectively identical to the reference heavy chain CDR1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, the reference heavy chain CDR2 sequence of SEQ ID NO: 65, 66, or 67, and the reference heavy chain CDR3 sequence of SEQ ID NO: 3; and (b) an immunoglobulin a light chain variable region comprising CDR1, CDR2, and CDR3, which are respectively identical to the reference light chain CDR1 sequence of SEQ ID NO: 68 or 13, the reference light chain sequence CDR2 of SEQ ID NO:11, and the reference light chain CDR3 sequence of SEQ ID NO: 12.
  • the antibody or antigen binding fragment of the invention is murine, non-human, humanized, chimeric, resurfaced, or human.
  • the antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof is a full length antibody.
  • the antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof is an antigen binding fragment.
  • the antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof comprises a Fab, Fab′, F(ab′)2, Fd, single chain Fv or scFv, disulfide linked Fv, V-NAR domain, IgNar, intrabody, IgG ⁇ CH2, minibody, F(ab′)3, tetrabody, triabody, diabody, single-domain antibody, DVD-1g, Fcab, mAb2, (scFv)2, or scFv-Fc.
  • the invention also provides a polypeptide comprising the VH and VL sequences described herein.
  • the invention provides an antibody or polypeptides that binds both human and macaque EGFR with a substantially similar binding affinity.
  • the antibody or polypeptide binds to human and macaque EGFR with a Kd of about 1.0 to about 10 nM.
  • the antibody or polypeptide of binds to human and macaque EGFR with a Kd of about 1.0 nM or better.
  • binding affinity is measured by flow cytometry, Biacore, or radioimmunoassay.
  • the invention provides an isolated cell producing an antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof, or polypeptide described herein.
  • the invention provides a method of making an antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof, or polypeptide described herein comprising (a) culturing a cell that expresses the antibody, antigen-binding fragment thereof, or polypeptide, and (b) isolating said antibody, antigen-binding fragment thereof, or polypeptide from said cultured cell.
  • the cell is a eukaryotic cell.
  • the invention provides an immunoconjugate having the formula (A)-(L)-(C), wherein: (A) is an antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof, or polypeptide described herein; (L) is a linker; and (C) is a cytotoxic agent; and wherein said linker (L) links (A) to (C).
  • the linker is selected from the group consisting of a cleavable linker, a non-cleavable linker, a hydrophilic linker, and a dicarboxylic acid based linker.
  • the linker is a non-cleavable linker.
  • the linker is selected from the group consisting: N-succinimidyl 4-(2-pyridyldithio)pentanoate (SPP); N-succinimidyl 4-(2-pyridyldithio)butanoate (SPDB) or N-succinimidyl 4-(2-pyridyldithio)-2-sulfobutanoate (sulfo-SPDB); N-succinimidyl 4-(maleimidomethyl) cyclohexanecarboxylate (SMCC); N-sulfosuccinimidyl 4-(maleimidomethyl) cyclohexanecarboxylate (sulfoSMCC); N-succinimidyl-4-(iodoacetyl)-aminobenzoate (STAB); and N-succinimidyl-[(N-maleimidopropionamido)-tetraethyleneglycol
  • the immunoconjugate comprises a cytotoxic agent selected from the group consisting of a maytansinoid, maytansinoid analog, doxorubicin, a modified doxorubicin, benzodiazepine, taxoid, CC-1065, CC-1065 analog, duocarmycin, duocarmycin analog, calicheamicin, dolastatin, dolastatin analog, aristatin, tomaymycin derivative, and leptomycin derivative or a prodrug of the agent.
  • the cytotoxic agent is a maytansinoid.
  • the cytotoxic agent is N(2′)-deacetyl-N(2′)-(3-mercapto-1-oxopropyl)-maytansine (DM1) or N(2′)-deacetyl-N2-(4-mercapto-4-methyl-1-oxopentyl)-maytansine (DM4).
  • the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising an antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof, or polypeptide described herein, or an immunoconjugate described herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises a second anti-cancer agent.
  • the invention provides a diagnostic reagent comprising an antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof, polypeptide, or immunoconjugate of the invention which is labeled.
  • the label is selected from the group consisting of a radiolabel, a fluorophore, a chromophore, an imaging agent and a metal ion.
  • the invention provides a kit comprising an antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof, polypeptide, or immunoconjugate described herein.
  • the invention provides a method for inhibiting the growth of a cell expressing EGFR comprising contacting the cell with an immunoconjugate or the pharmaceutical composition described herein.
  • the cell is a tumor cell.
  • the invention provides a method for treating a patient having a neoplasm comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of an immunoconjugate or pharmaceutical composition described herein.
  • the neoplasm is selected from the group consisting of: abdominal, bone, breast, digestive system, liver, pancreas, peritoneum, adrenal, parathyroid, pituitary, testicles, ovary, thymus, thyroid, eye, head and neck, central nervous system, peripheral nervous system, lymphatic system, pelvic, skin, soft tissue, spleen, thoracic region, and urogenital system.
  • the method comprises administering a second anti-cancer agent to the subject.
  • the second anti-cancer agent is a chemotherapeutic agent.
  • the invention provides a method for treating a cell proliferative disorder in a patient comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of an immunoconjugate or pharmaceutical composition described herein.
  • the cell proliferative disorder is selected from the group consisting of: adrenal cortex hyperplasia (Cushing's disease), congenital adrenal hyperplasia, endometrial hyperplasia, benign prostatic hyperplasia, breast hyperplasia, intimal hyperplasia, focal epithelial hyperplasia (Heck's disease), sebaceous hyperplasia, compensatory liver hyperplasia, and any other cell proliferation disease, besides neoplasia.
  • the invention provides an isolated polynucleotide comprising a sequence that encodes a polypeptide at least 90% identical to a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 39-43, 77-80, and 82-84. In another embodiment, the sequence is at least 95% identical a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 39-43, 77-80, and 82-84. In another embodiment, the sequence is at least 99% identical to a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 39-43, 77-80, and 82-84.
  • the invention provides an isolated polynucleotide which comprises a sequence that is at least 90% identical to SEQ ID NOs: 44-50 and 81. In another embodiment, the polynucleotide comprises a sequence that is at least 95% identical to SEQ ID NOs: 44-50 and 81. In another embodiment, the polynucleotide comprises a sequence that is at least 99% identical to SEQ ID NOs: 44-50 and 81. In another embodiment, the invention provides an isolated polynucleotide comprising a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs:39-58 and 77-84. In another embodiment, the invention provides a vector comprising the polynucleotides described herein. In another embodiment, the invention provides a host cell comprising the vectors described herein.
  • FIG. 1 is a table describing the binding affinity of the indicated anti-EGFR antibodies to human EGFR (huEGFR) and monkey EGFR (moEGFR) antigen.
  • FIG. 2 is a Western blot data depicting the effect of the indicated anti-EGFR antibodies in ligand-induced EGFR phosphorylation in MDA-MB468 cells ( FIG. 2 , Panel A) and in human primary keratinocytes ( FIG. 2 , Panel B).
  • FIG. 3 is a Western blot data depicting the effect of the indicated anti-EGFR antibodies on EGFR phosphorylation in MDA-MB468 cells in absence of exogenous EGFR ligand.
  • FIG. 4 is a line graph depicting the binding of biotinylated TGF ⁇ ( FIG. 4 , Panel A) and EGF ( FIG. 4 , Panel B) to the A431 cells in presence of the indicated antibodies.
  • FIG. 5 is a line graph depicting the growth of human primary keratinocytes in presence of the indicated antibodies at various concentrations.
  • FIG. 6 is a bar graph depicting the growth of MCF10A cells in the presence of 10 ⁇ g/ml of the indicated antibodies.
  • FIG. 7 is a line graph depicting the growth of HCC827 cells ( FIG. 7 , Panel A) and NCI-H292 cells ( FIG. 7 , Panel B) in the presence of the indicated antibodies.
  • FIG. 8 is a line graph depicting the binding of biotinylated 528 antibody ( FIG. 8 , Panel A), biotinylated cetuximab ( FIG. 8 , Panel B), and biotinylated EGFR-7 antibody ( FIG. 8 , Panel C) to the MDA-MB468 cells in presence of the indicated competing antibodies at the indicated concentration.
  • FIG. 9 is the alignment of the murine EGFR-7 variant light and heavy chain variable region sequences.
  • FIG. 10 is tables depicting specific framework surface residue changes in resurfacing of EGFR-7 V L ( FIG. 10 , Panel A) and V H ( FIG. 10 , Panel B).
  • FIG. 11 is tables depicting specific framework surface residue changes in resurfacing of EGFR-12 V L ( FIG. 11 , Panel A) and V H ( FIG. 11 , Panel B).
  • FIG. 12 is alignment of the resurfaced sequences and murine counterparts of EGFR-7 V L ( FIG. 12 , Panel A), EGFR-7 V H ( FIG. 12 , Panel B), EGFR-12 V L ( FIG. 12 , Panel C) and EGFR-12 V H ( FIG. 12 , Panel D).
  • FIG. 13 is tables depicting specific framework surface residue changes in CDR grafting of EGFR-7 V L ( FIG. 13 , Panel A) and V H ( FIG. 13 , Panel B).
  • FIG. 14 is alignment of the CDR grafted sequences and the murine counterparts of EGFR-7 V L ( FIG. 14 , Panel A) and EGFR-7 V H ( FIG. 14 , Panel B).
  • FIG. 15 shows line graphs depicting the binding competition between the murine EGFR-6 ( FIG. 14 , Panel A) or EGFR-7 ( FIG. 14 , Panel B) antibody and its corresponding humanized antibody.
  • FIG. 16 shows line graphs depicting the ability of the murine EGFR-6 ( FIG. 16 , Panel A) or EGFR-7 ( FIG. 16 , Panel B) antibody and its corresponding humanized antibody in inhibiting tumor cell growth.
  • FIG. 17 shows a line graph depicting NK cell mediated ADCC activity of humanized EGFR-6 and EGFR-7R on A431 cells.
  • FIG. 18 depicts the binding curves of the EGFR-6 ( FIG. 18 , Panel A) or EGFR-7 ( FIG. 18 , Panel B) antibody and the corresponding antibody-maytansinoid conjugate.
  • FIG. 19 shows line graphs depicting the cytotoxic activity of the indicated antibody and the corresponding antibody-maytansinoid conjugate in FaDu ( FIG. 19 , Panel A) and H292 ( FIG. 19 , Panel B) cell lines.
  • FIG. 20 shows line graphs depicting the cytotoxic activity of the indicated antibody and the corresponding antibody-maytansinoid conjugate in H226 ( FIG. 20 , Panel A) and SCC-4 ( FIG. 20 , Panel B) cell lines.
  • FIG. 21 shows a line graph depicting the growth of H292 tumor xenograft in mice treated with a single dose of the indicated antibodies and antibody-maytansinoid conjugates.
  • FIG. 22 shows a line graph depicting the growth of FaDu tumor xenograft in mice treated with a single dose of the indicated antibodies and antibody-maytansinoid conjugates.
  • FIG. 23 shows line graphs depicting the capacity of the indicated antibodies and conjugates in inhibiting the growth of human primary keratinocytes ( FIG. 23 , Panel A) and H292 tumor cells ( FIG. 23 , Panel B).
  • FIG. 24 shows bar graphs depicting the amount of CXCL8 ( FIG. 24 , Panel A), CXCL10 ( FIG. 24 , Panel B), or CCL5 ( FIG. 24 , Panel C) produced by the human primary keratinocytes in presence of the indicated antibodies and antibody-maytansinoid-conjugates.
  • FIG. 25 shows a line graph depicting the growth of H292 tumor xenograft in mice treated with a single 3 mg/kg dose of either the huEGFR-7R antibody or the huEGFR-7R-SMCC-DM1, or huEGFR-7R-PEG-MAL-DM1 antibody-maytansinoid conjugates.
  • FIG. 26 shows a line graph depicting the growth of HSC2 tumor xenograft in mice treated with a single 5 mg/kg dose of either the huEGFR-7R antibody or the huEGFR-7R-SMCC-DM1, or huEGFR-7R-PEG-MAL-DM1 antibody-maytansinoid conjugates.
  • FIG. 27 shows a line graph depicting the growth of FaDu tumor xenograft in mice treated with a single 5 mg/kg dose of either the huEGFR-7R antibody or the huEGFR-7R-SMCC-DM1, or huEGFR-7R-PEG-MAL-DM1 antibody-maytansinoid conjugates.
  • FIG. 28 shows alignment of human and murine EGFR extracellular domain (ECD) sequences.
  • FIG. 29 shows alignment of sequences of huEGFRdIII, muEGFRdIII and chEGFRdIII.
  • FIG. 30 shows a line graph depicting the binding of huEGFR-7R antibody to the huEGFR, huEGFRdIII, muEGFRdIII and chEGFRdIII.
  • FIG. 31 shows a line graph depicting the binding of huEGFR-6 antibody to the huEGFR, huEGFRdIII, muEGFRdIII and chEGFRdIII.
  • FIG. 32 shows a line graph depicting the binding of muEGFR-7 antibody to the huEGFR, huEGFRdIII, muEGFRdIII and chEGFRdIII.
  • FIG. 33 shows a line graph depicting the binding of muEGFR-6 antibody to the huEGFR, huEGFRdIII, muEGFRdIII and chEGFRdIII.
  • FIG. 34 shows a line graph depicting the binding of muEGFR-12 antibody to the huEGFR, huEGFRdIII, muEGFRdIII and chEGFRdIII.
  • FIG. 35 shows a line graph depicting the binding of muEGFR-13 antibody to the huEGFR, huEGFRdIII, muEGFRdIII and chEGFRdIII.
  • FIG. 36 shows a line graph depicting the binding of cetuximab to the huEGFR, huEGFRdIII, muEGFRdIII and chEGFRdIII.
  • the present invention provides a new class of EGFR binding molecules which partially inhibit EGFR signaling, have no effect on EGFR-positive normal epithelial cells, including primary keratinocytes, but are highly cytotoxic to EGFR-overexpressing tumor cells. Further, immunoconjugates of anti-EGFR antibodies potentiate the anti-tumor activity of the antibodies.
  • EGFR epidermal growth factor receptor
  • soluble EGFR or “sEGFR” refers to a portion of EGFR containing the extracellular, ligand-binding domain of EGFR. More specifically, sEGFR contains amino acids 1-619 of mature EGFR (Ullrich et al., Human Epidermal Growth Factor cDNA Sequence and Aberrant Expression of the Amplified Gene in A-431 Epidermoid Carcinoma Cells, Nature, Vol. 309, 418-25 (1986)).
  • EGFR mediated cancer refers to a cancer characterized by epithelial tumors in which EGFR is abnormally activated to levels greater than in normal, corresponding epithelial tissue. These greater levels of EGFR activity promote tumor growth in many types of cancer.
  • cancers include, but are not limited to, non-small cell lung cancer, breast cancer, colorectal cancer, head and neck cancers, and prostate cancer.
  • Abnormal activation of EGFR can arise from overexpression of the receptor, gene amplification, activating mutations, overexpression of receptor ligands, and/or loss of regulators of EGFR activity.
  • antibody means an immunoglobulin molecule that recognizes and specifically binds to a target, such as a protein, polypeptide, peptide, carbohydrate, polynucleotide, lipid, or combinations of the foregoing through at least one antigen recognition site within the variable region of the immunoglobulin molecule.
  • antibody encompasses intact polyclonal antibodies, intact monoclonal antibodies, antibody fragments (such as Fab, Fab′, F(ab′)2, and Fv fragments), single chain Fv (scFv) mutants, multispecific antibodies such as bispecific antibodies generated from at least two intact antibodies, chimeric antibodies, humanized antibodies, human antibodies, fusion proteins comprising an antigen determination portion of an antibody, and any other modified immunoglobulin molecule comprising an antigen recognition site so long as the antibodies exhibit the desired biological activity.
  • An antibody can be of any the five major classes of immunoglobulins: IgA, IgD, IgE, IgG, and IgM, or subclasses (isotypes) thereof (e.g.
  • IgG1, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4, IgA1 and IgA2) based on the identity of their heavy-chain constant domains referred to as alpha, delta, epsilon, gamma, and mu, respectively.
  • the different classes of immunoglobulins have different and well known subunit structures and three-dimensional configurations.
  • Antibodies can be naked or conjugated to other molecules such as toxins, radioisotopes, etc.
  • blocking antibody or an “antagonist” antibody is one which inhibits or reduces biological activity of the antigen it binds, such as EGFR.
  • blocking antibodies or antagonist antibodies substantially or completely inhibit the biological activity of the antigen.
  • the biological activity can be reduced by 10%, 20%, 30%, 50%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, or even 100%.
  • the phrase “ability to inhibit EGFR activation” with respect to an antibody as used herein, is intended to refer to an antibody whose binding to EGFR results in inhibition of human EGFR activation and the biological activity of human EGFR that occurs upon activation of the receptor.
  • Measuring one or more indicators of EGFR biological activity as determined using either a cell proliferation assay, an apoptosis assay, a receptor binding assay, a receptor phosphorylation assay, or a mouse tumor model can assess an antibody's ability to inhibit EGFR activation.
  • anti-EGFR antibody or “an antibody that binds to EGFR” refers to an antibody that is capable of binding EGFR with sufficient affinity such that the antibody is useful as a diagnostic and/or therapeutic agent in targeting EGFR.
  • anti-EGFR antibodies are known in the art. For example, cetuximab (Ab 225) and 528 Ab are described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,943,533, which is herein incorporated by reference.
  • an antibody that binds to EGFR has a dissociation constant (Kd) of ⁇ 1 ⁇ M, ⁇ 100 nM, ⁇ 10 nM, ⁇ 1 nM, or ⁇ 0.1 nM.
  • epithelial toxicity refers to an abnormality or dysfunction of the epithelium, and can be manifested in a patient being treated for cancer by administration of an EGFR inhibitor by one or more symptoms or conditions selected from skin rash, diarrhea, corneal thinning, hair atrophy or loss, hair follicle dysplasia, degeneration, necrosis or inflammation, interfollicular epidermal hyperplasia, or a failure to heal or a delayed healing after injury, among other symptoms.
  • the epithelial toxicity is manifested as a skin toxicity such as acneform or macro-papular rash.
  • antibody fragment refers to a portion of an intact antibody and refers to the antigenic determining variable regions of an intact antibody.
  • antibody fragments include, but are not limited to Fab, Fab′, F(ab′)2, and Fv fragments, linear antibodies, single chain antibodies, and multispecific antibodies formed from antibody fragments.
  • a “monoclonal antibody” refers to a homogeneous antibody population involved in the highly specific recognition and binding of a single antigenic determinant, or epitope. This is in contrast to polyclonal antibodies that typically include different antibodies directed against different antigenic determinants.
  • the term “monoclonal antibody” encompasses both intact and full-length monoclonal antibodies as well as antibody fragments (such as Fab, Fab′, F(ab′)2, Fv), single chain (scFv) mutants, fusion proteins comprising an antibody portion, and any other modified immunoglobulin molecule comprising an antigen recognition site.
  • “monoclonal antibody” refers to such antibodies made in any number of manners including but not limited to by hybridoma, phage selection, recombinant expression, and transgenic animals.
  • humanized antibody refers to forms of non-human (e.g. murine) antibodies that are specific immunoglobulin chains, chimeric immunoglobulins, or fragments thereof that contain minimal non-human (e.g., murine) sequences.
  • humanized antibodies are human immunoglobulins in which residues from the complementary determining region (CDR) are replaced by residues from the CDR of a non-human species (e.g.
  • the Fv framework region (FR) residues of a human immunoglobulin are replaced with the corresponding residues in an antibody from a non-human species that has the desired specificity, affinity, and capability.
  • the humanized antibody can be further modified by the substitution of additional residues either in the Fv framework region and/or within the replaced non-human residues to refine and optimize antibody specificity, affinity, and/or capability.
  • the humanized antibody will comprise substantially all of at least one, and typically two or three, variable domains containing all or substantially all of the CDR regions that correspond to the non-human immunoglobulin whereas all or substantially all of the FR regions are those of a human immunoglobulin consensus sequence.
  • the humanized antibody can also comprise at least a portion of an immunoglobulin constant region or domain (Fc), typically that of a human immunoglobulin. Examples of methods used to generate humanized antibodies are described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,225,539.
  • variable region of an antibody refers to the variable region of the antibody light chain or the variable region of the antibody heavy chain, either alone or in combination.
  • the variable regions of the heavy and light chain each consist of four framework regions (FR) connected by three complementarity determining regions (CDRs) also known as hypervariable regions.
  • the CDRs in each chain are held together in close proximity by the FRs and, with the CDRs from the other chain, contribute to the formation of the antigen-binding site of antibodies.
  • There are at least two techniques for determining CDRs (1) an approach based on cross-species sequence variability (i.e., Kabat et al.
  • the Kabat numbering system is generally used when referring to a residue in the variable domain (approximately residues 1-107 of the light chain and residues 1-113 of the heavy chain) (e.g, Kabat et al., Sequences of Immunological Interest. 5th Ed. Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. (1991)).
  • amino acid position numbering refers to the numbering system used for heavy chain variable domains or light chain variable domains of the compilation of antibodies in Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 5th Ed. Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. (1991). Using this numbering system, the actual linear amino acid sequence can contain fewer or additional amino acids corresponding to a shortening of or insertion into, a FR or CDR of the variable domain.
  • a heavy chain variable domain can include a single amino acid insert (residue 52a according to Kabat) after residue 52 of H2 and inserted residues (e.g.
  • residues 82a, 82b, and 82c, etc according to Kabat after heavy chain FR residue 82.
  • the Kabat numbering of residues can be determined for a given antibody by alignment at regions of homology of the sequence of the antibody with a “standard” Kabat numbered sequence. Chothia refers instead to the location of the structural loops (Chothia and Lesk J. Mol. Biol. 196:901-917 (1987)).
  • the end of the Chothia CDR-H1 loop when numbered using the Kabat numbering convention varies between H32 and H34 depending on the length of the loop (this is because the Kabat numbering scheme places the insertions at H35A and H35B; if neither 35A nor 35B is present, the loop ends at 32; if only 35A is present, the loop ends at 33; if both 35A and 35B are present, the loop ends at 34).
  • the AbM hypervariable regions represent a compromise between the Kabat CDRs and Chothia structural loops, and are used by Oxford Molecular's AbM antibody modeling software.
  • human antibody means an antibody produced by a human or an antibody having an amino acid sequence corresponding to an antibody produced by a human made using any technique known in the art. This definition of a human antibody includes intact or full-length antibodies, fragments thereof, and/or antibodies comprising at least one human heavy and/or light chain polypeptide such as, for example, an antibody comprising murine light chain and human heavy chain polypeptides.
  • chimeric antibodies refers to antibodies wherein the amino acid sequence of the immunoglobulin molecule is derived from two or more species.
  • the variable region of both light and heavy chains corresponds to the variable region of antibodies derived from one species of mammals (e.g. mouse, rat, rabbit, etc) with the desired specificity, affinity, and capability while the constant regions are homologous to the sequences in antibodies derived from another (usually human) to avoid eliciting an immune response in that species.
  • epitopes or “antigenic determinant” are used interchangeably herein and refer to that portion of an antigen capable of being recognized and specifically bound by a particular antibody.
  • the antigen is a polypeptide
  • epitopes can be formed both from contiguous amino acids and noncontiguous amino acids juxtaposed by tertiary folding of a protein. Epitopes formed from contiguous amino acids are typically retained upon protein denaturing, whereas epitopes formed by tertiary folding are typically lost upon protein denaturing.
  • An epitope typically includes at least 3, and more usually, at least 5 or 8-10 amino acids in a unique spatial conformation.
  • Binding affinity generally refers to the strength of the sum total of noncovalent interactions between a single binding site of a molecule (e.g., an antibody) and its binding partner (e.g., an antigen). Unless indicated otherwise, as used herein, “binding affinity” refers to intrinsic binding affinity which reflects a 1:1 interaction between members of a binding pair (e.g., antibody and antigen). The affinity of a molecule X for its partner Y can generally be represented by the dissociation constant (Kd). Affinity can be measured by common methods known in the art, including those described herein. Low-affinity antibodies generally bind antigen slowly and tend to dissociate readily, whereas high-affinity antibodies generally bind antigen faster and tend to remain bound longer. A variety of methods of measuring binding affinity are known in the art, any of which can be used for purposes of the present invention. Specific illustrative embodiments are described in the following.
  • binding affinity refers to a stronger binding between a molecule and its binding partner. “Or better” when used herein refers to a stronger binding, represented by a smaller numerical Kd value.
  • an antibody which has an affinity for an antigen of “0.6 nM or better” the antibody's affinity for the antigen is ⁇ 0.6 nM, i.e. 0.59 nM, 0.58 nM, 0.57 nM etc. or any value less than 0.6 nM.
  • an antibody binds to an epitope via its antigen binding domain, and that the binding entails some complementarity between the antigen binding domain and the epitope. According to this definition, an antibody is said to “specifically bind” to an epitope when it binds to that epitope, via its antigen binding domain more readily than it would bind to a random, unrelated epitope.
  • the term “specificity” is used herein to qualify the relative affinity by which a certain antibody binds to a certain epitope.
  • antibody “A” may be deemed to have a higher specificity for a given epitope than antibody “B,” or antibody “A” may be said to bind to epitope “C” with a higher specificity than it has for related epitope “D.”
  • preferentially binds it is meant that the antibody specifically binds to an epitope more readily than it would bind to a related, similar, homologous, or analogous epitope.
  • an antibody which “preferentially binds” to a given epitope would more likely bind to that epitope than to a related epitope, even though such an antibody may cross-react with the related epitope.
  • An antibody is said to “competitively inhibit” binding of a reference antibody to a given epitope if it preferentially binds to that epitope to the extent that it blocks, to some degree, binding of the reference antibody to the epitope.
  • Competitive inhibition may be determined by any method known in the art, for example, competition ELISA assays.
  • An antibody may be said to competitively inhibit binding of the reference antibody to a given epitope by at least 90%, at least 80%, at least 70%, at least 60%, or at least 50%.
  • the phrase “substantially similar,” or “substantially the same”, as used herein, denotes a sufficiently high degree of similarity between two numeric values (generally one associated with an antibody of the invention and the other associated with a reference/comparator antibody) such that one of skill in the art would consider the difference between the two values to be of little or no biological and/or statistical significance within the context of the biological characteristic measured by said values (e.g., Kd values).
  • the difference between said two values can be less than about 50%, less than about 40%, less than about 30%, less than about 20%, or less than about 10% as a function of the value for the reference/comparator antibody.
  • the difference between two “substantially similar binding affinities” is generally less than about 10% as a function of the value for the reference/comparator antibody.
  • Ligand-independent binding denotes the ability of the EGFR binding agents to bind an epitope on human EGFR in the absence of ligand interaction with EGFR.
  • a polypeptide, antibody, polynucleotide, vector, cell, or composition which is “isolated” is a polypeptide, antibody, polynucleotide, vector, cell, or composition which is in a form not found in nature.
  • Isolated polypeptides, antibodies, polynucleotides, vectors, cell or compositions include those which have been purified to a degree that they are no longer in a form in which they are found in nature.
  • an antibody, polynucleotide, vector, cell, or composition which is isolated is substantially pure.
  • substantially pure refers to material which is at least 50% pure (i.e., free from contaminants), at least 90% pure, at least 95% pure, at least 98% pure, or at least 99% pure.
  • Immunoconjugates can also be defined by the generic formula in reverse order: A-L-C.
  • a “linker” is any chemical moiety that is capable of linking a compound, usually a drug, such as a maytansinoid, to a cell-binding agent such as an anti-EGFR antibody or a fragment thereof in a stable, covalent manner.
  • Linkers can be susceptible to or be substantially resistant to acid-induced cleavage, light-induced cleavage, peptidase-induced cleavage, esterase-induced cleavage, and disulfide bond cleavage, at conditions under which the compound or the antibody remains active.
  • Suitable linkers are well known in the art and include, for example, disulfide groups, thioether groups, acid labile groups, photolabile groups, peptidase labile groups and esterase labile groups.
  • Linkers also include charged linkers, and hydrophilic forms thereof as described herein and know in the art.
  • cancer and “cancerous” refer to or describe the physiological condition in mammals in which a population of cells are characterized by unregulated cell growth. Examples of cancer include, but are not limited to, carcinoma, lymphoma, blastoma, sarcoma, and leukemia. “Tumor” and “neoplasm” refer to one or more cells that result from excessive cell growth or proliferation, either benign (noncancerous) or malignant (cancerous) including pre-cancerous lesions.
  • cancer cell refers to the total population of cells derived from a tumor or a pre-cancerous lesion, including both non-tumorigenic cells, which comprise the bulk of the tumor cell population, and tumorigenic stem cells (cancer stem cells).
  • tumorigenic stem cells cancer stem cells.
  • tumorigenic stem cells cancer stem cells.
  • subject refers to any animal (e.g., a mammal), including, but not limited to humans, non-human primates, rodents, and the like, which is to be the recipient of a particular treatment.
  • subject and “patient” are used interchangeably herein in reference to a human subject.
  • Administration “in combination with” one or more further therapeutic agents includes simultaneous (concurrent) and consecutive administration in any order.
  • pharmaceutical formulation refers to a preparation which is in such form as to permit the biological activity of the active ingredient to be effective, and which contains no additional components which are unacceptably toxic to a subject to which the formulation would be administered.
  • the forrnulation can be sterile.
  • an “effective amount” of an antibody as disclosed herein is an amount sufficient to carry out a specifically stated purpose.
  • An “effective amount” can be determined empirically and in a routine manner, in relation to the stated purpose.
  • therapeutically effective amount refers to an amount of an antibody or other drug effective to “treat” a disease or disorder in a subject or mammal.
  • the therapeutically effective amount of the drug can reduce the number of cancer cells; reduce the tumor size; inhibit (i.e., slow to some extent or stop) cancer cell infiltration into peripheral organs; inhibit (i.e., slow to some extent or stop) tumor metastasis; inhibit, to some extent, tumor growth; and/or relieve to some extent one or more of the symptoms associated with the cancer. See the definition herein of “treating”.
  • the drug can prevent growth and/or kill existing cancer cells, it can be cytostatic and/or cytotoxic.
  • prophylactically effective amount refers to an amount effective, at dosages and for periods of time necessary, to achieve the desired prophylactic result. Typically but not necessarily, since a prophylactic dose is used in subjects prior to or at an earlier stage of disease, the prophylactically effective amount will be less than the therapeutically effective amount.
  • label when used herein refers to a detectable compound or composition which is conjugated directly or indirectly to the antibody so as to generate a “labeled” antibody.
  • the label can be detectable by itself (e.g. radioisotope labels or fluorescent labels) or, in the case of an enzymatic label, can catalyze chemical alteration of a substrate compound or composition which is detectable.
  • chemotherapeutic agent is a chemical compound useful in the treatment of cancer, regardless of mechanism of action.
  • Chemotherapeutic agents include, for example, antagonists of CD20 such as Rituximab and cyclophosphamide, doxorubicin, vincristine, predinisone, fludarabine, etoposide, methotrexate, lenalidomide, chlorambucil, bentamustine and/or modified versions of such chemotherapeutics.
  • Terms such as “treating” or “treatment” or “to treat” or “alleviating” or “to alleviate” refer to both 1) therapeutic measures that cure, slow down, lessen symptoms of, and/or halt progression of a diagnosed pathologic condition or disorder and 2) prophylactic or preventative measures that prevent and/or slow the development of a targeted pathologic condition or disorder.
  • those in need of treatment include those already with the disorder; those prone to have the disorder; and those in whom the disorder is to be prevented.
  • a subject is successfully “treated” for cancer according to the methods of the present invention if the patient shows one or more of the following: a reduction in the number of or complete absence of cancer cells; a reduction in the tumor size; inhibition of or an absence of cancer cell infiltration into peripheral organs including, for example, the spread of cancer into soft tissue and bone; inhibition of or an absence of tumor metastasis; inhibition or an absence of tumor growth; relief of one or more symptoms associated with the specific cancer; reduced morbidity and mortality; improvement in quality of life; reduction in tumorigenicity, tumorigenic frequency, or tumorigenic capacity, of a tumor; reduction in the number or frequency of cancer stem cells in a tumor; differentiation of tumorigenic cells to a non-tumorigenic state; or some combination of effects.
  • Polynucleotide or “nucleic acid,” as used interchangeably herein, refer to polymers of nucleotides of any length, and include DNA and RNA.
  • the nucleotides can be deoxyribonucleotides, ribonucleotides, modified nucleotides or bases, and/or their analogs, or any substrate that can be incorporated into a polymer by DNA or RNA polymerase.
  • a polynucleotide can comprise modified nucleotides, such as methylated nucleotides and their analogs. If present, modification to the nucleotide structure can be imparted before or after assembly of the polymer.
  • the sequence of nucleotides can be interrupted by non-nucleotide components.
  • a polynucleotide can be further modified after polymerization, such as by conjugation with a labeling component.
  • modifications include, for example, “caps”, substitution of one or more of the naturally occurring nucleotides with an analog, internucleotide modifications such as, for example, those with uncharged linkages (e.g., methyl phosphonates, phosphotriesters, phosphoamidates, cabamates, etc.) and with charged linkages (e.g., phosphorothioates, phosphorodithioates, etc.), those containing pendant moieties, such as, for example, proteins (e.g., nucleases, toxins, antibodies, signal peptides, ply-L-lysine, etc.), those with intercalators (e.g., acridine, psoralen, etc.), those containing chelators (e.g., metals, radioactive metals, boron, oxidative metals, etc.), those containing al
  • any of the hydroxyl groups ordinarily present in the sugars can be replaced, for example, by phosphonate groups, phosphate groups, protected by standard protecting groups, or activated to prepare additional linkages to additional nucleotides, or can be conjugated to solid supports.
  • the 5′ and 3′ terminal OH can be phosphorylated or substituted with amines or organic capping group moieties of from 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • Other hydroxyls can also be derivatized to standard protecting groups.
  • Polynucleotides can also contain analogous forms of ribose or deoxyribose sugars that are generally known in the art, including, for example, 2′-O-methyl-, 2′-O-allyl, 2′-fluoro- or 2′-azido-ribose, carbocyclic sugar analogs, .alpha.-anomeric sugars, epimeric sugars such as arabinose, xyloses or lyxoses, pyranose sugars, furanose sugars, sedoheptuloses, acyclic analogs and abasic nucleoside analogs such as methyl riboside.
  • One or more phosphodiester linkages can be replaced by alternative linking groups.
  • linking groups include, but are not limited to, embodiments wherein phosphate is replaced by P(O)S (“thioate”), P(S)S (“dithioate”), ′′(O)NR 2 (“amidate”), P(O)R, P(O)OR′, CO or CH 2 (“formacetal”), in which each R or R′ is independently H or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl (1-20 C) optionally containing an ether (—O—) linkage, aryl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl or araldyl. Not all linkages in a polynucleotide need be identical. The preceding description applies to all polynucleotides referred to herein, including RNA and DNA.
  • vector means a construct, which is capable of delivering, and optionally expressing, one or more gene(s) or sequence(s) of interest in a host cell.
  • vectors include, but are not limited to, viral vectors, naked DNA or RNA expression vectors, plasmid, cosmid or phage vectors, DNA or RNA expression vectors associated with cationic condensing agents, DNA or RNA expression vectors encapsulated in liposomes, and certain eukaryotic cells, such as producer cells.
  • polypeptide “peptide,” and “protein” are used interchangeably herein to refer to polymers of amino acids of any length.
  • the polymer can be linear or branched, it can comprise modified amino acids, and it can be interrupted by non-amino acids.
  • the terms also encompass an amino acid polymer that has been modified naturally or by intervention; for example, disulfide bond formation, glycosylation, lipidation, acetylation, phosphorylation, or any other manipulation or modification, such as conjugation with a labeling component.
  • polypeptides containing one or more analogs of an amino acid including, for example, unnatural amino acids, etc.
  • the polypeptides of this invention are based upon antibodies, in certain embodiments, the polypeptides can occur as single chains or associated chains.
  • nucleic acids or polypeptides refer to two or more sequences or subsequences that are the same or have a specified percentage of nucleotides or amino acid residues that are the same, when compared and aligned (introducing gaps, if necessary) for maximum correspondence, not considering any conservative amino acid substitutions as part of the sequence identity.
  • the percent identity can be measured using sequence comparison software or algorithms or by visual inspection.
  • sequence comparison software or algorithms or by visual inspection.
  • Various algorithms and software are known in the art that can be used to obtain alignments of amino acid or nucleotide sequences.
  • One such non-limiting example of a sequence alignment algorithm is the algorithm described in Karlin et al, 1990 , Proc. Natl. Acad.
  • Gapped BLAST can be used as described in Altschul et al., 1997 , Nucleic Acids Res. 25:3389-3402.
  • BLAST-2 Altschul et al., 1996 , Methods in Enzymology, 266:460-480
  • ALIGN ALIGN-2
  • ALIGN-2 Genentech, South San Francisco, Calif.
  • Megalign Megalign
  • the percent identity between two nucleotide sequences is determined using the GAP program in GCG software (e.g., using a NWSgapdna.CMP matrix and a gap weight of 40, 50, 60, 70, or 90 and a length weight of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6).
  • the GAP program in the GCG software package which incorporates the algorithm of Needleman and Wunsch ( J. Mol. Biol. (48):444-453 (1970)) can be used to determine the percent identity between two amino acid sequences (e.g., using either a Blossum 62 matrix or a PAM250 matrix, and a gap weight of 16, 14, 12, 10, 8, 6, or 4 and a length weight of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5).
  • the percent identity between nucleotide or amino acid sequences is determined using the algorithm of Myers and Miller (CABIOS, 4:11-17 (1989)).
  • the percent identity can be determined using the ALIGN program (version 2.0) and using a PAM120 with residue table, a gap length penalty of 12 and a gap penalty of 4. Appropriate parameters for maximal alignment by particular alignment software can be determined by one skilled in the art. In certain embodiments, the default parameters of the alignment software are used. In certain embodiments, the percentage identity “X” of a first amino acid sequence to a second sequence amino acid is calculated as 100 ⁇ (Y/Z), where Y is the number of amino acid residues scored as identical matches in the alignment of the first and second sequences (as aligned by visual inspection or a particular sequence alignment program) and Z is the total number of residues in the second sequence. If the length of a first sequence is longer than the second sequence, the percent identity of the first sequence to the second sequence will be longer than the percent identity of the second sequence to the first sequence.
  • whether any particular polynucleotide has a certain percentage sequence identity can, in certain embodiments, be determined using the Bestfit program (Wisconsin Sequence Analysis Package, Version 8 for Unix, Genetics Computer Group, University Research Park, 575 Science Drive, Madison, Wis. 53711). Bestfit uses the local homology algorithm of Smith and Waterman, Advances in Applied Mathematics 2: 482 489 (1981), to find the best segment of homology between two sequences.
  • the parameters are set such that the percentage of identity is calculated over the full length of the reference nucleotide sequence and that gaps in homology of up to 5% of the total number of nucleotides in the reference sequence are allowed.
  • two nucleic acids or polypeptides of the invention are substantially identical, meaning they have at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, and in some embodiments at least 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% nucleotide or amino acid residue identity, when compared and aligned for maximum correspondence, as measured using a sequence comparison algorithm or by visual inspection.
  • Identity can exist over a region of the sequences that is at least about 10, about 20, about 40-60 residues in length or any integral value therebetween, and can be over a longer region than 60-80 residues, for example, at least about 90-100 residues, and in some embodiments, the sequences are substantially identical over the full length of the sequences being compared, such as the coding region of a nucleotide sequence for example.
  • a “conservative amino acid substitution” is one in which one amino acid residue is replaced with another amino acid residue having a similar side chain.
  • Families of amino acid residues having similar side chains have been defined in the art, including basic side chains (e.g., lysine, arginine, histidine), acidic side chains (e.g., aspartic acid, glutamic acid), uncharged polar side chains (e.g., glycine, asparagine, glutamine, serine, threonine, tyrosine, cysteine), nonpolar side chains (e.g., alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, proline, phenylalanine, methionine, tryptophan), beta-branched side chains (e.g., threonine, valine, isoleucine) and aromatic side chains (e.g., tyrosine, phenylalanine, tryptophan, histidine).
  • basic side chains e
  • substitution of a phenylalanine for a tyrosine is a conservative substitution.
  • conservative substitutions in the sequences of the polypeptides and antibodies of the invention do not abrogate the binding of the polypeptide or antibody containing the amino acid sequence, to the antigen(s), i.e., the EGFR to which the polypeptide or antibody binds.
  • Methods of identifying nucleotide and amino acid conservative substitutions which do not eliminate antigen binding are well-known in the art (see, e.g., Brummell et al., Biochem. 32: 1180-1 187 (1993); Kobayashi et al. Protein Eng. 12(10):879-884 (1999); and Burks et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 94:412-417 (1997)).
  • Tumors often overexpress growth factor receptors that bind various ligands ligand and facilitate unrestricted tumor growth.
  • growth factor receptors are the receptors of the Epidermal Growth Factor Receptor (EGFR) protein family.
  • EGFR Epidermal Growth Factor Receptor
  • This receptor family is comprised of four membrane-bound proteins: EGFR, HER2/neu, HER3 and HER4. Overexpression of these proteins has been correlated with a poor prognosis in a number of types of cancer, including, but not limited to, breast, colon, ovarian, endometrial, gastric, pancreatic, prostate and salivary gland cancers. While a number of groups have developed strategies to target individual members of the EGFR protein family (e.g., HER2/neu or EGFR) to inhibit tumor growth, none of the treatments has been proven to ultimately cure these forms of cancer.
  • novel agents e.g. antibodies
  • bind to human EGFR novel agents that specifically bind to human EGFR.
  • These novel agents partially inhibit EGFR signaling and have no effect on EGFR-positive normal epithelial cells, including primary keratinocytes.
  • these agents are highly cytotoxic to EGFR-overexpressing tumor cells.
  • present invention provides agents that specifically bind human EGFR. These agents are referred to herein as “EGFR binding agents.”
  • the EGFR binding agents are antibodies, immunoconjugates or polypeptides.
  • the EGFR binding agents are humanized antibodies.
  • the EGFR-binding agents have one or more of the following effects: inhibit proliferation of tumor cells, reduce the tumorigenicity of a tumor by reducing the frequency of cancer stem cells in the tumor, inhibit tumor growth, increase survival, trigger cell death of tumor cells, differentiate tumorigenic cells to a non-tumorigenic state, or prevent metastasis of tumor cells.
  • the EGFR-binding agents are capable of reducing tumor volume.
  • the ability of a EGFR-binding agent to reduce tumor volume can be assessed, for example, by measuring a % ⁇ /C value, which is the median tumor volume of treated subjects divided by the median tumor volume of the control subjects.
  • treatment with a EGFR-binding agent results in a % T/C value that is less than about 55%, less than about 50%, less than about 45%, less than about 40%, less than about 35%, less than about 30%, less than about 25%, less than about 20%, less than about 15%, less than about 10%, or less than about 5%.
  • immunoconjugates or other agents that specifically bind human EGFR trigger cell death via a cytotoxic agent.
  • an antibody to a human EGFR antibody is conjugated to a maytansinoid that is activated in tumor cells expressing the EGFR by protein internalization.
  • the agent or antibody is not conjugated.
  • the EGFR-binding agents are capable of inhibiting tumor growth. In certain embodiments, the EGFR-binding agents are capable of inhibiting tumor growth in vivo (e.g., in a xenograft mouse model and/or in a human having cancer).
  • the EGFR-binding agents include EGFR antibodies EGFR-6, EGFR-7, and EGFR-12 and fragments, variants and derivatives thereof.
  • the EGFR-binding agents also include EGFR-binding agents that specifically bind to the same EGFR epitope as the antibodies EGFR-6, EGFR-7, and EGFR-12.
  • the EGFR-binding agents also include EGFR-binding agents that competitively inhibit the antibodies EGFR-6, EGFR-7, and EGFR-12.
  • the EGFR-binding agents also include EGFR-binding agents that comprise the heavy and light chain CDR sequences of EGFR-6, EGFR-7, and EGFR-12.
  • the CDR sequences of EGFR-7 and EGFR-12, both murine and humanized are described in Tables 1 and 2 below.
  • the EGFR binding molecules can be antibodies or antigen binding fragments that specifically bind to EGFR that comprise the CDRs of EGFR-6, EGFR-7, and EGFR-12 with up to four (i.e. 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4) conservative amino acid substitutions per CDR.
  • Polypeptides can comprise one of the individual variable light chains or variable heavy chains described herein. Antibodies and polypeptides can also comprise both a variable light chain and a variable heavy chain.
  • the variable light chain and variable heavy chain sequences of murine and humanized EGFR-7 and EGFR-12 antibodies are provided in Tables 3 and 4 below.
  • polypeptides that comprise: (a) a polypeptide having at least about 90% sequence identity to SEQ ID NOs:19-23, 69, and 71-76; and/or (b) a polypeptide having at least about 90% sequence identity to SEQ ID NOs:24-30 and 70.
  • the polypeptide comprises a polypeptide having at least about 95%, at least about 96%, at least about 97%, at least about 98%, or at least about 99% sequence identity to SEQ ID NOs:19-30 and 69-76.
  • the polypeptide comprises (a) a polypeptide having at least about 95% sequence identity to SEQ ID NOs: 19-23, 69, and 71-76, and/or (b) a polypeptide having at least about 95% sequence identity to SEQ ID NOs:24-30 and 70.
  • the polypeptide comprises (a) a polypeptide having the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NOs: 19-23, 69, and 71-76; and/or (b) a polypeptide having the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NOs:24-30 and 70.
  • the polypeptide is an antibody and/or the polypeptide specifically binds EGFR.
  • the polypeptide is a murine, chimeric, or humanized antibody that specifically binds EGFR.
  • the polypeptide having a certain percentage of sequence identity to SEQ ID NOs: 19-30 and 69-76 differs from SEQ ID NOs: 19-30 and 69-76 by conservative amino acid substitutions only.
  • polypeptides that comprise: (a) a polypeptide having at least about 90% sequence identity to SEQ ID NOs:31, 32, and 36; and/or (b). a polypeptide having at least about 90% sequence identity to SEQ ID NOs:33-35, 37, and 38.
  • the polypeptide comprises a polypeptide having at least about 95%, at least about 96%, at least about 97%, at least about 98%, or at least about 99% sequence identity to SEQ ID NOs:31-3.8.
  • the polypeptide comprises (a) a polypeptide having at least about 95% sequence identity to SEQ ID.
  • polypeptide having at least about 95% sequence identity to SEQ ID NOs: 33-35, 37, and 38 comprises (a) a polypeptide having the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NOs: 31, 32, and 36; and/or (b) a polypeptide having the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NOs: 33-35, 37, and 38.
  • the polypeptide is an antibody and/or the polypeptide specifically binds EGFR.
  • the polypeptide is a humanized antibody that specifically binds EGFR.
  • the polypeptide having a certain percentage of sequence identity to SEQ ID NOs:31-38 differs from SEQ ID NOs:31-38 by conservative amino acid substitutions only.
  • the EGFR antibody is the antibody produced from a hybridoma selected from the group consisting of ATCC Deposit. Designation PTA-11331 (EGFR-6), deposited with the ATCC on Oct. 6, 2010, ATCC Deposit Designation PTA-11332 (EGFR-7), deposited with the ATCC on Oct. 6, 2010, and ATCC Deposit Designation PTA-11333 (EGFR-12), deposited with the ATCC on Oct. 6, 2010.
  • the antibody comprises the VH-CDRs and the VL-CDRS of the antibody produced from a hybridoma selected from the group consisting of PTA-11331, PTA-11332, and PTA-11333.
  • Monoclonal antibodies can be prepared using hybridoma methods, such as those described by Kohler and Milstein (1975) Nature 256:495.
  • a mouse, hamster, or other appropriate host animal is immunized as described above to elicit the production by lymphocytes of antibodies that will specifically bind to an immunizing antigen.
  • Lymphocytes can also be immunized in vitro. Following immunization, the lymphocytes are isolated and fused with a suitable myeloma cell line using, for example, polyethylene glycol, to form hybridoma cells that can then be selected away from unfused lymphocytes and myeloma cells.
  • Hybridomas that produce monoclonal antibodies directed specifically against a chosen antigen as determined by immunoprecipitation, immunoblotting, or by an in vitro binding assay e.g. radioimmunoassay (RIA); enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA)
  • an in vitro binding assay e.g. radioimmunoassay (RIA); enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA)
  • RIA radioimmunoassay
  • ELISA enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay
  • monoclonal antibodies can also be made using recombinant DNA methods as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567.
  • the polynucleotides encoding a monoclonal antibody are isolated from mature B-cells or hybridoma cell, such as by RT-PCR using oligonucleotide primers that specifically amplify the genes encoding the heavy and light chains of the antibody, and their sequence is determined using conventional procedures.
  • the isolated polynucleotides encoding the heavy and light chains are then cloned into suitable expression vectors, which when transfected into host cells such as E.
  • monoclonal antibodies are generated by the host cells.
  • recombinant monoclonal antibodies or fragments thereof of the desired species can be isolated from phage display libraries expressing CDRs of the desired species as described (McCafferty et al., 1990, Nature, 348:552-554; Clackson et al., 1991, Nature, 352:624-628; and Marks et al., 1991, J. Mol. Biol., 222:581-597).
  • the polynucleotide(s) encoding a monoclonal antibody can further be modified in a number of different manners using recombinant DNA technology to generate alternative antibodies.
  • the constant domains of the light and heavy chains of, for example, a mouse monoclonal antibody can be substituted 1) for those regions of for example, a human antibody to generate a chimeric antibody or 2) for a non-immunoglobulin polypeptide to generate a fusion antibody.
  • the constant regions are truncated or removed to generate the desired antibody fragment of a monoclonal antibody. Site-directed or high-density mutagenesis of the variable region can be used to optimize specificity, affinity, etc. of a monoclonal antibody.
  • the monoclonal antibody against the human EGFR is a humanized antibody.
  • such antibodies are used therapeutically to reduce antigenicity and HAMA (human anti-mouse antibody) responses when administered to a human subject.
  • Humanized antibodies can be produced using various techniques known in the art.
  • the antibody to EGFR is a human antibody.
  • Human antibodies can be directly prepared using various techniques known in the art. Immortalized human B lymphocytes immunized in vitro or isolated from an immunized individual that produce an antibody directed against a target antigen can be generated (See, e.g., Cole et al., Monoclonal Antibodies and Cancer Therapy, Alan R. Liss, p. 77 (1985); Boemer et al., 1991, J. Immunol., 147 (1):86-95; and U.S. Pat. No. 5,750,373). Also, the human antibody can be selected from a phage library, where that phage library expresses human antibodies, as described, for example, in Vaughan et al., 1996, Nat.
  • Humanized antibodies can also be made in transgenic mice containing human immunoglobulin loci that are capable upon immunization of producing the full repertoire of human antibodies in the absence of endogenous immunoglobulin production. This approach is described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,545,807; 5,545,806; 5,569,825; 5,625,126; 5,633,425; and 5,661,016.
  • bispecific antibodies that specifically recognize a EGFR.
  • Bispecific antibodies are antibodies that are capable of specifically recognizing and binding at least two different epitopes.
  • the different epitopes can either be within the same molecule (e.g. the same EGFR) or on different molecules such that both, for example, the antibodies can specifically recognize and bind a EGFR as well as, for example, 1) an effector molecule on a leukocyte such as a T-cell receptor (e.g. CD3) or Fc receptor (e.g. CD64, CD32, or CD16) or 2) a cytotoxic agent as described in detail below.
  • T-cell receptor e.g. CD3
  • Fc receptor e.g. CD64, CD32, or CD16
  • bispecific antibodies can bind to two different epitopes, at least one of which originates in a polypeptide of the invention.
  • an anti-antigenic arm of an immunoglobulin molecule can be combined with an arm which binds to a triggering molecule on a leukocyte such as a T cell receptor molecule (e.g. CD2, CD3, CD28, or B7), or Fc receptors for IgG so as to focus cellular defense mechanisms to the cell expressing the particular antigen.
  • Bispecific antibodies can also be used to direct cytotoxic agents to cells which express a particular antigen.
  • bispecific antibodies possess an antigen-binding arm and an arm which binds a cytotoxic agent or a radionuclide chelator, such as EOTUBE, DPTA, DOTA, or TETA.
  • a cytotoxic agent or a radionuclide chelator such as EOTUBE, DPTA, DOTA, or TETA.
  • Techniques for making bispecific antibodies are common in the art (Millstein et al., 1983, Nature 305:537-539; Brennan et al., 1985, Science 229:81; Suresh et al, 1986, Methods in Enzymol. 121:120; Traunecker et al., 1991, EMBO J. 10:3655-3659; Shalaby et al., 1992, J. Exp. Med. 175:217-225; Kostelny et al., 1992, J.
  • Antibodies with more than two valencies are also contemplated.
  • trispecific antibodies can be prepared (Tutt et al., J. Immunol. 147:60 (1991)).
  • the antibodies to EGFR are multispecific.
  • an antibody fragment to, for example, increase tumor penetration.
  • Various techniques are known for the production of antibody fragments. Traditionally, these fragments are derived via proteolytic digestion of intact antibodies (for example Morimoto et al., 1993, Journal of Biochemical and Biophysical Methods 24:107-117; Brennan et al., 1985, Science, 229:81).
  • antibody fragments are produced recombinantly. Fab, Fv, and scFv antibody fragments can all be expressed in and secreted from E. coli or other host cells, thus allowing the production of large amounts of these fragments.
  • Such antibody fragments can also be isolated from the antibody phage libraries discussed above.
  • the antibody fragment can also be linear antibodies as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,641,870, for example, and can be monospecific or bispecific. Other techniques for the production of antibody fragments will be apparent to the skilled practitioner.
  • techniques can be adapted for the production of single-chain antibodies specific to EGFR (see U.S. Pat. No. 4,946,778).
  • methods can be adapted for the construction of Fab expression libraries (Huse, et al., Science 246:1275-1281 (1989)) to allow rapid and effective identification of monoclonal Fab fragments with the desired specificity for EGFR, or derivatives, fragments, analogs or homologs thereof.
  • Antibody fragments can be produced by techniques in the art including, but not limited to: (a) a F(ab′)2 fragment produced by pepsin digestion of an antibody molecule; (b) a Fab fragment generated by reducing the disulfide bridges of an F(ab′)2 fragment, (c) a Fab fragment generated by the treatment of the antibody molecule with papain and a reducing agent, and (d) Fv fragments.
  • Heteroconjugate antibodies are also within the scope of the present invention.
  • Heteroconjugate antibodies are composed of two covalently joined antibodies. Such antibodies have, for example, been proposed to target immune cells to unwanted cells (U.S. Pat. No. 4,676,980). It is contemplated that the antibodies can be prepared in vitro using known methods in synthetic protein chemistry, including those involving crosslinking agents.
  • immunotoxins can be constructed using a disulfide exchange reaction or by forming a thioether bond. Examples of suitable reagents for this purpose include iminothiolate and methyl-4-mercaptobutyrimidate.
  • modified antibodies can comprise any type of variable region that provides for the association of the antibody with the polypeptides of a human EGFR.
  • the variable region can comprise or be derived from any type of mammal that can be induced to mount a humoral response and generate immunoglobulins against the desired tumor associated antigen.
  • the variable region of the modified antibodies can be, for example, of human, murine, non-human primate (e.g. cynomolgus monkeys, macaques, etc.) or lupine origin. In some embodiments both the variable and constant regions of the modified immunoglobulins are human.
  • variable regions of compatible antibodies can be engineered or specifically tailored to improve the binding properties or reduce the immunogenicity of the molecule.
  • variable regions useful in the present invention can be humanized or otherwise altered through the inclusion of imported amino acid sequences.
  • variable domains in both the heavy and light chains are altered by at least partial replacement of one or more CDRs and, if necessary, by partial framework region replacement and sequence changing.
  • the CDRs can be derived from an antibody of the same class or even subclass as the antibody from which the framework regions are derived, it is envisaged that the CDRs will be derived from an antibody of different class and possibly from an antibody from a different species. It is not always necessary to replace all of the CDRs with the complete CDRs from the donor variable region to transfer the antigen binding capacity of one variable domain to another. Rather, in some cases it is only necessary to transfer those residues that are necessary to maintain the activity of the antigen binding site. Given the explanations set forth in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,585,089, 5,693,761 and 5,693,762, it will be well within the competence of those skilled in the art, either by carrying out routine experimentation or by trial and error testing to obtain a functional antibody with reduced immunogenicity.
  • the modified antibodies of this invention will comprise antibodies (e.g., full-length antibodies or immunoreactive fragments thereof) in which at least a fraction of one or more of the constant region domains has been deleted or otherwise altered so as to provide desired biochemical characteristics such as increased tumor localization or reduced serum half-life when compared with an antibody of approximately the same immunogenicity comprising a native or unaltered constant region.
  • the constant region of the modified antibodies will comprise a human constant region.
  • Modifications to the constant region compatible with this invention comprise additions, deletions or substitutions of one or more amino acids in one or more domains.
  • the modified antibodies disclosed herein can comprise alterations or modifications to one or more of the three heavy chain constant domains (CH1, CH2 or CH3) and/or to the light chain constant domain (CL).
  • modified constant regions wherein one or more domains are partially or entirely deleted are contemplated.
  • the modified antibodies will comprise domain deleted constructs or variants wherein the entire CH2 domain has been removed ( ⁇ CH2 constructs).
  • the omitted constant region domain will be replaced by a short amino acid spacer (e.g. 10 residues) that provides some of the molecular flexibility typically imparted by the absent constant region.
  • the constant region mediates several effector functions.
  • binding of the C1 component of complement to antibodies activates the complement system.
  • Activation of complement is important in the opsonisation and lysis of cell pathogens.
  • the activation of complement also stimulates the inflammatory response and can also be involved in autoimmune hypersensitivity.
  • antibodies bind to cells via the Fe region, with a Fe receptor site on the antibody Fe region binding to a Fc receptor (FeR) on a cell.
  • Fc receptors There are a number of Fc receptors which are specific for different classes of antibody, including IgG (gamma receptors), IgE (eta receptors), IgA (alpha receptors) and IgM (mu receptors).
  • ADCC antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity
  • the EGFR-binding antibodies provide for altered effector functions that, in turn, affect the biological profile of the administered antibody.
  • the deletion or inactivation (through point mutations or other means) of a constant region domain can reduce Fc receptor binding of the circulating modified antibody thereby increasing tumor localization.
  • constant region modifications consistent with this invention, moderate complement binding and thus reduce the serum half-life and nonspecific association of a conjugated cytotoxin.
  • modifications of the constant region can be used to eliminate disulfide linkages or oligosaccharide moieties that allow for enhanced localization due to increased antigen specificity or antibody flexibility.
  • modifications to the constant region in accordance with this invention can easily be made using well known biochemical or molecular engineering techniques well within the purview of the skilled artisan.
  • a EGFR-binding agent that is an antibody does not have one or more effector functions.
  • the antibody has no antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC) activity and/or no complement-dependent cytotoxicity (CDC) activity.
  • ADCC antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity
  • CDC complement-dependent cytotoxicity
  • the antibody does not bind to an Fc receptor and/or complement factors.
  • the antibody has no effector function.
  • the modified antibodies can be engineered to fuse the CH3 domain directly to the hinge region of the respective modified antibodies.
  • compatible constructs could be expressed wherein the CH2 domain has been deleted and the remaining CH3 domain (modified or unmodified) is joined to the hinge region with a 5-20 amino acid spacer.
  • Such a spacer can be added, for instance, to ensure that the regulatory elements of the constant domain remain free and accessible or that the hinge region remains flexible.
  • amino acid spacers can, in some cases, prove to be immunogenic and elicit an unwanted immune response against the construct. Accordingly, in certain embodiments, any spacer added to the construct will be relatively non-immunogenic, or even omitted altogether, so as to maintain the desired biochemical qualities of the modified antibodies.
  • the antibodies of the present invention can be provided by the partial deletion or substitution of a few or even a single amino acid.
  • the mutation of a single amino acid in selected areas of the CH2 domain can be enough to substantially reduce Fc binding and thereby increase tumor localization.
  • Such partial deletions of the constant regions can improve selected characteristics of the antibody (serum half-life) while leaving other desirable functions associated with the subject constant region domain intact.
  • the constant regions of the disclosed antibodies can be modified through the mutation or substitution of one or more amino acids that enhances the profile of the resulting construct.
  • a conserved binding site e.g. Fc binding
  • Certain embodiments can comprise the addition of one or more amino acids to the constant region to enhance desirable characteristics such as decreasing or increasing effector function or provide for more cytotoxin or carbohydrate attachment. In such embodiments it can be desirable to insert or replicate specific sequences derived from selected constant region domains.
  • the present invention further embraces variants and equivalents which are substantially homologous to the chimeric, humanized and human antibodies, or antibody fragments thereof, set forth herein.
  • These can contain, for example, conservative substitution mutations, i.e. the substitution of one or more amino acids by similar amino acids.
  • conservative substitution refers to they substitution of an amino acid with another within the same general class such as, for example, one acidic amino acid with another acidic amino acid, one basic amino acid with another basic amino acid or one neutral amino acid by another neutral amino acid. What is intended by a conservative amino acid substitution is well known in the art.
  • polypeptides of the present invention can be recombinant polypeptides, natural polypeptides, or synthetic polypeptides comprising an antibody, or fragment thereof, against a human EGFR. It will be recognized in the art that some amino acid sequences of the invention can be varied without significant effect of the structure or function of the protein. Thus, the invention further includes variations of the polypeptides which show substantial activity or which include regions of an antibody, or fragment thereof, against EGFR protein. Such mutants include deletions, insertions, inversions, repeats, and type substitutions.
  • polypeptides and analogs can be further modified to contain additional chemical moieties not normally part of the protein.
  • Those derivatized moieties can improve the solubility, the biological half-life or absorption of the protein.
  • the moieties can also reduce or eliminate any desirable side effects of the proteins and the like. An overview for those moieties can be found in REMINGTON'S PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES, 20th ed., Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa. (2000).
  • the isolated polypeptides described herein can be produced by any suitable method known in the art. Such methods range from direct protein synthetic methods to constructing a DNA sequence encoding isolated polypeptide sequences and expressing those sequences in a suitable transformed host.
  • a DNA sequence is constructed using recombinant technology by isolating or synthesizing a DNA sequence encoding a wild-type protein of interest.
  • the sequence can be mutagenized by site-specific mutagenesis to provide functional analogs thereof. See, e.g. Zoeller et al., Proc. Nat'l. Acad. Sci. USA 81:5662-5066 (1984) and U.S. Pat. No. 4,588,585.
  • a DNA sequence encoding a polypeptide of interest would be constructed by chemical synthesis using an oligonucleotide synthesizer.
  • Such oligonucleotides can be designed based on the amino acid sequence of the desired polypeptide and selecting those codons that are favored in the host cell in which the recombinant polypeptide of Interest will be produced. Standard methods can be applied to synthesize an isolated polynucleotide sequence encoding an isolated polypeptide of interest. For example, a complete amino acid sequence can be used to construct a back-translated gene.
  • a DNA oligomer containing a nucleotide sequence coding for the particular isolated polypeptide can be synthesized. For example, several small oligonucleotides coding for portions of the desired polypeptide can be synthesized and then ligated. The individual oligonucleotides typically contain 5′ or 3′ overhangs for complementary assembly.
  • the polynucleotide sequences encoding a particular isolated polypeptide of interest will be inserted into an expression vector and operatively linked to an expression control sequence appropriate for expression of the protein in a desired host. Proper assembly can be confirmed by nucleotide sequencing, restriction mapping, and expression of a biologically active polypeptide in a suitable host. As is well known in the art, in order to obtain high expression levels of a transfected gene in a host, the gene must be operatively linked to transcriptional and translational expression control sequences that are functional in the chosen expression host.
  • recombinant expression vectors are used to amplify and express DNA encoding antibodies, or fragments thereof, against human EGFR.
  • Recombinant expression vectors are replicable DNA constructs which have synthetic or cDNA-derived DNA fragments encoding a polypeptide chain of an anti-EGFR antibody, or fragment thereof, operatively linked to suitable transcriptional or translational regulatory elements derived from mammalian, microbial, viral or insect genes.
  • a transcriptional unit generally comprises an assembly of (1) a genetic element or elements having a regulatory role in gene expression, for example, transcriptional promoters or enhancers, (2) a structural or coding sequence which is transcribed into mRNA and translated into protein, and (3) appropriate transcription and translation initiation and termination sequences, as described in detail below.
  • Such regulatory elements can include an operator sequence to control transcription.
  • the ability to replicate in a host, usually conferred by an origin of replication, and a selection gene to facilitate recognition of transformants can additionally be incorporated.
  • DNA regions are operatively linked when they are functionally related to each other.
  • DNA for a signal peptide is operatively linked to DNA for a polypeptide if it is expressed as a precursor which participates in the secretion of the polypeptide; a promoter is operatively linked to a coding sequence if it controls the transcription of the sequence; or a ribosome binding site is operatively linked to a coding sequence if it is positioned so as to permit translation.
  • Structural elements intended for use in yeast expression systems include a leader sequence enabling extracellular secretion of translated protein by a host cell.
  • recombinant protein is expressed without a leader or transport sequence, it can include an N-terminal methionine residue. This residue can optionally be subsequently cleaved from the expressed recombinant protein to provide a final product.
  • Useful expression vectors for eukaryotic hosts include, for example, vectors comprising expression control sequences from SV40, bovine papilloma virus, adenovirus and cytomegalovirus.
  • Useful expression vectors for bacterial hosts include known bacterial plasmids, such as plasmids from Escherichia coli , including pCR 1, pBR322, pMB9 and their derivatives, wider host range plasmids, such as M13 and filamentous single-stranded DNA phages.
  • Suitable host cells for expression of a EGFR-binding polypeptide or antibody include prokaryotes, yeast, insect or higher eukaryotic cells under the control of appropriate promoters.
  • Prokaryotes include gram negative or gram positive organisms, for example E. coli or bacilli.
  • Higher eukaryotic cells include established cell lines of mammalian origin as described below. Cell-free translation systems could also be employed. Appropriate cloning and expression vectors for use with bacterial, fungal, yeast, and mammalian cellular hosts are described by Pouwels et al.
  • mammalian or insect cell culture systems are also advantageously employed to express recombinant protein.
  • Expression of recombinant proteins in mammalian cells can be performed because such proteins are generally correctly folded, appropriately modified and completely functional.
  • suitable mammalian host cell lines include the COS-7 lines of monkey kidney cells, described by Gluzman (Cell 23:175, 1981), and other cell lines capable of expressing an appropriate vector including, for example, L cells, C127, 3T3, Chinese hamster ovary (CHO), HeLa and BHK cell lines.
  • Mammalian expression vectors can comprise nontranscribed elements such as an origin of replication, a suitable promoter and enhancer linked to the gene to be expressed, and other 5′ or 3′ flanking nontranscribed sequences, and 5′ or 3′ nontranslated sequences, such as necessary ribosome binding sites, a polyadenylation site, splice donor and acceptor sites, and transcriptional termination sequences.
  • nontranscribed elements such as an origin of replication, a suitable promoter and enhancer linked to the gene to be expressed, and other 5′ or 3′ flanking nontranscribed sequences, and 5′ or 3′ nontranslated sequences, such as necessary ribosome binding sites, a polyadenylation site, splice donor and acceptor sites, and transcriptional termination sequences.
  • the proteins produced by a transformed host can be purified according to any suitable method.
  • standard methods include chromatography (e.g., ion exchange, affinity and sizing column chromatography), centrifugation, differential solubility, or by any other standard technique for protein purification.
  • Affinity tags such as hexahistidine, maltose binding domain, influenza coat sequence and glutathione-S-transferase can be attached to the protein to allow easy purification by passage over an appropriate affinity column.
  • Isolated proteins can also be physically characterized using such techniques as proteolysis, nuclear magnetic resonance and x-ray crystallography.
  • supernatants from systems which secrete recombinant protein into culture media can be first concentrated using a commercially available protein concentration filter, for example, an Amicon or Millipore Pellicon ultrafiltration unit. Following the concentration step, the concentrate can be applied to a suitable purification matrix.
  • a suitable purification matrix for example, an anion exchange resin can be employed, for example, a matrix or substrate having pendant diethylaminoethyl (DEAE) groups.
  • the matrices can be acrylamide, agarose, dextran, cellulose or other types commonly employed in protein purification.
  • a cation exchange step can be employed. Suitable cation exchangers include various insoluble matrices comprising sulfopropyl or carboxymethyl groups.
  • RP-HPLC reversed-phase high performance liquid chromatography
  • hydrophobic RP-HPLC media e.g., silica gel having pendant methyl or other aliphatic groups
  • Recombinant protein produced in bacterial culture can be isolated, for example, by initial extraction from cell pellets, followed by one or more concentration, salting-out, aqueous ion exchange or size exclusion chromatography steps. High performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) can be employed for final purification steps.
  • Microbial cells employed in expression of a recombinant protein can be disrupted by any convenient method, including freeze-thaw cycling, sonication, mechanical disruption, or use of cell lysing agents.
  • Methods known in the art for purifying antibodies and other proteins also include, for example, those. described in U.S. Patent Publication No. 2008/03.12425, 2008/0177048, and 2009/0187005, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
  • the EGFR-binding agent is a polypeptide that is not an antibody.
  • a variety of methods for identifying and producing non-antibody polypeptides that bind with high affinity to a protein target are known in the art. See, e.g., Skerra, Curr. Opin. Biotechnol., 18:7.95-304 (2007), Hosse et al., Protein Science, 15:14-27 (2006), Gill et al., Curr. Opin. Biotechnol., 17:653-658 (2006), Nygren, FEBS J., 275:2668-76 (2008), and Skerra, FEBS J., 275:2677-83 (2008), each of which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
  • phage display technology has been used to identify/produce the EGFR-binding polypeptide.
  • the polypeptide comprises a protein scaffold of a type selected from the group consisting of protein A, a lipocalin, a fibronectin domain, an ankyrin consensus repeat domain, and thioredoxin.
  • the agent is a non-protein molecule. In certain. embodiments, the agent is a small molecule. Combinatorial chemistry libraries and techniques useful in the identification of non-protein EGFR-binding agents are known to those skilled in the art. See, e.g., Kennedy et al., J. Comb. Chem, 10:345-354 (2008), Dolle et al, J. Comb. Chem., 9:855-902 (2007), and Bhattacharyya, Curr. Med. Chem., 8:13.83-404 (2001), each of which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety. In certain further embodiments, the agent is a carbohydrate, a glycosaminoglycan, a glycoprotein, or a proteoglycan.
  • the agent is a nucleic acid aptamer.
  • Aptamers are polynucleotide molecules that have been selected (e.g., from random or mutagenized pools) on the basis of their ability to bind to another molecule.
  • the aptamer comprises a DNA polynucleotide.
  • the aptamer comprises. an RNA polynucleotide.
  • the aptamer comprises one or more modified nucleic acid residues.
  • the present invention is also directed to conjugates (also referred to herein as immunoconjugates), comprising the anti-EGFR antibodies, antibody fragments, and their functional equivalents as disclosed herein, linked or conjugated to a drug or prodrug.
  • Suitable drugs or prodrugs are known in the art.
  • the drugs or prodrugs can be cytotoxic agents.
  • the cytotoxic agent used in the cytotoxic conjugate of the present invention can be any compound that results in the death of a cell, or induces cell death, or in some manner decreases cell viability, and includes, for example, maytansinoids and maytansinoid analogs.
  • cytotoxic agents are for example benzodiazepines, toxoids, CC-1065 and CC-1065 analogs, duocarmycins and duocarmycin analogs, enediynes, such as calicheamicins, dolastatin and dolastatin analogs including auristatins, tomaymycin derivatives, leptomycin derivaties, methotrexate, cisplatin, carboplatin, daunorubicin, doxorubicin, vincristine, vinblastine, melphalan, mitomycin C, chlorambucil and morpholino doxorubicin.
  • benzodiazepines toxoids
  • CC-1065 and CC-1065 analogs duocarmycins and duocarmycin analogs
  • enediynes such as calicheamicins, dolastatin and dolastatin analogs including auristatins, tomaymycin derivatives, leptomycin derivaties, methotrexate, cisplatin
  • Such conjugates can be prepared by using a linking group in order to link a drug or prodrug to the antibody or functional equivalent.
  • Suitable linking groups are well known in the art and include, for example, disulfide groups, thioether groups, acid labile groups, photolabile groups, peptidase labile groups and esterase labile groups.
  • the drug or prodrug can, for example, be linked to the anti-EGFR antibody or fragment thereof through a disulfide bond.
  • the linker molecule or crosslinking agent comprises a reactive chemical group that can react with the anti-EGFR antibody or fragment thereof.
  • the reactive chemical groups for reaction with the cell-binding agent can be N-succinimidyl esters and N-sulfosuccinimidyl esters.
  • the linker molecule comprises a reactive chemical group, which can be a dithiopyridyl group that can react with the drug to form a disulfide bond.
  • Linker molecules include, for example, N-succinimidyl 3-(2-pyridyldithio) propionate (SPDP) (see, e.g., Carlsson et al., Biochem. 173: 723-737 (1978)), N-succinimidyl 4-(2-pyridyldithio)butanoate (SPDB) (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,563,304), N-succinimidyl 4-(2-pyridyldithio)2-sulfobutanoate (sulfo-SPDB) (see US Publication No.
  • SPDP N-succinimidyl 3-(2-pyridyldithio) propionate
  • SPDB N-succinimidyl 4-(2-pyridyldithio)butanoate
  • sulfo-SPDB see US Publication No.
  • the antibody or cell binding agent can be modified with crosslinking reagents and the antibody or cell binding agent containing free or protected thiol groups thus derived is then reacted with a disulfide- or thiol-containing maytansinoid to produce conjugates.
  • the conjugates can be purified by chromatography, including but not limited to HPLC, size-exclusion, adsorption, ion exchange and affinity capture, dialysis or tangential flow filtration.
  • the anti-EGFR antibody is linked to cytotoxic drugs via disulfide bonds and a polyethylene glycol spacer in enhancing the potency, solubility or the efficacy of the immunoconjugate.
  • cytotoxic drugs via disulfide bonds and a polyethylene glycol spacer in enhancing the potency, solubility or the efficacy of the immunoconjugate.
  • cleavable hydrophilic linkers are described in WO2009/0134976. The additional benefit of this linker design is the desired high monomer ratio and the minimal aggregation of the antibody-drug conjugate.
  • conjugates of cell-binding agents and drugs linked via disulfide group (—S—S—) bearing polyethylene glycol spacers ((CH 2 CH 2 O) n-1-14 ) with a narrow range of drug load of 2-8 are described that show relatively high potent biological activity toward cancer cells and have the desired biochemical properties of high conjugation yield and high monomer ratio with minimal protein aggregation.
  • CB represents an anti-EGFR antibody or fragment
  • D represents a drug
  • X represents an aliphatic, an aromatic or a heterocyclic unit attached to the cell-binding agent via a thioether bond, an amide bond, a carbamate bond, or an ether bond;
  • Y represents an aliphatic, an aromatic or a heterocyclic unit attached to the drug via a disulfide bond
  • n is an integer from 2 to 8.
  • n is an integer from 1 to 24.
  • m is an integer from 2 to 6.
  • m is an integer from 3 to 5.
  • n is an integer form 2 to 8.
  • the drug can be first modified to introduce a reactive ester suitable to react with a cell-binding agent. Reaction of these drugs containing an activated linker moiety with a cell-binding agent provides another method of producing a cell-binding agent drug conjugate.
  • Maytansinoids can also be linked to anti-EGFR antibody or fragment using PEG linking groups, as set forth for example in U.S. Pat. No. 6,716,821.
  • PEG non-cleavable linking groups are soluble both in water and in non-aqueous solvents, and can be used to join one or more cytotoxic agents to a cell binding agent.
  • Exemplary PEG linking groups include heterobifunctional PEG linkers that react with cytotoxic agents and cell binding agents at opposite ends of the linkers through a functional sulfhydryl or disulfide group at one end, and an active ester at the other end.
  • Synthesis begins with the reaction of one or more cytotoxic agents bearing a reactive PEG moiety with a cell-binding agent, resulting in displacement of the terminal active ester of each reactive PEG moiety by an amino acid residue of the cell binding agent, to yield a cytotoxic conjugate comprising one or more cytotoxic agents covalently bonded to a cell binding agent through a PEG linking group.
  • the cell binding can be modified with the bifunctional PEG crosslinker to introduce a reactive disulfide moiety (such as a pyridyldisulfide), which can then be treated with a thiol-containing maytansinoid to provide a conjugate.
  • the cell binding can be modified with the bifunctional PEG crosslinker to introduce a thiol moiety which can then can be treated with a reactive disulfide-containing maytansinoid (such as a pyridyldisulfide), to provide a conjugate.
  • a reactive disulfide-containing maytansinoid such as a pyridyldisulfide
  • Antibody-maytansinoid conjugates with non-cleavable links can also be prepared.
  • Such crosslinkers are described in the art (see US Publication No. 20050169933) and include but are not limited to, N-succinimidyl 4-(maleimidomethyl) cyclohexanecarboxylate (SMCC).
  • the antibody is modified with crosslinking reagents such as succinimidyl 4-(N-maleimidomethyl)-cyclohexane-1-carboxylate (SMCC), sulfo-SMCC, maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester (MBS), sulfo-MBS or succinimidyl-iodoacetate, as described in the literature, to introduce 1-10 reactive groups (Yoshitake et al, Eur. J. Biochem., 101:395-399 (1979); Hashida et al, J. Applied Biochem., 56-63 (1984); and Liu et al, Biochem., 18:690-697 (1979)).
  • crosslinking reagents such as succinimidyl 4-(N-maleimidomethyl)-cyclohexane-1-carboxylate (SMCC), sulfo-SMCC, maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide este
  • the modified antibody is then reacted with the thiol-containing maytansinoid derivative to produce a conjugate.
  • the conjugate can be purified by gel filtration through a Sephadex G25 column or by dialysis or tangential flow filtration.
  • the modified antibodies are treated with the thiol-containing maytansinoid (1 to 2 molar equivalent/maleimido group) and antibody-maytansinoid conjugates are purified by gel filtration through a Sephadex G-25 column, chromatography on a ceramic hydroxyapatite column, dialysis or tangential flow filtration or a combination of methods thereof.
  • an average of 1-10 maytansinoids per antibody are linked.
  • One method is to modify antibodies with succinimidyl 4-(N-maleimidomethyl)-cyclohexane-1-carboxylate (SMCC) to introduce maleimido groups followed by reaction of the modified antibody with a thiol-containing maytansinoid to give a thioether-linked conjugate.
  • SMCC succinimidyl 4-(N-maleimidomethyl)-cyclohexane-1-carboxylate
  • the EGFR antibody is linked to the drug via a non-cleavable bond through the intermediacy of a PEG spacer.
  • Suitable crosslinking reagents comprising hydrophilic PEG chains that form linkers between a drug and the anti-EGFR antibody or fragment are also well known in the art, or are commercially available (for example from Quanta Biodesign, Powell, Ohio).
  • Suitable PEG-containing crosslinkers can also be synthesized from commercially available PEGs themselves using standard synthetic chemistry techniques known to one skilled in the art.
  • the drugs can be reacted with bifunctional PEG-containing cross linkers to give compounds of the following formula, Z—X 1 —(—CH 2 —CH 2 —O—) n —Y p -D, by methods described in detail in US Patent Publication 20090274713 and in WO2009/0134976, which can then react with the cell binding agent to provide a conjugate.
  • the cell binding can be modified with the bifunctional PEG crosslinker to introduce a thiol-reactive group (such as a maleimide or haloacetamide) which can then be treated with a thiol-containing maytansinoid to provide a conjugate.
  • a thiol-reactive group such as a maleimide or haloacetamide
  • the cell binding can be modified with the bifunctional PEG crosslinker to introduce a thiol moiety which can then be treated with a thiol-reactive maytansinoid (such as a maytansinoid bearing a maleimide or haloacetamide), to provide a conjugate.
  • a thiol-reactive maytansinoid such as a maytansinoid bearing a maleimide or haloacetamide
  • Another aspect of the present invention is an anti-EGFR antibody drug conjugate of formula (II) or of formula (II′):
  • CB represents an anti-EGFR antibody or fragment
  • D represents a drug
  • X represents an aliphatic, an aromatic or a heterocyclic unit bonded to the cell-binding agent via a thioether bond, an amide bond, a carbamate bond, or an ether bond;
  • Y represents an aliphatic, an aromatic, or a heterocyclic unit bonded to the drug via a covalent bond selected from the group consisting of a thioether bond, an amide bond, a carbamate bond, an ether bond, an amine bond, a carbon-carbon bond and a hydrazone bond;
  • l is 0 or 1;
  • p is 0 or 1;
  • n is an integer from 2 to 15;
  • n is an integer from 1 to 2000.
  • n is an integer from 2 to 8.
  • n is an integer from 1 to 24.
  • m is an integer from 2 to 6.
  • m is an integer from 3 to 5.
  • n is an integer from 2 to 8.
  • suitable PEG-containing linkers include linkers having an N-succinimidyl ester or N-sulfosuccinimidyl ester moiety for reaction with the anti-EGFR antibody or fragment thereof, as well as a maleimido- or haloacetyl-based moiety for reaction with the compound.
  • a PEG spacer can be incorporated into any crosslinker known in the art by the methods described herein.
  • drug load refers to the number of drug molecules (e.g., a maytansinoid) that can be attached to a cell binding agent (e.g., an anti-EGFR antibody or fragment thereof).
  • the number of drug molecules that can be attached to a cell binding agent can average from about 2 to about 8 (e.g., 1.9, 2.0, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 3.0, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, 4.0, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 4.9, 5.0, 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8, 5.9, 6.0, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9, 7.0, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7, 7.8, 7.9, 8.0, 8.1).
  • N 2′ -deacetyl-N 2′ -(3-mercapto-1-oxopropyl)-maytansine (DM1) and N 2′ -deacetyl-N 2′ (4-mercapto-4-methyl-1-oxopentyl) maytansine (DM4) can be used.
  • the anti-EGFR antibody or fragment thereof can be modified by reacting a bifunctional crosslinking reagent with the anti-EGFR antibody or fragment thereof, thereby resulting in the covalent attachment of a linker molecule to the anti-EGFR antibody or fragment thereof.
  • a “bifunctional crosslinking reagent” is any chemical moiety that covalently links a cell-binding agent to a drug, such as the drugs described herein.
  • a portion of the linking moiety is provided by the drug.
  • the drug comprises a linking moiety that is part of a larger linker molecule that is used to Join the cell-binding agent to the drug.
  • the side chain at the C-3 hydroxyl group of maytansine is modified to have a free sulfhydryl group (SH).
  • This thiolated form of maytansine can react with a modified cell-binding agent to form a conjugate. Therefore, the final linker is assembled from two components, one of which is provided by the crosslinking reagent, while the other is provided by the side chain from DM1.
  • the drug molecules can also be linked to the antibody molecules through an intermediary carrier molecule such as serum albumin.
  • an intermediary carrier molecule such as serum albumin.
  • the expression “linked to a cell-binding agent” or “linked to an anti-EGFR antibody or fragment” refers to the conjugate molecule comprising at least one drug derivative bound to a cell-binding agent anti-EGFR antibody or fragment via a suitable linking group, or a precursor thereof.
  • One linking group is SMCC.
  • cytotoxic agents useful in the present invention are maytansinoids and maytansinoid analogs.
  • suitable maytansinoids include esters of maytansinol and maytansinol analogs. Included are any drugs that inhibit microtubule formation and that are highly toxic to mammalian cells, as are maytansinol and maytansinol analogs.
  • suitable maytansinol esters include those having a modified aromatic ring and those having modifications at other positions.
  • Such suitable maytansinoids are disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,424,219; 4,256,746; 4,294,757; 4,307,016; 4,313,946; 4,315,929; 4,331,598; 4,361,650; 4,362,663; 4,364,866; 4,450,254; 4,322,348; 4,371,533; 5,208,020; 5,416,064; 5,475,092; 5,585,499; 5,846,545; 6,333,410; 7,276,497 and 7,473,796.
  • the immunoconjugates of the invention utilize the thiol-containing maytansinoid (DM1), formally termed N 2′ -deacetyl-N 2′ -(3-mercapto-1-oxopropyl)-maytansine, as the cytotoxic agent.
  • DM1 is represented by the following structural formula (III):
  • the conjugates of the present invention utilize the thiol-containing maytansinoid N 2′ -deacetyl-N 2′ (4-methyl-4-mercapto-1-oxopentyl)-maytansine (e.g., DM4) as the cytotoxic agent.
  • DM4 is represented by the following structural formula (IV):
  • N 2′ -deacetyl-N- 2′ (4-mercapto-1-oxopentyl)-maytansine (termed DM3), represented by the following structural formula (V):
  • positions on maytansinoids can serve as the position to chemically link the linking moiety.
  • the C-3 position having a hydroxyl group, the C-14 position modified with hydroxymethyl, the C-15 position modified with hydroxy and the C-20 position having a hydroxy group are all expected to be useful.
  • the C-3 position serves as the position to chemically link the linking moiety
  • the C-3 position of maytansinol serves as the position to chemically link the linking moiety.
  • a solution of an antibody in aqueous buffer can be incubated with a molar excess of maytansinoids having a disulfide moiety that bears a reactive group.
  • the reaction mixture can be quenched by addition of excess amine (such as ethanolamine, taurine, etc.).
  • excess amine such as ethanolamine, taurine, etc.
  • the maytansinoid-antibody conjugate can then be purified by gel filtration.
  • the number of maytansinoid molecules bound per antibody molecule can be determined by measuring spectrophotometrically the ratio of the absorbance at 252 nm and 280 nm.
  • the average number of maytansinoid molecules/antibody can be, for example, 1-10 or 2-5.
  • Anthracycline compounds as well as derivatives, intermediates and modified versions thereof, can also be used to prepare anti-EGFR immunoconjugates.
  • doxorubicin, doxorubicin derivatives, doxorubicin intermediates, and modified doxorubicins can be used in anti-EGFR conjugates.
  • Exemplary compounds are described in WO 2010/009124, which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety. Such compounds include, for example, compounds of the following formula:
  • R 1 is a hydrogen atom, hydroxy or methoxy group and R 2 is a C 1 -C 5 alkoxy group, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • Conjugates of antibodies with maytansinoid or other drugs can be evaluated for their ability to suppress proliferation of various unwanted cell lines in vitro.
  • cell lines such NCI-H226, NCI-H292, and NCI-H322M, can easily be used for the assessment of cytotoxicity of these compounds.
  • Cells to be evaluated can be exposed to the compounds for 4 to 5 days and the surviving fractions of cells measured in direct assays by known methods. IC 50 values can then be calculated from the results of the assays.
  • the immunoconjugates can, according to some embodiments described herein, be internalized into cells.
  • the immunoconjugate therefore, can exert a therapeutic effect when it is taken up by, or internalized, by a EGFR-expressing cell.
  • the immunoconjugate comprises an antibody, antibody fragment, or polypeptide, linked to a cytotoxic agent by a cleavable linker, and the cytotoxic agent is cleaved from the antibody, antibody fragment, or polypeptide, wherein it is internalized by a EGFR-expressing cell.
  • the immunoconjugates are capable of reducing tumor volume.
  • treatment with an immunoconjugate results in a % T/C value that is less than about 50%, less than about 45%, less than about 40%, less than about 35%, less than about 30%, less than about 25%, less than about 20%, less than about 15%, less than about 10%, or less than about 5%.
  • siRNA molecules can be linked to the antibodies of the present invention instead of a drug.
  • siRNAs can be linked to the antibodies of the present invention by methods commonly used for the modification of oligonucleotides (see, for example, US Patent Publications 20050107325 and 20070213292).
  • the siRNA in its 3′ or 5′-phosphoromidite form can be reacted with one end of the crosslinker bearing a hydroxyl functionality to give an ester bond between the siRNA and the crosslinker.
  • reaction of the siRNA phosphoramidite with a crosslinker bearing a terminal amino group results in linkage of the crosslinker to the siRNA through an amine.
  • the siRNA can be derivatized by standard chemical methods to introduce a thiol group.
  • This thiol-containing siRNA can be reacted with an antibody that has been modified to introduce an active disulfide or maleimide moiety, to produce a cleavable or non-cleavable conjugate.
  • an antibody that has been modified to introduce an active disulfide or maleimide moiety, to produce a cleavable or non-cleavable conjugate.
  • cleavable or non-cleavable conjugate between 1-20 siRNA molecules can be linked to an antibody by this method.
  • the invention encompasses polynucleotides comprising polynucleotides that encode a polypeptide that specifically binds EGFR or a fragment of such a polypeptide.
  • the invention provides a polynucleotide comprising a nucleic acid sequence that encodes an antibody to a human EGFR or encodes a fragment of such an antibody.
  • the polynucleotides of the invention can be in the form of RNA or in the form of DNA.
  • DNA includes cDNA, genomic DNA, and synthetic DNA; and can be double-stranded or single-stranded, and if single stranded can be the coding strand or non-coding (anti-sense) strand.
  • the polynucleotides are isolated. In certain embodiments, the polynucleotides are substantially pure.
  • the invention provides a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide comprising a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs:1-38 and 69-76.
  • the invention further provides a polynucleotide comprising a sequence selected from those shown in Tables 7-9 below.
  • polypeptide having at least about 95%, at least about 96%, at least about 97%, at least about 98%, or at least about 99% sequence identity to SEQ ID NOs:39-58, 77-84.
  • the polypeptide comprises (a) a polypeptide having at least about 95% sequence identity to SEQ ID NOs:39-43, 51, 54, 56, 77-80 or 82-84 and/or (b) a polypeptide having at least about 95% sequence identity to SEQ ID NOs:44-50, 52, 53, 55, 57, 58, 81.
  • the polypeptide comprises (a) a polypeptide having the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NOs: 39-43, 51, 54, 56, 77-80 or 82-84; and/or (b) a polypeptide having the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NOs: 44-50, 52, 53, 55, 57, 58, 81.
  • the polynucleotides comprise the coding sequence for the mature polypeptide fused in the same reading frame to a polynucleotide which aids, for example, in expression and secretion of a polypeptide from a host cell (e.g. a leader sequence which functions as a secretory sequence for controlling transport of a polypeptide from the cell).
  • the polypeptide having a leader sequence is a preprotein and can have the leader sequence cleaved by the host cell to form the mature form of the polypeptide.
  • the polynucleotides can also encode for a proprotein which is the mature protein plus additional 5′ amino acid residues.
  • a mature protein having a prosequence is a proprotein and is an inactive form of the protein. Once the prosequence is cleaved an active mature protein remains.
  • the polynucleotides comprise the coding sequence for the mature polypeptide fused in the same reading frame to a marker sequence that allows, for example, for purification of the encoded polypeptide.
  • the marker sequence can be a hexa-histidine tag supplied by a pQE-9 vector to provide for purification of the mature polypeptide fused to the marker in the case of a bacterial host, or the marker sequence can be a hemagglutinin (HA) tag derived from the influenza hemagglutinin protein when a mammalian host (e.g. COS-7 cells) is used.
  • a mammalian host e.g. COS-7 cells
  • the present invention further relates to variants of the hereinabove described polynucleotides encoding, for example, fragments, analogs, and derivatives.
  • the polynucleotide variants can contain alterations in the coding regions, non-coding regions, or both. In some embodiments the polynucleotide variants contain alterations which produce silent substitutions, additions, or deletions, but do not alter the properties or activities of the encoded polypeptide. In some embodiments, nucleotide variants are produced by silent substitutions due to the degeneracy of the genetic code. Polynucleotide variants can be produced for a variety of reasons, e.g., to optimize codon expression for a particular host (change codons in the human mRNA to those preferred by a bacterial host such as E. coli ).
  • the EGFR-binding agents (including antibodies, immunoconjugates, and polypeptides) of the invention are useful in a variety of applications including, but not limited to, therapeutic treatment methods, such as the treatment of cancer.
  • the agents are useful for inhibiting tumor growth, inducing differentiation, reducing tumor volume, and/or reducing the tumorigenicity of a tumor.
  • the methods of use can be in vitro, ex vivo, or in vivo methods.
  • the EGFR-binding agent or antibody or immunoconjugate, or polypeptide is not antagonistic of the human EGFR to which it binds.
  • anti-EGFR antibodies and immunoconjugates of the invention are useful for detecting the presence of EGFR in a biological sample.
  • detecting encompasses quantitative or qualitative detection.
  • a biological sample comprises a cell or tissue.
  • the invention provides a method of detecting the presence of EGFR in a biological sample.
  • the method comprises contacting the biological sample with an anti-EGFR antibody under conditions permissive for binding of the anti-EGFR antibody to EGFR, and detecting whether a complex is formed between the anti-EGFR antibody and EGFR.
  • the invention provides a method of diagnosing a disorder associated with increased expression of EGFR.
  • the method comprises contacting a test cell with an anti-EGFR antibody; determining the level of expression (either quantitatively or qualitatively) of EGFR by the test cell by detecting binding of the anti-EGFR antibody to EGFR; and comparing the level of expression of EGFR by the test cell with the level of expression of EGFR by a control cell (e.g., a normal cell of the same tissue origin as the test cell or a cell that expresses EGFR at levels comparable to such a normal cell), wherein a higher level of expression of EGFR by the test cell as compared to the control cell indicates the presence of a disorder associated with increased expression of EGFR.
  • the test cell is obtained from an individual suspected of having a disorder associated with increased expression of EGFR.
  • the disorder is a cell proliferative disorder, such as a cancer or a tumor.
  • a method of diagnosis or detection comprises detecting binding of an anti-EGFR antibody to EGFR expressed on the surface of a cell or in a membrane preparation obtained from a cell expressing EGFR on its surface.
  • the method comprises contacting a cell with an anti-EGFR antibody under conditions permissive for binding of the anti-EGFR antibody to EGFR, and detecting whether a complex is formed between the anti-EGFR antibody and EGFR on the cell surface.
  • An exemplary assay for detecting binding of an anti-EGFR antibody to EGFR expressed on the surface of a cell is a “FACS” assay.
  • Certain other methods can be used to detect binding of anti-EGFR antibodies to EGFR.
  • Such methods include, but are not limited to, antigen-binding assays that are well known in the art, such as western blots, radioimmunoassays, ELISA (enzyme linked immunosorbent assay), “sandwich” immunoassays, immunoprecipitation assays, fluorescent immunoassays, protein A immunoassays, and immunohistochemistry (IHC).
  • antigen-binding assays that are well known in the art, such as western blots, radioimmunoassays, ELISA (enzyme linked immunosorbent assay), “sandwich” immunoassays, immunoprecipitation assays, fluorescent immunoassays, protein A immunoassays, and immunohistochemistry (IHC).
  • anti-EGFR antibodies are labeled.
  • Labels include, but are not limited to, labels or moieties that are detected directly (such as fluorescent, chromophoric, electron-dense, chemiluminescent, and radioactive labels), as well as moieties, such as enzymes or ligands, that are detected indirectly, e.g., through an enzymatic reaction or molecular interaction.
  • anti-EGFR antibodies are immobilized on an insoluble matrix. Immobilization entails separating the anti-EGFR antibody from any EGFR that remains free in solution. This conventionally is accomplished by either insolubilizing the anti-EGFR antibody before the assay procedure, as by adsorption to a water-insoluble matrix or surface (Bennich et al., U.S. Pat. No. 3,720,760), or by covalent coupling (for example, using glutaraldehyde cross-linking), or by insolubilizing the anti-EGFR antibody after formation of a complex between the anti-EGFR antibody and EGFR, e.g., by immunoprecipitation.
  • any of the above embodiments of diagnosis or detection can be carried out using an immunoconjugate of the invention in place of or in addition to an anti-EGFR antibody.
  • the disease treated with the EGFR-binding agent or antagonist is a cancer.
  • the cancer is characterized by EGFR expressing cells to which the EGFR-binding agent (e.g., antibody) binds.
  • the invention is directed to an improved method for treating cell proliferation disorders wherein EGFR is expressed, particularly wherein EGFR is abnormally expressed (e.g. overexpressed), including cancers of the bladder, brain, head and neck, pancreas, lung, breast, ovary, colon, prostate, skin, and kidney, comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of an anti-EGFR binding agent of the present invention to a human subject in need thereof.
  • the antibody is humanized.
  • Examples of cell proliferation disorders that can be treated by an anti-EGFR binding agent of the present invention include, but are not limited to neoplasms located in the: abdomen, bone, breast, digestive system, liver, pancreas, peritoneum, endocrine glands (adrenal, parathyroid, pituitary, testicles, ovary, thymus, thyroid), eye, head and neck, nervous system (central and peripheral), lymphatic system, pelvic, skin, soft tissue, spleen, thoracic region, and urogenital system.
  • neoplasms located in the: abdomen, bone, breast, digestive system, liver, pancreas, peritoneum, endocrine glands (adrenal, parathyroid, pituitary, testicles, ovary, thymus, thyroid), eye, head and neck, nervous system (central and peripheral), lymphatic system, pelvic, skin, soft tissue, spleen, thoracic region, and urogenital system.
  • cell proliferation disorders can also be treated by the anti-EGFR binding agents of the present invention.
  • cell proliferation disorders include, but are not limited to: adrenal cortex hyperplasia (Cushing's disease), congenital adrenal hyperplasia, endometrial hyperplasia, benign prostatic hyperplasia, breast hyperplasia, intimal hyperplasia, focal epithelial hyperplasia (Heck's disease), sebaceous hyperplasia, compensatory liver hyperplasia, and any other cell proliferation disease, besides neoplasia, located in an organ system listed above.
  • the present invention further provides methods for inhibiting tumor growth using the antibodies or other agents described herein.
  • the method of inhibiting the tumor growth comprises contacting the cell with an EGFR-binding agent (e.g., antibody) in vitro.
  • an EGFR-binding agent e.g., antibody
  • an immortalized cell line or a cancer cell line that expresses EGFR is cultured in medium to which is added the antibody or other agent to inhibit tumor growth.
  • tumor cells are isolated from a patient sample such as, for example, a tissue biopsy, pleural effusion, or blood sample and cultured in medium to which is added an EGFR-binding agent to inhibit tumor growth.
  • the method of inhibiting tumor growth comprises contacting the tumor or tumor cells with the EGFR-binding agent (e.g., antibody) in vivo.
  • contacting a tumor or tumor cell with a EGFR-binding agent is undertaken in an animal model.
  • EGFR-binding agents can be administered to xenografts expressing one or more EGFRs that have been grown in immunocompromised mice (e.g. NOD/SCID mice) to inhibit tumor growth.
  • cancer stem cells are isolated from a patient sample such as, for example, a tissue biopsy, pleural effusion, or blood sample and injected into immunocompromised mice that are then administered a EGFR-binding agent to inhibit tumor cell growth.
  • the EGFR-binding agent is administered at the same time or shortly after introduction of tumorigenic cells into the animal to prevent tumor growth. In some embodiments, the EGFR-binding agent is administered as a therapeutic after the tumorigenic cells have grown to a specified size.
  • the method of inhibiting tumor growth comprises administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of a EGFR-binding agent.
  • the subject is a human.
  • the subject has a tumor or has had a tumor removed.
  • the tumor expresses the EGFR to which the EGFR-binding agent or antibody binds.
  • the invention provides a method of reducing the tumorigenicity of a tumor in a subject, comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a EGFR-binding agent to the subject.
  • the tumor comprises cancer stein cells.
  • the frequency of cancer stem cells in the tumor is reduced by administration of the agent.
  • the invention further provides methods of differentiating tumorigenic cells into non-tumorigenic cells comprising contacting the tumorigenic cells with a EGFR-binding agent (for example, by administering the EGFR-binding agent to a subject that has a tumor comprising the tumorigenic cells or that has had such a tumor removed.
  • EGFR-binding agents, polypeptides, or antibodies described herein to induce the differentiation of cells, including, but not limited to tumor cells.
  • methods of inducing cells to differentiate comprising contacting the cells with an effective amount of a EGFR-binding agent (e.g., an anti-EGFR antibody) described herein are envisioned.
  • Methods of inducing cells in a tumor in a subject to differentiate comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a EGFR-binding agent, polypeptide, or antibody to the subject are also provided.
  • the tumor is a pancreatic tumor.
  • the tumor is a colon tumor.
  • the treatment methods comprise administering a therapeutically effective amount of the EGFR-binding agent, polypeptide, or antibody to the subject.
  • the present invention further provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more of the EGFR-binding agents described herein.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions further comprise a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle. These pharmaceutical compositions find use in inhibiting tumor growth and treating cancer in human patients.
  • formulations are prepared for storage and use by combining a purified antibody or agent of the present invention with a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle (e.g. carrier, excipient) (Remington, The Science and Practice of Pharmacy 20th Edition Mack Publishing, 2000).
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle e.g. carrier, excipient
  • Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles include, but are not limited to, nontoxic buffers such as phosphate, citrate, and other organic acids; salts such as sodium chloride; antioxidants including ascorbic acid and methionine; preservatives (e.g.
  • octadecyldimethylbenzyl ammonium chloride hexamethonium chloride; benzalkonium chloride; benzethonium chloride; phenol, butyl or benzyl alcohol; alkyl parabens, such as methyl or propyl paraben; catechol; resorcinol; cyclohexanol; 3-pentanol; and m-cresol); low molecular weight polypeptides (e.g.
  • proteins such as serum albumin, gelatin, or immunoglobulins
  • hydrophilic polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone
  • amino acids such as glycine, glutamine, asparagine, histidine, arginine, or lysine
  • carbohydrates such as monosaccharides, disaccharides, glucose, mannose, or dextrins
  • chelating agents such as EDTA
  • sugars such as sucrose, mannitol, trehalose or sorbitol
  • salt-forming counter-ions such as sodium
  • metal complexes e.g. Zn-protein complexes
  • non-ionic surfactants such as TWEEN or polyethylene glycol (PEG).
  • compositions of the present invention can be administered in any number of ways for either local or systemic treatment.
  • Administration can be topical (such as to mucous membranes including vaginal and rectal delivery) such as transdermal patches, ointments, lotions, creams, gels, drops, suppositories, sprays, liquids and powders; pulmonary (e.g., by inhalation or insufflation of powders or aerosols, including by nebulizer; intratracheal, intranasal, epidermal and transdermal); oral; or parenteral including intravenous, intraarterial, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal or intramuscular injection or infusion; or intracranial (e.g., intrathecal or intraventricular) administration.
  • topical such as to mucous membranes including vaginal and rectal delivery
  • transdermal patches such as transdermal patches, ointments, lotions, creams, gels, drops, suppositories, sprays, liquids and powder
  • An antibody or immunoconjugate of the invention can be combined in a pharmaceutical combination formulation, or dosing regimen as combination therapy, with a second compound having anti-cancer properties.
  • the second compound of the pharmaceutical combination formulation or dosing regimen can have complementary activities to the ADC of the combination such that they do not adversely affect each other.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions comprising the EGFR-binding agent and the second anti-cancer agent are also provided.
  • the appropriate dosage of an antibody or agent of the present invention depends on the type of disease to be treated, the severity and course of the disease, the responsiveness of the disease, whether the antibody or agent is administered for therapeutic or preventative purposes, previous therapy, patient's clinical history, and so on all at the discretion of the treating physician.
  • the antibody or agent can be administered one time or over a series of treatments lasting from several days to several months, or until a cure is effected or a diminution of the disease state is achieved (e.g. reduction in tumor size).
  • Optimal dosing schedules can be calculated from measurements of drug accumulation in the body of the patient and will vary depending on the relative potency of an individual antibody or agent. The administering physician can easily determine optimum dosages, dosing methodologies and repetition rates.
  • dosage is from 0.01 ⁇ g to 100 mg per kg of body weight, and can be given once or more daily, weekly, monthly or yearly.
  • the antibody or other EGFR-binding agent is given once every two weeks or once every three weeks.
  • the dosage of the antibody or other EGFR-binding agent is from about 0.1 mg to about 20 mg per kg of body weight. The treating physician can estimate repetition rates for dosing based on measured residence times and concentrations of the drug in bodily fluids or tissues.
  • the combination therapy can provide “synergy” and prove “synergistic”, i.e. the effect achieved when the active ingredients used together is greater than the sum of the effects that results from using the compounds separately.
  • a synergistic effect can be attained when the active ingredients are: (1) co-formulated and administered or delivered simultaneously in a combined, unit dosage formulation; (2) delivered by alternation or in parallel as separate formulations; or (3) by some other regimen.
  • a synergistic effect can be attained when the compounds are administered or delivered sequentially, e.g. by different injections in separate syringes.
  • an effective dosage of each active ingredient is administered sequentially, i.e. serially, whereas in combination therapy, effective dosages of two or more active ingredients are administered together.
  • kits that comprise the antibodies, immunoconjugates or other agents described herein and that can be used to perform the methods described herein.
  • a kit comprises at least one purified antibody against EGFR in one or more containers.
  • the kits contain all of the components necessary and/or sufficient to perform a detection assay, including all controls, directions for performing assays, and any necessary software for analysis and presentation of results.
  • the disclosed antibodies, immunoconjugates or other agents of the present invention can be readily incorporated into one of the established kit formats which are well known in the art.
  • kits comprising a EGFR-binding agent (e.g., a EGFR-binding antibody), as well as a second anti-cancer agent.
  • a EGFR-binding agent e.g., a EGFR-binding antibody
  • the second anti-cancer agent is a chemotherapeutic agent (e.g., rituximab).
  • head and neck squamous carcinoma cell lines such as CA922 (Japanese Collection of Research Bioresources (JCRB), Shinjuku, Japan) and HSC4 (JCRB, Shinjuku, Japan) were injected subcutaneously into Balb/c female mice (Charles River Laboratory, Wilmington, Mass.) at the dose of 5 ⁇ 10 6 cells per mouse every 2 weeks for 5 times.
  • the immunized mice received intraperitoneal injection of another dose of antigen.
  • the spleen from the mouse was collected according to standard animal protocols and was ground between two sterile, frosted microscopic slides to obtain a single cell suspension in RPMI-1640 medium.
  • the spleen cells were then mixed with murine myeloma P3X63Ag8.653 cells (P3 cells) (J. F. Kearney et al. 1979 , J Immunol, 123: 1548-1550) at ratio of 1 P3 cells: 3 spleen cells.
  • P3 cells murine myeloma P3X63Ag8.653 cells
  • the mixture of spleen cells and P3 cells was washed and treated with pronase in fusion media (0.3M mannitol/D-sorbitol, 0.1 mM CaCl2, 0.5 mM MgCl2 and 1 mg/ml BSA) at room temperature for 3 min.
  • FBS Fetal Bovine Serum, Invitrogen
  • cells were then washed, resuspended in 2 ml cold fusion media and fused with BTX ECM 2001 electrofusion machine (Harvard Apparatus).
  • the fused cells were added gently to RPMI-1640 selection medium containing hypoxanthine-aminopterin-thymidine (HAT) (Sigma Aldrich), incubated for 20 min at 37° C., and then seeded into flat bottom 96-well plates at 200 ⁇ l/well. The plates were then incubated in 5% CO 2 incubator at 37° C. until hybridoma clones were ready for antibody screening.
  • HAT hypoxanthine-aminopterin-thymidine
  • Hybridoma screening was done using flow cytometric binding assay with immunizing cells that are either untreated or treated with EGF (R&D Systems). Because incubation with EGF downregulates EGFR level on the cell surface, EGFR specific hybridoma supernatant would only react to the untreated cells and not to the EGF-treated cells.
  • Cells for screening were first cultured in serum free media for overnight and separated into two parts. One part of the cells was left untreated and the other part was treated with EGF for 3 hours at 37° C. The EGF treated cells were labeled with CellTraceTM far red DDAO-SE (Invitrogen), mixed with untreated cells at 1:1 ratio and incubated with the hybridoma supernatant for 2 hours on ice.
  • EGFR specific hybridomas were expanded and the supernatants were rescreened by ELISA using soluble recombinant human EGFR extracellular domain (RELIATech) as antigen.
  • RELIATech soluble recombinant human EGFR extracellular domain
  • the positive hybridomas were rescreened using flow cytometric binding assay with human EGFR-expressing A431 epidermal carcinoma cell line (ATCC) and monkey EGFR-expressing Vero cell line (an African green monkey kidney epithelial cell line) (ATCC).
  • the hybridoma supernatant was incubated with A431 cells and DDAO-labeled Vero cells on ice for 1 hour.
  • the cells were washed twice and incubated with PE-conjugated goat anti-mouse IgG antibody (Jackson Immunoresearch) for 1 hour on ice.
  • the cells were then washed with FACS buffer, fixed in formalin and analyzed using a FACSCalibur flow cytometer (BD Biosciences).
  • HCC827 cells The positive hybridoma clones that reacted to both human and monkey antigens were tested for the capacity to inhibit basal proliferation of EGFR-overexpressing HCC827 cells (ATCC).
  • ATCC EGFR-overexpressing HCC827 cells
  • exponentially growing HCC827 cells were plated at 2000 cells/well in 96 well plates in 100 ⁇ l complete media containing 10% FBS. 100 ⁇ l of hybridoma supernatant was added to the cells and the mixture was incubated at 37° C. in a humidified 5% CO 2 incubator for 5 days. Level of cell proliferation was determined using colorimetric WST-8 assay (Dojindo Molecular Technologies, Rockville, Md.).
  • WST-8 is reduced by dehydrogenases in the living cells to an orange formazan product that is soluble in tissue culture medium, and the amount of formazan produced is directly proportional to the number of living cells.
  • 10% of the final volume of WST-8 was added to each well and plates were incubated at 37° C. for an additional 2-4 h. Plates were then analyzed by measuring the absorbance at 450 nm (A450) in the Spectra Max M2 plate reader (Molecular Devices, Sunnyvale, Calif.). Background A450 absorbance of wells with media and WST-8 only was subtracted from all values.
  • Hybridoma clones that inhibited at least 50% HCC827 cell growth were subcloned by limiting dilution.
  • Antibodies were purified from hybridoma subclone supernatants using standard methods, such as, for example Protein A or G chromatography (HiTrap Protein A or G HP, 1 mL, Amersham Biosciences). Briefly, supernatant was prepared for chromatography by the addition of 1/10 volume of 1M Tris/HCl buffer, pH 8.0. The pH-adjusted supernatant was filtered through a 0.22 nm filter membrane and loaded onto column equilibrated with binding buffer (PBS, pH 7.3). The column was washed with binding buffer until a stable baseline was obtained with no absorbance at 280 nm.
  • binding buffer PBS, pH 7.3
  • Antibody was eluted with 0.1M acetic acid buffer containing 0.15M NaCl, pH 2.8, using a flow rate of 0.5 mL/min. Fractions of approximately 0.25 mL were collected and neutralized by the addition of 1/10 volume of 1M Tris/HCl, pH 8.0. The peak fraction(s) was dialyzed overnight twice against 1 ⁇ PBS and sterilized by filtering through a 0.2 ⁇ n filter membrane. Purified antibody was quantified by absorbance at A280.
  • Protein A purified fractions were further polished using ion exchange chromatography (IEX) with quaternary ammonium (Q) chromatography for murine antibodies. Briefly, samples from protein A purification were buffer exchanged into binding buffer (10 mM Tris, 10 mM sodium chloride, pH 8.0) and filtered through 0.22 nm filer. The prepared sample was then loaded onto a Q fast flow resin (GE Lifesciences) that was equilibrated with binding buffer at a flow rate of 120 cm/hr. Column size was chosen to have sufficient capacity to bind all the MAb in the sample. The column was then washed with binding buffer until a stable baseline was obtained with no absorbance at 280 nm.
  • binding buffer (10 mM Tris, 10 mM sodium chloride, pH 8.0)
  • Q fast flow resin GE Lifesciences
  • Antibody was eluted by initiating a gradient from 10 mM to 500 mM sodium chloride in 20 column volume (CV). Peak fractions were collected based on absorbance measurement at 280 nm (A280). The percentage of monomer was assessed with size exclusion chromatography (SEC) on a TSK gel G3000SWXL, 7.8 ⁇ 300 mm with a SWXL guard column, 6.0 ⁇ 40 mm (fosoh Bioscience, Montgomeryville, Pa.) using an Agilent HPLC 1100 system (Agilent, Santa Clara, Calif.).
  • SEC size exclusion chromatography
  • EGFR expressing human tumor cell lines such as MDA-MB468 (ATCC) and A431 (ATCC), and Vero monkey kidney cell line (ATCC) were used in a flow cytometric binding assay.
  • the cells were incubated with various concentration of EGFR antibody for 1 h at 4° C.
  • the cells were washed and incubated with PE-conjugated secondary antibody (Jackson Immunoresearch) for 1 h at 4° C.
  • the cells were then washed, fixed in formalin and analyzed in FACSarray (BD Bioscience).
  • geometric mean fluorescence intensity was plotted against the antibody concentration in a semi-log plot.
  • a dose-response curve was generated by non-linear regression and the EC50 value of the curve, which corresponds to the apparent dissociation constant (Kd) of each antibody, was calculated using GraphPad Prism v4 (GraphPad software).
  • the EGFR antibodies of the invention as well as positive control antibodies, cetuximab and panitumumab, showed strong specific binding to both human tumor cells and monkey Vero cells.
  • a table shown in FIG. 1 lists the Kd of each antibody to the human and monkey EGFR.
  • the EGFR antibodies of the invention exhibited similarly strong binding affinity to both human and monkey antigens.
  • EGFR ligand binding induces EGFR phosphorylation followed by activation of downstream signaling pathways.
  • Western blot analysis was performed using MDA-MB468 tumor cell line and human primary adult keratinocytes. In brief, cells were seeded at 1e6 cells/well in a 6 well plate and cultured in normal media for overnight. Cells were washed and starved in serum free media containing 0.1% BSA for 2 hours at 37° C. 10 ⁇ g/ml antibody was added to the cells and the mixture was incubated for 3 hours at 37° C.
  • EGF a factor-derived neurotrophic factor
  • R&D Systems 50 ng/ml EGF (R&D Systems) was added to the mixture and incubated for 15 minutes at 37° C. Cells were then washed with ice-cold PBS and lysed in RIPA buffer containing protease and phosphatase inhibitors. The protein lysates were separated in SDS-PAGE and transferred to a nitrocellulose membrane. The membrane was blocked with 5% BSA and incubated with anti-phosphotyrosine antibody (clone 4G10, Millipore) for overnight at 4° C. The membrane was washed, incubated with HRP conjugated anti-mouse antibody (Jackson Immunoresearch) for 1 hour at room temperature, and washed again. The signal was detected using an ECL (enhanced chemiluminescene) system (GE Healthcare). To ensure equal amount of proteins loaded into each lane, the membrane was stripped and reprobed with anti- ⁇ -tubulin antibody (Sigma Aldrich).
  • Anti-KTI (Kuntz Trypsin inhibitor) antibody produced from hybridoma obtained from ATCC was used as negative control.
  • MDA-MB468 tumor cells were starved in serum free media as described in Example 5. The cells were then incubated with 10 ⁇ g/ml EGFR antibodies for 3 hours at 37° C. As positive control, untreated cells were incubated with 50 ng/ml EGF for 15 minutes at 37° C. The protein lysates were prepared and analyzed using Western blot as described in Example 5. The representative result is shown in FIG. 3 . EGF treatment clearly induced a strong EGFR phosphorylation in MDA-MB468 cells while the EGFR antibodies of the invention did not affect EGFR signaling in absence of the ligand.
  • One mechanism of EGFR signaling inhibition is blockade of ligand binding.
  • the binding of biotinylated EGFR ligand to the A431 cells was measured by flow cytometry in the presence of anti-EGFR antibodies.
  • Biotinylation of TGF ⁇ was done using EZ-link Micro Sulfo-NHS-LC-biotinylation kit (Pierce, Rockland, Ill.) according to the manufacturer's instruction. Biotinylated EGF was obtained from Invitrogen. Prior to competition assay, the binding curve of the biotinylated ligands was established.
  • Varying concentrations of anti-EGFR antibodies were pre-mixed with biotinylated ligands at EC50 concentration (1.8 nM and 10 nM for EGF and TGFa, respectively), and the mixture was incubated with the cells for 30 min on ice. Cells were then washed twice with FACS buffer and incubated with streptavidin-APC conjugate (Jackson Immunoresearch) for 15 min on ice. Cells were washed twice with FACS buffer and analyzed in FACS Calibur (BD Bioscience) using FlowJo program (Tree Star). The geometric mean fluorescence intensities were plotted against the antibody concentration in a semi-log plot. As shown in FIG. 4 , the negative control antibody, anti-KTI antibody does not affect the ligand binding while all anti-EGFR antibodies compete the ligand binding with the following EC50 (Table 10).
  • the EGFR antibodies of the invention completely blocked the TGFa and EGF binding with similar EC50 as cetuximab ( FIG. 4 and Table 10). This result cannot explain the differential effect of cetuximab and the EGFR antibodies of the invention on ligand induced EGFR signaling (Example 3) and growth of normal epithelial cell lines including human primary keratinocytes (Example 6).
  • EGFR Human normal basal epithelial cells in skin, gastrointestinal tract and other organs physiologically express EGFR.
  • the EGFR signaling in these tissues is critical for the epithelial cell growth.
  • Disruption of EGFR signaling pathway by cetuximab and panitumumab as well as small tyrosine kinase inhibitors such as erlotinib and gefitinib causes significant skin toxicity.
  • proliferation assays using human primary keratinocytes (Invitrogen) and a non-tumorigenic breast epithelial cell line, MCF10A (ATCC) were established.
  • FIG. 5 A representative result of the keratinocytes proliferation assay is shown in FIG. 5 .
  • cetuximab and panitumumab strongly inhibited the keratinocytes proliferation in dose dependent manner with the maximal inhibition of 40% for cetuximab and 78% for panitumumab.
  • the EGFR antibody of the invention similar as the negative control chimeric KTI antibody, had little or no effect on the keratinocytes. This result was confirmed in the MCF10A proliferation assay ( FIG. 6 ).
  • cetuximab and panitumumab strongly inhibited MCF10A cell proliferation while the EGFR antibodies of the invention had little or no effect on MCF10A cell growth. These data suggest that the EGFR antibodies of the invention are less toxic than cetuximab and panitumumab on normal epithelial cells that express EGFR.
  • proliferation assays with EGFR-expressing HCC827 (ATCC) and NCI-H292 (ATCC) lung tumor cell lines were established. Cells were plated at 2,000 cells per well in normal growth media containing 10% FBS and grown at 37° C. for 5 days in presence of varying concentration of anti-EGFR antibodies. Level of cell proliferation was determined using colorimetric WST-8 assay. The OD results were normalized so that surviving fraction 1 represents cells grown in normal growth media without anti-EGFR antibodies, and 0 represents the value of wells without cells.
  • FIGS. 7A and 7B show the representative proliferation assay results with HCC827 and NCI-H292 cells, respectively.
  • HCC827 cell line FIG. 7A
  • cetuximab strongly inhibited the tumor cell growth in dose dependent manner.
  • anti-EGFR antibodies of the invention showed similar or better inhibitory activity than cetuximab.
  • Table 11 describes the EC50 and % maximal inhibition of each antibody.
  • NCI-H292 cell line ( FIG. 7B )
  • cetuximab and panitumumab strongly inhibited the basal cell proliferation in dose dependent manner.
  • the EGFR antibodies of the invention were also significantly active in this cell line with the maximal proliferation inhibition was similar to cetuximab and panitumumab.
  • Table 12 describes the EC50 and % maximal inhibition of each antibody.
  • EGFR antibodies of the invention are as active as cetuximab and panitumumab in EGFR overexpressing cells while they do not affect the normal epithelial cell growth.
  • the cells were washed and incubated with streptavidin-alexa 488 conjugate on ice for 1 h. After washing, the cells were fixed and analyzed in FACScalibur. The geometric mean fluorescence intensity was plotted against antibody concentration in semi-log plot and normalized so that 100% represents the maximal binding of the biotinylated antibody in absence of other antibody and 0% represents the background staining in absence of the biotinylated antibody.
  • all the EGFR antibodies compete with each other. Cetuximab and panitumumab competed the 528 antibody binding as strong as the naked 528 antibody while the EGFR antibodies of the invention had slightly less capacity to compete with 528 antibody ( FIG. 8A ). All EGFR antibodies competed the binding of cetuximab and EGFR-7 biotinylated antibodies in similar manlier ( FIGS. 8B and 8C ).
  • Total cellular RNA was prepared from 5 ⁇ 10 6 cells of the EGFR hybridomas using an RNeasy kit (QIAgen) according to the manufacturer's protocol. cDNA was subsequently synthesized from total RNA using the SuperScript II cDNA synthesis kit (Invitrogen).
  • VL sequences were amplified by PCR using the following degenerate primers: SacIMK GGAGCTCGAYATTGTGMTSACMCARWCTMCA (SEQ ID NO:62) and HindKL TATAGAGCTCAAGCTTGGATGGTGGGAAGATGGATACAGTTGGTGC (SEQ ID NO:85).
  • the PCR reaction mixtures were then run on a 1% low melt agarose gel, the 300 to 400 bp bands were excised, purified using Zymo DNA mini columns, and sent to Agencourt Biosciences for sequencing.
  • the respective 5′ and 3′ PCR primers were used as sequencing primers to generate the variable region cDNAs from both directions.
  • the amino acid sequences of VH and VL regions were predicted from the DNA sequencing results.
  • the cDNA sequence information for the variable region was combined with the germline constant region sequence to obtain full length antibody cDNA sequences.
  • the molecular weights of the heavy chain and light chain were then calculated and compared with the molecular weights obtained by LC/MS analyses of the murine EGFR antibodies.
  • the molecular weight measurements are consistent with the cDNA sequences for both the EGFR-7 and EGFR-12 light and heavy chains.
  • a number of murine anti-EGFR hybridomas were sequenced and found to express antibodies with light and heavy chain variable region sequences nearly identical to EGFR-7, but with some CDR amino acid substitutions, particularly in heavy chain CDR2 ( FIG. 9 ). Since these CDR variants of murine EGFR-7 were found to be functionally identical, they provide some structural insight into the sequence flexibility of the EGFR-7 CDR's. Light chain CDR's 2 and 3 as well as heavy chain CDR 1 were identical in each of the variants while a single residue substitution was found at a low frequency in light chain CDR1 and heavy chain CDR3. As opposed to the CDR's with an apparently tight sequence conservation, the variants of EGFR-7 frequently contained as many as 4 amino acid substitutions in heavy chain CDR2.
  • the EGFR-7 and EGFR-12 antibodies were humanized following resurfacing methods previously described, such as, for example in Roguska et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., USA, 91(3):969-973 (1994) and Roguska et al., Protein Eng. 9(10):895-904 (1996), which are incorporated in their entirety herein by reference.
  • Resurfacing generally involves identification of the variable region framework surface residues in both the light and heavy chains and replacing them with human equivalents.
  • the murine CDR's are preserved in the resurfaced antibody.
  • Exemplary CDRs of EGFR-7 and EGFR-12 antibodies are defined as indicated in Table 13.
  • lysine 24 in murine EGFR-7 antibody light chain CDR1 was replaced with arginine for humanized version 1.0 (shown in italic), so both versions of the LC CDR1 are given.
  • lysine 27 and lysine 31 in murine EGFR-12 antibody light chain CDR1 were replaced with glutamine and arginine, respectively, for humanized version 1.0 (shown in italic).
  • the replacement of lysine 27 with glutamine instead of arginine was because glutamine is reserved in human germlinesequences at this position.
  • the table provides exemplary Kabat defined heavy chain CDR2's for both the murine and human versions of EGFR-7 and EGFR-12 antibodies.
  • the underlined sequence marks the portion of the Kabat heavy chain CDR2 that was not considered a CDR for resurfacing.
  • the calculated surface residues were then aligned with human germline surface sequences to identify the most homologous human surface sequence.
  • the human germline sequence used as the replacement surface for the light chain variable domains of EGFR-7 antibody was IGKV1-12*01 while IGKV1-16*01 was used as the replacement surface for EGFR-12 antibody VL.
  • the human germline sequences used as the replacement surfaces for the heavy chain variable domains of EGFR-7 and EGFR-12 antibodies were IGHV1-69*02 and IGHV1-69*08, respectively.
  • FIGS. 10 and 11 The specific framework surface residue changes for EGFR-7 and EGFR-12 antibodies are given in FIGS. 10 and 11 , respectively. Since the resurfaced light chain of both antibodies included the CDR1 lysine substitution(s) for preferred version, a resurfaced version (v1.01) was also generated with murine lysine(s) retained in CDR-L1. Finally, heavy chain framework 2 for murine EGFR-7 and its variants, contained a somatic W47C mutation resulting in an unpaired cysteine residue. For this reason, EGFR-7 heavy chain W47 germline revertant versions (v1.11) were also tested.
  • FIG. 12 shows the alignment of the resurfaced sequences for EGFR-7 and EGFR-12 antibodies variable domain of both light and heavy chain with their murine counterparts.
  • CDR grafting method consists of grafting the CDRs from a naturally evolved murine antibody onto the IN framework regions (FRs) of a human antibody. The main step of the process was to choose the appropriate human acceptor frameworks. Kabat numbering scheme and Kabat CDR definition were used for CDR grafting of EGFR-7 antibody. Exemplary CDRs of EGFR-7 antibody for CDR grafting are defined as indicated in Table 15.
  • Human immunoglobulin germline sequence with the highest homology with the murine EGFR-7 antibody was identified through the interactive tool, V-QUEST, of the International ImMunoGeneTics information System® (IMGT (https://imgt.cines.fr/) as described in Lefranc, Nucleic Acids Res. 29: 207-209 (2001).
  • IMGT International ImMunoGeneTics information System
  • the human germline sequences used as the acceptor frameworks for the VL and VH domains of EGFR-7 antibody were IGKV1-33*01 and IGHV1-46*03, respectively.
  • lysine 24 in murine EGFR-7 antibody light chain CDR1 was replaced with arginine in CDR grafting (Table 6).
  • the specific framework residue changes as well as the substitution in CDR-L1 in CDR-grafting of EGFR-7 antibody are given in FIG. 13 , and the alignments of the CDR-grafted sequences for EGFR-7 antibody variable domains with its murine counterparts is illustrated in FIG. 14 .
  • variable region sequences for huEGFR-7 and huEGFR-12 were codon-optimized and synthesized by Blue Heron Biotechnology. The sequences were flanked by restriction enzyme sites for cloning in-frame with the respective constant sequences in single chain mammalian expression plasmids.
  • the light chain variable region was cloned into EcoRI and BsiWI sites in the pAbKZeo plasmid.
  • the heavy chain variable region was cloned into the HindIII and Apa1 sites in the pAbG1Neo plasmid. These plasmids were used to express the recombinant antibodies in either transient or stable mammalian cell transfections.
  • Transient transfections to express recombinant antibodies in HEK 293T cells were performed using a modified PEI procedure (Durocher, Y. et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 30:E9 (2002)). Supernatant was purified by Protein A and polishing chromatography steps using standard procedures as described above for murine antibodies.
  • H292 tumor cell growth inhibition assays were performed as described in Example 7. As shown in FIG. 16 , murine and humanized antibodies of EGFR-6 and EGFR-7 were potent in inhibiting H292 tumor cell growth with EC50 included in Table 16. It is apparent that all humanized antibodies maintain the anti-tumor activity of the murine counterparts and humanization does not affect the biological activity of these antibodies.
  • ADCC Antibody-Dependent-Cellular-Cytotoxicity
  • a lactate dehydrogenase (LDH) release assay was used to measure antibody-dependent cell mediated cytotoxicity (ADCC) of tumor cells lines using freshly isolated human natural killer (NK) cells as effector cells (Shields R L, J Biol Chem. 2001 276(9):6591-604).
  • NK cells were first isolated from human peripheral blood from a normal donor (Research Blood Components, Inc., Brighton, Mass.) using a modified protocol for the NK cell Isolation Kit II (#130-091-152; Miltenyi Biotec, Auburn, Calif.). Peripheral blood was diluted 2-fold with 1 ⁇ PBS.
  • PBMC peripheral blood mononuclear cells
  • the NK cell Biotin-Antibody Cocktail contains biotinylated antibodies that bind to the lymphocytes, except for NK cells, resulting in a negative selection of NK cells.
  • the mixture was incubated at 4° C. for 10 min, and then 3 ⁇ 5 ⁇ volume of MACS buffer and 2 ⁇ 5 ⁇ volume of NK cell MicroBead cocktail that would bind to the biotinylated antibodies were added.
  • the cell-antibody mixture was incubated for another 15 min at 4° C. Next, cells were washed once with 50 mL of MACS buffer and resuspended in 3 mL of MACS buffer. NK cells were separated as negative fraction using autoMACS separator (Miltenyi Biotec).
  • NK cells were plated into 30 mL of complete RPMI media (RPMI-1640 supplemented with 5% fetal bovine serum, 1% penicillin-streptomycin, 1 mM HEPES, 1 mM Sodium Pyruvate, 1% 100 ⁇ MEM non-essential Amino Acid Solution) overnight.
  • the subsequent assay and all dilutions were carried out in RHBP medium (RPMI-1640 medium supplemented with 20 mM HEPES, pH 7.4, 0.1% BSA and 1% penicillin-streptomycin).
  • Various concentrations of antibodies in RHBP medium were aliquoted in duplicate at 50 ⁇ L/well into a round bottom 96-well plate.
  • the target cells (in this experiment A431 cell line) were resuspended at 10 6 cells/mL in RHBP medium and added at 100 ⁇ L/well to each well containing antibody dilutions.
  • the plate containing target cells and antibody dilutions was incubated for 30 min at RT.
  • NK cells were then added to the wells containing the target cells at 50 ⁇ L/well. The typical ratio was 1 target cell to 3-4 NK cells.
  • the mixtures were incubated at 37° C. for 4 h to allow for cell lysis. Plates were centrifuged for 10 min at 1200 rpm, and 100 ⁇ L of the supernatant was carefully transferred to a new flat-bottom 96-well plate.
  • LDH reaction mixture 100 ⁇ L/well
  • Cytotoxicity Detection Kit Roche 1 644 793
  • the optical density (OD) of samples was measured at 490 nm (OD490).
  • FIG. 17 shows a representative ADCC activity of huEGFR-6 and huEGFR-7R antibodies in comparison to that of chKTI antibody.
  • the huEGFR-6 and huEGFR-7R antibodies induced NK cell mediated killing of target cells in dose dependent manner with maximal specific killing reached around 20% and EC50 of 22 ng/ml and 17 ng/ml for huEGFR6 and huEGFR-7R, respectively.
  • chKTI antibody that did not bind to target. cells failed to mediate ADCC.
  • the (Succinimidyl 4-(N-maleimidomethyl) cyclohexane-1-carboxylate (SMCC, Pierce Biotechnology, Inc) linker was dissolved in dimethylacetamide (DMA).
  • DMA dimethylacetamide
  • the huEGFR antibody was modified with SMCC to introduce maleimides into the antibody by incubating the antibody at 5 mg/mL in 50 mM potassium phosphate, 50 mM NaCl, 2 mM EDTA, pH 6.5 with a 10 molar excess of SMCC. After approximately 100 minutes at ambient temperature, the reaction mixture was purified using a SEPHADEXTM G25 column equilibrated with the same potassium phosphate buffer. Antibody containing fractions were pooled and used for subsequent steps.
  • the SMCC-modified antibody was reacted with a 10 mM solution of DM1 at a 1.7 molar excess relative to the maleimide linker.
  • the reaction was stirred at ambient temperature under for approximately 18 hours.
  • the conjugation reaction mixture was filtered through a SEPHADEXTM G25 gel filtration column equilibrated with 1 ⁇ PBS at pH 6.5.
  • the huEGFR antibody-SMCC-DM1 conjugate was then dialyzed into buffer containing 10 mM histidine, 250 mM glycine, 1% sucrose pH 5.5.
  • the number of DM1 molecules linked. per antibody molecule was determined using the previously reported extinction coefficients for antibody and DM1 (Liu et al., Proc. Natl. Acad.
  • the percentage of free maytansinoid present after the conjugation reaction was determined by injecting 20-50 ⁇ g conjugate onto a HiSep column equilibrated in 25% acetonitrile in 100 mM ammonium acetate buffer, pH 7.0, and eluting in acetonitrile.
  • the peak area of total free maytansinoid species was measured using an absorbance detector set to a wavelength of 252 nm and compared with the peak area related to bound maytansinoid (eluted in the conjugate peak in the column flow-through fractions) to calculate the percentage of total free maytansinoid species.
  • Conjugates with 3.5-4 DM1 molecules per huEGFR antibody were obtained with ⁇ 1% present as unconjugated maytansinoid.
  • the exemplary N-succinimidyl 4-(2-pyridyldithio) butanoate (SPDB) linker was dissolved in ethanol.
  • the huEGFR antibody was incubated at 8 mg/mL with a 5.5-5 fold molar excess of SPDB linker for approximately 2 hours at room temperature in 50 mM potassium phosphate buffer (pH 6.5) containing 50 mM NaCl, 2 mM EDTA, and 3% ethanol.
  • the SPDB modified antibody was diluted 2-fold in PBS, pH 6.5 and modified with a 1.5 fold molar excess of the maytansinoid DM4 by the addition of a concentrated solution (15-30 mM) of DM4 in dimethylacetamide (DMA).
  • DMA dimethylacetamide
  • the conjugated antibody was purified by chromatography on SEPHADEXTM G25F equilibrated with 10 mM histidine, 250 mM glycine, 1% sucrose pH 5.5.
  • the number of DM4 molecules linked per antibody molecule was determined using the previously reported extinction coefficients for antibody and maytansinoid (Widdison W C et al. J Med Chem, 49:4392-4408 (2006)). The percentage of total free maytansinoid species were determined as described above. Conjugates with 3.5-4 DM4 molecules per huEGFR antibody were obtained with ⁇ 1% present as unconjugated maytansinoid.
  • Binding affinity of the huEGFR-6 and huEGFR-7R antibody maytansinoid conjugates was compared with that of the naked antibodies using MDA-MB468 cells as described in the Example 2.
  • the Kds calculated from binding curves of the huEGFR-6 antibody and conjugates ( FIG. 18 A) were 0.81 nM for naked huEGFR-6 antibody and 1.18 nM for huEGFR-6-SMCC-DM1 conjugate.
  • the Kds calculated from binding curves of the huEGFR-7R antibody and conjugates ( FIG. 18 B) were 0.67 nM for naked huEGFR-7R antibody and 0.83 nM for huEGFR-7R-SMCC-DM1 conjugate. This data demonstrates that DM conjugation does not notably alter the binding affinity of the huEGFR-6 and huEGFR-7R antibody to the huEGFR antigen.
  • EGFR antibody maytansinoid conjugates were measured using in vitro cytotoxicity assays. Briefly, target cells were plated at 1,500 to 3,000 cells per well in 100 ⁇ L complete RPMI media containing 10% FBS. Conjugates were diluted into complete RPMI media using 5-fold dilution series and 100 ⁇ L were added per well. The final concentration typically ranged from 3 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 8 M to 8 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 14 M. Cells were incubated at 37° C. in a humidified 5% CO2 incubator for 5 days. Viability of the remaining cells was determined by colorimetric WST-8 assay and the absorbance at 450 nm (A450) was measured in a multiwell plate reader. The surviving fraction was calculated by dividing each treated sample value by the average value of untreated controls. The surviving fraction value was plotted against the antibody-conjugate concentration in a semi-log plot for each treatment.
  • FIG. 19A the activity of naked antibodies and maytansinoid conjugates of the invention was tested in FaDu cell line.
  • the huEGFR-6 and huEGFR-7R naked antibodies inhibited 40% and 55% H292 cell growth, respectively while the chKTI antibody had no activity. Maytansinoid conjugation further enhances the activity of the EGFR antibody of the invention.
  • Both huEGFR-6 and huEGFR-7R-SMCC-DM1 conjugates completely abolished the target cells with EC50 of 0.22 nM and 0.06 nM, respectively.
  • the control chKTI-SMCC-DM1 conjugate also killed the target cells but with much lower EC50 (0.59 ⁇ M).
  • FIG. 19B the activity of naked antibodies and maytansinoid conjugates of the invention was tested in 1-1292 cell line.
  • the huEGFR-6 and huEGFR-7R naked antibodies inhibited 60-70% H292 cell growth while the chKTI antibody had no activity. Maytansinoid conjugation further enhances the activity of the EGFR antibody of the invention.
  • Both huEGFR-6 and huEGFR-7R-SMCC-DM1 conjugates completely abolished the target cells with EC50 of 0.16 nM and 0.03 nM, respectively.
  • the control chKTI-SMCC-DM1 conjugate also killed the target cells but with much lower EC50 (38.51 nM).
  • FIG. 20A the activity of naked antibodies and maytansinoid conjugates of the invention was compared with cetuximab in H226 cell line.
  • FIG. 20B the activity of naked antibodies and maytansinoid conjugates of the invention was compared with cetuximab in the SCC-4 cell line.
  • the cetuximab, huEGFR-6 and huEGFR-7R naked antibodies showed a dose dependent growth inhibition with maximal inhibition of around 30%, while the chKTI antibody had no activity.
  • Maytansinoid conjugation further potentiates the activity of the EGFR antibody of the invention.
  • Both huEGFR-6 and huEGFR-7R-SMCC-DM1 conjugates completely eliminated the target cells with EC50 of 0.07 nM and 0.03 nM, respectively.
  • control chKTI-SMCC-DM1 conjugate also killed the target cells but with a much lower EC50 (17.62 nM).
  • FIG. 21 The activity of naked antibody and antibody-maytansinoid conjugates of the huEGFR-6 and huEGFR-7R antibodies was tested in EGFR expressing H292 NSCLC (non-small cell lung cancer) ( FIG. 21 ) and FaDu SCCHN (squamous cell carcinoma of head and neck) ( FIG. 22 ) tumor xenograft models.
  • 1 ⁇ 10 7 tumor cells were injected subcutaneously into SCID mice. Animals were randomized by tumor volume into treatment groups when tumors reached a mean tumor volume of approximately 100 mm 3 and injected once with the indicated dosage of naked antibodies or antibody-maytansinoid conjugates. Median tumor volume of each treatment groups is plotted against time post tumor cell inoculation ( FIGS. 21 and 22 ).
  • Tables 17 and 18 show the number of mice with complete response (CR) (no palpable tumor) and percent of tumor growth inhibition (% T/C) which corresponds to the median of tumor volume of each treated group divided by the median tumor volume of control group when the tumor volume of the control group reaches a predetermined size.
  • CR complete response
  • % T/C percent of tumor growth inhibition
  • Both the naked antibodies and antibody maytansinoid conjugates of the invention were very active and they significantly delayed the growth of both H292 and FaDu tumor xenografts ( FIGS. 21 and 22 ).
  • H292 tumor xenograft study ( FIG. 21 and Table 17), all mice treated with the huEGFR-6-SMCC-DM1 and huEGFR-7R-SMCC-DM1 conjugates as low as 3 mg/kg exhibited a complete response. Even the huEGFR-6 and huEGFR-7R antibodies at 10 mg/kg were highly active.
  • FaDu tumor xenograft study FIG. 22 and Table 18
  • the huEGFR-6 and the huEGFR-7R antibodies at 10 mg/kg were active and the antibody-maytansinoid conjugates were even more active with complete response in some mice.
  • the activity of naked antibody, the huEGFR-7R-SMCC-DM1 and the huEGFR-7R-PEG-MAL-DM1 conjugates was compared in EGFR expressing H292 NSCLC (non-small cell lung cancer) ( FIG. 25 ), HSC2 SCCHN (squamous cell carcinoma of head and neck) ( FIG. 26 ) and FaDu SCCHN ( FIG. 27 ) tumor xenograft models.
  • H292 NSCLC non-small cell lung cancer
  • HSC2 SCCHN squamous cell carcinoma of head and neck
  • FaDu SCCHN FIG. 27
  • H292 NSCLC tumor xenograft study ( FIG. 25 and Table 19), all of the test articles were highly active at 3 mg/kg single dose. All mice treated with both the huEGFR-7R-SMCC-DM1 and the huEGFR-7R-PEG-MAL-DM1 conjugates showed a complete response, while none of the mice treated with the huEGFR-7R antibody had a complete response.
  • HSC2 SCCHN tumor xenograft study FIG.
  • both the huEGFR-7R-SMCC-DM1 and the huEGFR-7R-PEG-MAL-DM1 conjugates were highly active with T/C of 8%, while the huEGFR-7R antibody was barely active at 5 mg/kg single dose.
  • both the huEGFR-7R-SMCC-DM1 and the huEGFR-7R-PEG-MAL-DM1 conjugates were active with T/C of 15% and 28%, respectively.
  • the huEGFR-7R antibody treatment showed some tumor growth inhibition but it was not significantly active.
  • EGFR signaling plays a key role in human primary keratinocyte proliferation. Inhibition of EGFR signaling by small molecule tyrosine kinase inhibitors or antagonistic anti-EGFR antibodies such as cetuximab leads to growth arrest and apoptosis in keratinocyte culture (Stoll et al., Oncogene 16, 1493-1499 (1998)). Keratinocyte apoptosis is thought to be one of the mechanism underlying dermatologic toxicities caused by the anti-EGFR therapies in the clinic. To examine the potential of skin toxicity, the EGFR antibodies and antibody-maytansinoid conjugates of the invention was tested in an in vitro cytotoxicity assay using human primary keratinocytes.
  • human primary keratinocytes (Invitrogen) were plated at 1,500 to 3,000 cells per well in 100 ⁇ L EGF containing media suggested by the manufacturer. Test articles were diluted in EGF containing media using 5-fold dilution series and 100 ⁇ L were added per well. The final concentration typically ranged from 3 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 8 M to 8 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 14 M. Cells were incubated at 37° C. in a humidified 5% CO2 incubator for 5 days. Viability of the remaining cells was determined by colorimetric WST-8 assay and the absorbance at 450 nm (A450) was measured in a multiwell plate reader. The surviving fraction was calculated by dividing each treated sample value by the average value of untreated controls. The surviving fraction value was plotted against the antibody-conjugate concentration in a semi-log plot for each treatment.
  • the maytansinoid conjugates of huML66 and huEGFR-7R had the best activity; they were able to completely inhibit tumor cell growth with EC50 between 0.05 and 0.07 nM.
  • chKTI and huML66 antibodies had no effect on keratinocyte proliferation.
  • the huML66-SMCC-DM1 was very potent in killing the keratinocytes with 0.55 nM EC50.
  • the huEGFR-7R naked antibody had very little effect on keratinocytes.
  • the huEGFR-7R-SMCC-DM1 conjugate was much less toxic to the keratinocytes as compared to the huML66-SMCC-DM1 conjugate.
  • the huEGFR-7R naked antibody and its corresponding conjugate only inhibited less than 40% of the keratinocyte growth.
  • antibody and antibody-maytansinoid conjugate of the invention has little effect on the human primary keratinocyte cell growth while they are very potent in eliminating tumor cells.
  • the skin epithelium which is composed mainly of keratinocytes interspersed with dendritic cells, melanocytes, and rare T lymphocytes and monocytes, is highly committed to host defense. Physical, chemical, or immune-specific insults rapidly evoke an epidermal response characterized by the increase expression of chemokine and cytokines, which attract and activate distinct leukocyte subpopulations to induce inflammatory response.
  • TNF ⁇ induces human keratinocytes to express numerous chemokines and cytokines including CCL5/RANTES, CXCL10/IFN ⁇ -inducible-protein 10 and CXCL8/IL-8.
  • CCL5 attracts T cells, monocytes as well as neturophils.
  • CXCL10 induces migration of type 1 T cells.
  • CXCL8 is a chemoattractants active in neutrophil recruitment as well as in epithelial and endothelial cell proliferation.
  • EGFR signaling governs the homeostatic maintenance and repair of epithelial tissue.
  • EGFR activation leads to keratinocyte proliferation, migration and controlled differentiation.
  • keratinocytes produce EGFR ligands which activate EGFR signaling.
  • the enhanced EGFR activation in keratinocytes increases CXCL8 expression and reduces CCL5 and CXCL10 expression.
  • impairment of EGFR signaling led to an opposite pattern.
  • Skin application of a selective EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitor led to more severe contact hypersensitivity responses, with increased epidermal levels of CCL5 and CXCL10, and a higher number of monocytes/macrophages and T cells in the skin.
  • cetuximab reduced the expression of CXCL8 and increased the production of CXCL10 and CCL5.
  • the naked antibodies of the invention had no or little effect on the expression of these chemokines/cytokines when compared to the chKTI control.
  • the maytansinoid conjugates of the EGFR antibodies of the invention also had no or little effect on the keratinocytes.
  • the antibodies and antibody maytansinoid conjugates of the invention are very potent in killing the EGFR positive tumor cells in vitro and in vivo as shown in Examples 7, 12, 15 and 16.
  • the antibodies and antibody cytotoxic agent conjugates of the invention are unique class of anti-EGFR molecules that have distinct effect on normal vs. tumor cells.
  • the human EGFR is a large (1186 residues), monomeric glycoprotein with an extracellular ligand binding region, a single transmembrane region and a cytoplasmic tyrosine kinase domain flanked by noncatalytic regulatory regions.
  • the extracellular domain (ECD) of human EGFR contains four subdomains ( FIG. 28 ), here termed domain I (amino acids 1-165), domain II (amino acids 166-309), domain III (amino acids 310-481), and domain IV (amino acids 482-618). These domains are also referred to as L1, CR1, L2, and CR2, where L and CR are acronyms for large and Cys-rich, respectively.
  • the epitope of the huEGFR-7R of the invention were mapped mainly to the defined region containing amino acids 460-480 in the human EGFR ECD domain III by engineering truncated and chimeric human/murine EGFR molecules.
  • the entire human EGFR ECD (amino acids 1-618) was expressed as an Fe fusion protein (huEGFR-Fc).
  • the protein sequence was codon optimized, synthesized, and cloned in frame with a murine IgG2A hinge, CH2, and CH3 region in the pmuFc2ANL mammalian expression vector by Blue Heron Biotechnologies.
  • antibodies of the invention compete with cetuximab binding to EGFR ( FIG. 8B ), and cetuximab binds exclusively to domain III, the epitope of the antibodies of the invention may also be located in domain III and might overlap with that of cetuximab.
  • a truncated murine EGFR containing amino acids 310-501 (muEGFRdIII-Fc), and chEGFRdIII-Fc, a chimeric version containing murine EGFR amino acids 310-501 with nucleotide sequence coding for amino acids 460-481 being replaced by the corresponding sequence from human EGFR, were also similarly constructed to be expressed as Fc fusion proteins ( FIG. 29 ).
  • the chEGFRdIII-Fc constructs consists of 10 amino acids mutations to their human counterparts, including residues 460, 461, 467, 468, 471, 473, 474, and 478-480. All forms of EGFR ECD Fc tagged proteins were expressed via transient transfection of HEK 293T cells and purified from the supernatant of the transfected cells using protein A affinity chromatography.
  • huEGFR-7R was tested in ELISA format for binding to the various EGFR-Fc constructs described above. As shown in FIG. 30 , huEGFR-7R antibody binds to both human EGFR (huEGFR-Fc) and human EGFR domain III (huEGFRdIII-Fc) with similar affinity. FIG. 30 also demonstrates that huEGFR-7R antibody practically does not recognize the murine EGFR domain III (muEGFRdIII-Fc), despite the high sequence homology with the human receptor (88% sequence identity in domain III).
  • the huEGFR-7R antibody binds to the human/murine EGFR chimera (chEGFRdIII-Fc), containing mainly murine EGFR domain III sequence with ten amino acids at positions 460, 461, 467, 468, 471, 473, 474, and 478-480 mutated to their human counterparts ( FIG. 30 ).
  • chEGFRdIII-Fc human/murine EGFR chimera
  • huEGFR-7R antibody binds exclusively to the domain III of human EGFR and the binding epitope is largely confined within amino acid positions 460-480.
  • anti-EGFR-6 ( FIG. 31 ), muEGFR-6 ( FIG. 33 ), muEGFR-12 ( FIG. 34 ) and muEGFR-13 ( FIG. 35 ) antibodies that share unique biological activities with the EGFR-7 antibody, exhibit similar binding properties as the EGFR-7 antibody. They bind to human EGFR domain III (huEGFRdIII-Fc) but not murine EGFR domain III (muEGFRdIII-Fc), and importantly, they all bind to the chEGFRdIII-Fc at a lower affinity than to the huEGFRdIII-Fc.
  • huEGFRdIII-Fc human EGFR domain III
  • muEGFRdIII-Fc murine EGFR domain III

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Microbiology (AREA)
  • Mycology (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Cell Biology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Gynecology & Obstetrics (AREA)
  • Pregnancy & Childbirth (AREA)
  • Reproductive Health (AREA)
  • Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
  • Medicines Containing Antibodies Or Antigens For Use As Internal Diagnostic Agents (AREA)
  • Preparation Of Compounds By Using Micro-Organisms (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
  • Micro-Organisms Or Cultivation Processes Thereof (AREA)

Abstract

Novel anti-cancer agents, including, but not limited to, antibodies and immunoconjugates, that bind to EGFR are provided. Methods of using the agents, antibodies, or immunoconjugates, such as methods of inhibiting tumor growth are further provided.

Description

    FIELD OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention generally relates to antibodies, antigen-binding fragments thereof, polypeptides, and immunoconjugates that bind to EGFR. The present invention also relates to methods of using such EGFR-binding molecules for diagnosing and treating diseases, such as malignancies.
    • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • The epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR or ErbB1 or HER1) is a transmembrane glycoprotein of 170 kDa that is encoded by the c-erbB1 proto-oncogene located in the 7q22 chromosome. EGFR is a member of the human epidermal growth factor receptor (HER) family of receptor tyrosine kinases (RTK) which includes HER2 (ErbB2), HER3 (ErbB3) and HER4 (ErbB4). These RTKs share a homologous structure that consists of a ligand-binding extracellular domain (ECD), a single span transmembrane domain and an intracellular domain that contain catalytic-kinase domain and a C-terminal tail. HER kinase signaling pathways are initiated by the binding of extracellular ligand that induces receptor homodimerization or heterodimerization with other HER kinase member and transphosphorylation of the intracellular regions. These events generate the initial signal leading to activation of numerous downstream signaling pathways that are critical for cell proliferation and survival.
  • EGFR is over-expressed in many malignant tumor types of epithelial cell origin such as head and neck, colorectal, lung, ovarian, renal, pancreatic, skin and other solid tumors. EGFR-mediated signaling pathways play a significant role in the progression of tumor growth and metastases, making EGFR a good target for tumor therapy (Baselga, Oncologist, 7:2-8 (2002), Yarden and Sliwkowski, Nat Rev Mol Cell Biol, 2:127-137 (2001)). At present, four EGFR targeting agents including two small molecules tyrosine kinase inhibitors (TKIs) (erlotinib (Tarceva from Genentech and OSI Pharmaceuticals) and gefitinib (Iressa from AstraZeneca and Teva Pharmaceuticals)) and two naked monoclonal antibodies cetuximab (Erbitux from ImClone and BMS) and panitumumab (Vectibix from Amgen)) have been approved for treatment of colorectal cancer, pancreatic cancer, head and neck cancer, and non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC). These anti-EGFR agents strongly inhibit EGFR activation and downstream signaling. The TKIs compete with ATP for binding to the EGFR's intracellular kinase domain (Baselga and Arteaga, J Clin Oncol, 23:2445-2459 (20005)), whereas the two monoclonal antibodies compete with the EGFR ligands for binding to the receptor (Gill et al., J Biol Chem, 259:7755-7760 (1984), Goldstein et al., Clin Cancer Res, 1:1311-1318 (1995), Prewett et al., Clin Cancer Res, 4:2957-2966 (1998)).
  • Anti-EGFR therapies are not perfect. Inhibition of EGFR signaling is only effective in certain tumor type. For example, the efficacy of anti-EGFR antibodies is significantly reduced in colorectal cancer patients with KRAS, BRAF, PIK3CA and PTEN mutations (De Roock et al., Lancet Oncol, 11:753-762 (2010), Bardelli and Sienna, J Clin Oncol, 28: 1254-1261 (2010)). Additionally, the activity of small molecule EGFR inhibitors is limited to NSCLC patients with activating EGFR mutations (Linardou et al., Nat Rev Clin Oncol, 6: 352-366 (2009), Paz-Ares et al., J Cell Mol Med, 14: 51-69 (2009), Mok et al., Discov Med, 8: 227-231 (2009)). EGFR therapies also result in skin toxicity. EGFR expression in normal basal epithelial cells of the skin plays a crucial role in normal development and physiology of epidermis, and inhibition of EGFR signaling causes various skin toxicities including acneiform skin rash, skin dryness, pruritus, paronychia, hair abnormality, mucositis and increased growth of the eyelashes or facial hair (reviewed in Li and Perez-Soler, Targ Oncol 4:107-119 (2009)). Although rarely life-threatening, the skin toxicities cause significant physical and psycho-social discomfort that decrease the patient's life quality. Additionally, in around 10% of patients, the skin toxicity is so severe that it requires treatment interruption or discontinuation that impairs the clinical outcomes of EGFR inhibitors.
  • Accordingly, the need exists for improved anti-EGFR therapy which is harmless to normal tissues but still very effective in treating EGFR overexpressing malignant tumors, in particular, tumors that are resistant to the current EGFR therapies. To address this particular need, the present invention focuses on a unique novel class of EGFR antibodies that are very potent in killing EGFR expressing tumor cells but have no or little impact on normal epithelial cell growth. Furthermore, while the conjugation of the EGFR antibodies of the invention with cytotoxic agents potentiates the anti-tumor activity of these antibodies, it does not cause additional toxicity to normal epithelial cells.
    • BRIEF SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention generally relates to antibodies, antigen-binding fragments thereof, polypeptides, and immunoconjugates that bind to EGFR. The present invention also relates to methods of using such EGFR-binding molecules for diagnosing and treating diseases, such as malignancies.
  • Thus, in one embodiment the invention provides an antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof that specifically binds to human EGFR, wherein said antibody has at least one characteristic selected from the group consisting of: (a) inhibits at least 80% of epidermal growth factor (EGF) and transforming growth factor alpha (TGFα) binding to A431 cells at a concentration of 10 nM or higher, (b) causes at least 50% inhibition of H292 and HCC827 tumor cell proliferation at 30 nM or higher, and (c) does not inhibit more than 20% proliferation of keratinocytes and MCF-10A epithelial cells at 60 nM or lower. In another embodiment, the antibody has at least two characteristics selected from the group consisting of: (a) inhibits at least 80% of EGF and TGFα binding to A431 cells at a concentration of 10 nM or higher, (b) causes at least 50% inhibition of H292 and HCC827 tumor cell proliferation at 30 nM or higher, and (c) does not inhibit more than 20% proliferation of keratinocytes and MCF-10A epithelial cells at 60 nM or lower. In another embodiment, the antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof that specifically binds to human EGFR, wherein said antibody (a) inhibits at least 80% of EGF and TGFα binding to A431 cells at a concentration of 10 nM or higher, (b) causes at least 50% inhibition of H292 and HCC827 tumor cell proliferation at 30 nM or higher, and (c) does not inhibit more than 20% proliferation of keratinocytes and MCF-10A epithelial cells at 60 nM or lower.
  • In one embodiment, the invention provides an antibody which comprises (a) a VH sequence at least 90% identical to a reference VH sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs:19-23 and 69-73; and (b) a VL sequence at least 90% identical to a reference VL sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs:24-30 and 70. In another embodiment, the VH and VL sequences are at least 95% identical to the reference VH and VL sequences. In another embodiment, the VH and VL sequences are at least 99% identical to the reference VH and VL sequences.
  • In one embodiment, the invention provides an antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof which comprises (a) a VH sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs:19-23 and 69-73; and (b) a VL sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs:24-30 and 70. In another embodiment, the antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof comprises SEQ ID NO:19 and SEQ ID NO:24. In another embodiment, the antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof comprises SEQ ID NO:20 and SEQ ID NO:25. In another embodiment, the antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof comprises SEQ ID NO:21 and SEQ ID NO:26. In another embodiment, the antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof comprises SEQ ID NO:21 and SEQ ID NO:27. In another embodiment, the antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof comprises SEQ ID NO:22 and SEQ ID NO:28. In another embodiment, the antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof comprises SEQ ID NO:23 and SEQ ID NO:29. In another embodiment, the antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof comprises SEQ ID NO:23 and SEQ ID NO:30. In another embodiment, the antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof comprises SEQ ID NO:69 and SEQ ID NO:70. In another embodiment, the antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof comprises SEQ ID NO:71 and SEQ ID NO:26. In another embodiment, the antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof comprises SEQ ID NO:71 and SEQ ID NO:27. In another embodiment, the antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof comprises SEQ ID NO:72 and SEQ ID NO:26. In another embodiment, the antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof comprises SEQ ID NO:72 and SEQ ID NO:27. In another embodiment, the antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof comprises SEQ ID NO:73 and SEQ ID NO:26. In another embodiment, the antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof comprises SEQ ID NO:73 and SEQ ID NO:27.
  • In one embodiment, the invention provides an antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof produced by hybridoma selected from the group consisting of ATCC Deposit Designation PTA-11331, deposited with the ATCC on Oct. 6, 2010, ATCC Deposit Designation PTA-11332, deposited with the ATCC on Oct. 6, 2010, and ATCC Deposit Designation PTA-11333, deposited with the ATCC on Oct. 6, 2010. In another embodiment, the invention provides an antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof that specifically binds to the same EGFR epitope as an antibody selected from the group consisting of ATCC Deposit Designation PTA-11331, deposited with the ATCC on Oct. 6, 2010, ATCC Deposit Designation PTA-11332, deposited with the ATCC on Oct. 6, 2010, and ATCC Deposit Designation PTA-11333, deposited with the ATCC on Oct. 6, 2010. In yet another embodiment, the invention provides an antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof that competitively inhibits binding of a reference antibody to human EGFR, wherein said reference antibody is selected from the group consisting of ATCC Deposit Designation PTA-11331, deposited with the ATCC on Oct. 6, 2010, ATCC Deposit Designation PTA-11332, deposited with the ATCC on Oct. 6, 2010, and ATCC Deposit Designation PTA-11333, deposited with the ATCC on Oct. 6, 2010.
  • In one embodiment, the invention provides an antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof that specifically binds to the same EGFR epitope as an antibody selected from the group consisting of: (a) an antibody comprising the VH polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:19 and the VL polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:24; (b) an antibody comprising the VH polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:20 and the VL polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:25; (c) an antibody comprising the VH polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:21 and the VL polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:26; (d) an antibody comprising the VH polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:21 and the VL polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:27; (e) an antibody comprising the VH polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:22 and the VL polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:28; (f) an antibody comprising the VH polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:23 and the VL polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:29; (g) an antibody comprising the VH polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:23 and the VL polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:30; (h) an antibody comprising the VH polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:69 and the VL polypeptides of SEQ ID NO:70; (i) an antibody comprising the VH polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:71 and the VL polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 26; (j) an antibody comprising the VH polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:71 and the VL polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:27; (k) an antibody comprising the VH polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:72 and the VL polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:26; (1) an antibody comprising the VH polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:72 and the VL polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:27; (m) an antibody comprising the VH polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:73 and the VL polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:26; and (n) an antibody comprising the VH polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:73 and the VL polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:27.
  • In one embodiment, the invention provides an antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof that competitively inhibits binding of a reference antibody to human EGFR, wherein said reference antibody is selected from the group consisting of: (a) an antibody comprising the VH polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:19 and the VL polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:24; (b) an antibody comprising the VH polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:20 and the VL polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:25; (c) an antibody comprising the VH polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:21 and the VL polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:26; (d) an antibody comprising the VH polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:21 and the VL polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:27; (e) an antibody comprising the VH polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:22 and the VL polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:28; (f) an antibody comprising the VH polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:23 and the VL polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:29; (g) an antibody comprising the VH polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:23 and the VL polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:30; (h) an antibody comprising the VH polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:69 and the VL polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:70; (i) an antibody comprising the VH polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:71 and the VL polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:26; (j) an antibody comprising the VH polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:71 and the VL polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:27; (k) an antibody comprising the VH polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:72 and the VL polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:26; (1) an antibody comprising the VH polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:72 and the VL polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:27; (m) an antibody comprising the VH polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:73 and the VL polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:26; and (n) an antibody comprising the VH polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:73 and the VL polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:27.
  • In one embodiment, the invention provides an antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof that specifically binds to human EGFR, wherein the antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof comprises: (a) an immunoglobulin heavy chain variable region comprising CDR1, CDR2, and CDR3, which, with the exception of 1, 2, or 3 conservative amino acid substitutions, are respectively identical to the reference heavy chain CDR1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, the reference heavy chain CDR2 sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, 4, 6, 63, or 64, and the reference heavy chain CDR3 sequence of SEQ ID NO: 3 or 5; and (b) an immunoglobulin a light chain variable region comprising CDR1, CDR2, and CDR3, which, with the exception of 1, 2, or 3 conservative amino acid substitutions, are respectively identical to the reference light chain CDR1 sequence of SEQ ID NO: 10, 13, or 14, the reference light chain sequence CDR2 of SEQ ID NO:11, and the reference light chain CDR3 sequence of SEQ ID NO: 12. In another embodiment, the antibody comprises: (a) an immunoglobulin heavy chain variable region comprising CDR1, CDR2, and CDR3, which are respectively identical to the reference heavy chain CDR1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, the reference heavy chain CDR2 sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, 4, 6, 63, or 64, and the reference heavy chain CDR3 sequence of SEQ ID NO: 3 or 5; and (b) an immunoglobulin a light chain variable region comprising CDR1, CDR2, and CDR3, which are respectively identical to the reference light chain CDR1 sequence of SEQ ID NO: 10, 13, or 14, the reference light chain sequence CDR2 of SEQ ID NO:11, and the reference light chain CDR3 sequence of SEQ ID NO: 12.
  • In one embodiment, the invention provides an antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof that specifically binds to human EGFR, wherein the antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof comprises: (a) an immunoglobulin heavy chain variable region comprising CDR1, CDR2, and CDR3, which, with the exception of 1, 2, or 3 conservative amino acid substitutions, are respectively identical to the reference heavy chain CDR1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, the reference heavy chain CDR2 sequence of SEQ ID NO: 7, 8, or 9, and the reference heavy chain CDR3 sequence of SEQ ID NO: 3; and (b) an immunoglobulin a light chain variable region comprising CDR1, CDR2, and CDR3, which, with the exception of 1, 2, or 3 conservative amino acid substitutions, are respectively identical to the reference light chain CDR1 sequence of SEQ ID NO: 15 or 16, the reference light chain CDR2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:17, and the reference light chain CDR3 sequence of SEQ ID NO: 18. In another embodiment, the antibody comprises: (a) an immunoglobulin heavy chain variable region comprising CDR1, CDR2, and CDR3, which are respectively identical to the reference heavy chain CDR1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, the reference heavy chain CDR2 sequence of SEQ ID NO: 7, 8, or 9, and the reference heavy chain CDR3 sequence of SEQ ID NO: 3; and (b) an immunoglobulin a light chain variable region comprising CDR1, CDR2, and CDR3, which are respectively identical to the reference light chain CDR1 sequence of SEQ ID NO: 15 or 16, the reference light chain CDR2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:17, and the reference light chain CDR3 sequence of SEQ ID NO: 18.
  • In one embodiment, the invention provides an antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof that specifically binds to human EGFR, wherein the antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof comprises: (a) an immunoglobulin heavy chain variable region comprising CDR1, CDR2, and CDR3, which, with the exception of 1, 2, or 3 conservative amino acid substitutions, are respectively identical to the reference heavy chain CDR1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, the reference heavy chain CDR2 sequence of SEQ ID NO: 65, 66, or 67, and the reference heavy chain CDR3 sequence of SEQ ID NO: 3; and (b) an immunoglobulin a light chain variable region comprising CDR1, CDR2, and CDR3, which, with the exception of 1, 2, or 3 conservative amino acid substitutions, are respectively identical to the reference light chain CDR1 sequence of SEQ ID NO: 68 or 13, the reference light chain sequence CDR2 of SEQ ID NO:11, and the reference light chain CDR3 sequence of SEQ ID NO: 12. In another embodiment, the antibody comprises: (a) an immunoglobulin heavy chain variable region comprising CDR1, CDR2, and CDR3, which are respectively identical to the reference heavy chain CDR1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, the reference heavy chain CDR2 sequence of SEQ ID NO: 65, 66, or 67, and the reference heavy chain CDR3 sequence of SEQ ID NO: 3; and (b) an immunoglobulin a light chain variable region comprising CDR1, CDR2, and CDR3, which are respectively identical to the reference light chain CDR1 sequence of SEQ ID NO: 68 or 13, the reference light chain sequence CDR2 of SEQ ID NO:11, and the reference light chain CDR3 sequence of SEQ ID NO: 12.
  • In one embodiment, the antibody or antigen binding fragment of the invention is murine, non-human, humanized, chimeric, resurfaced, or human. In another embodiment, the antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof is a full length antibody. In another embodiment, the antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof is an antigen binding fragment. In another embodiment, the antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof comprises a Fab, Fab′, F(ab′)2, Fd, single chain Fv or scFv, disulfide linked Fv, V-NAR domain, IgNar, intrabody, IgGΔCH2, minibody, F(ab′)3, tetrabody, triabody, diabody, single-domain antibody, DVD-1g, Fcab, mAb2, (scFv)2, or scFv-Fc.
  • The invention also provides a polypeptide comprising the VH and VL sequences described herein.
  • In one embodiment, the invention provides an antibody or polypeptides that binds both human and macaque EGFR with a substantially similar binding affinity. In one embodiment, the antibody or polypeptide binds to human and macaque EGFR with a Kd of about 1.0 to about 10 nM. In another embodiment, the antibody or polypeptide of binds to human and macaque EGFR with a Kd of about 1.0 nM or better. In another embodiment, binding affinity is measured by flow cytometry, Biacore, or radioimmunoassay.
  • In one embodiment, the invention provides an isolated cell producing an antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof, or polypeptide described herein.
  • In one embodiment, the invention provides a method of making an antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof, or polypeptide described herein comprising (a) culturing a cell that expresses the antibody, antigen-binding fragment thereof, or polypeptide, and (b) isolating said antibody, antigen-binding fragment thereof, or polypeptide from said cultured cell. In one embodiment the cell is a eukaryotic cell.
  • In one embodiment, the invention provides an immunoconjugate having the formula (A)-(L)-(C), wherein: (A) is an antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof, or polypeptide described herein; (L) is a linker; and (C) is a cytotoxic agent; and wherein said linker (L) links (A) to (C). In another embodiment, the linker is selected from the group consisting of a cleavable linker, a non-cleavable linker, a hydrophilic linker, and a dicarboxylic acid based linker. In another embodiment, the linker is a non-cleavable linker. In another embodiment, the linker is selected from the group consisting: N-succinimidyl 4-(2-pyridyldithio)pentanoate (SPP); N-succinimidyl 4-(2-pyridyldithio)butanoate (SPDB) or N-succinimidyl 4-(2-pyridyldithio)-2-sulfobutanoate (sulfo-SPDB); N-succinimidyl 4-(maleimidomethyl) cyclohexanecarboxylate (SMCC); N-sulfosuccinimidyl 4-(maleimidomethyl) cyclohexanecarboxylate (sulfoSMCC); N-succinimidyl-4-(iodoacetyl)-aminobenzoate (STAB); and N-succinimidyl-[(N-maleimidopropionamido)-tetraethyleneglycol]ester (NHS-PEG4-maleimide). In a further embodiment, the linker is N-succinimidyl-[(N-maleimidopropionamido)-tetraethyleneglycol] ester (NHS-PEG4-maleimide).
  • In another embodiment, the immunoconjugate comprises a cytotoxic agent selected from the group consisting of a maytansinoid, maytansinoid analog, doxorubicin, a modified doxorubicin, benzodiazepine, taxoid, CC-1065, CC-1065 analog, duocarmycin, duocarmycin analog, calicheamicin, dolastatin, dolastatin analog, aristatin, tomaymycin derivative, and leptomycin derivative or a prodrug of the agent. In another embodiment, the cytotoxic agent is a maytansinoid. In a further embodiment, the cytotoxic agent is N(2′)-deacetyl-N(2′)-(3-mercapto-1-oxopropyl)-maytansine (DM1) or N(2′)-deacetyl-N2-(4-mercapto-4-methyl-1-oxopentyl)-maytansine (DM4).
  • In one embodiment, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising an antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof, or polypeptide described herein, or an immunoconjugate described herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. In another embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition comprises a second anti-cancer agent.
  • In one embodiment, the invention provides a diagnostic reagent comprising an antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof, polypeptide, or immunoconjugate of the invention which is labeled. In one embodiment, the label is selected from the group consisting of a radiolabel, a fluorophore, a chromophore, an imaging agent and a metal ion.
  • In one embodiment, the invention provides a kit comprising an antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof, polypeptide, or immunoconjugate described herein.
  • In one embodiment, the invention provides a method for inhibiting the growth of a cell expressing EGFR comprising contacting the cell with an immunoconjugate or the pharmaceutical composition described herein. In another embodiment, the cell is a tumor cell.
  • In one embodiment, the invention provides a method for treating a patient having a neoplasm comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of an immunoconjugate or pharmaceutical composition described herein. In another embodiment, the neoplasm is selected from the group consisting of: abdominal, bone, breast, digestive system, liver, pancreas, peritoneum, adrenal, parathyroid, pituitary, testicles, ovary, thymus, thyroid, eye, head and neck, central nervous system, peripheral nervous system, lymphatic system, pelvic, skin, soft tissue, spleen, thoracic region, and urogenital system. In another embodiment, the method comprises administering a second anti-cancer agent to the subject. In a further embodiment, the second anti-cancer agent is a chemotherapeutic agent.
  • In one embodiment, the invention provides a method for treating a cell proliferative disorder in a patient comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of an immunoconjugate or pharmaceutical composition described herein. In another embodiment, the cell proliferative disorder is selected from the group consisting of: adrenal cortex hyperplasia (Cushing's disease), congenital adrenal hyperplasia, endometrial hyperplasia, benign prostatic hyperplasia, breast hyperplasia, intimal hyperplasia, focal epithelial hyperplasia (Heck's disease), sebaceous hyperplasia, compensatory liver hyperplasia, and any other cell proliferation disease, besides neoplasia.
  • In one embodiment, the invention provides an isolated polynucleotide comprising a sequence that encodes a polypeptide at least 90% identical to a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 39-43, 77-80, and 82-84. In another embodiment, the sequence is at least 95% identical a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 39-43, 77-80, and 82-84. In another embodiment, the sequence is at least 99% identical to a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 39-43, 77-80, and 82-84.
  • In one embodiment, the invention provides an isolated polynucleotide which comprises a sequence that is at least 90% identical to SEQ ID NOs: 44-50 and 81. In another embodiment, the polynucleotide comprises a sequence that is at least 95% identical to SEQ ID NOs: 44-50 and 81. In another embodiment, the polynucleotide comprises a sequence that is at least 99% identical to SEQ ID NOs: 44-50 and 81. In another embodiment, the invention provides an isolated polynucleotide comprising a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs:39-58 and 77-84. In another embodiment, the invention provides a vector comprising the polynucleotides described herein. In another embodiment, the invention provides a host cell comprising the vectors described herein.
    • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS/FIGURES
  • FIG. 1 is a table describing the binding affinity of the indicated anti-EGFR antibodies to human EGFR (huEGFR) and monkey EGFR (moEGFR) antigen.
  • FIG. 2 is a Western blot data depicting the effect of the indicated anti-EGFR antibodies in ligand-induced EGFR phosphorylation in MDA-MB468 cells (FIG. 2, Panel A) and in human primary keratinocytes (FIG. 2, Panel B).
  • FIG. 3 is a Western blot data depicting the effect of the indicated anti-EGFR antibodies on EGFR phosphorylation in MDA-MB468 cells in absence of exogenous EGFR ligand.
  • FIG. 4 is a line graph depicting the binding of biotinylated TGFα (FIG. 4, Panel A) and EGF (FIG. 4, Panel B) to the A431 cells in presence of the indicated antibodies.
  • FIG. 5 is a line graph depicting the growth of human primary keratinocytes in presence of the indicated antibodies at various concentrations.
  • FIG. 6 is a bar graph depicting the growth of MCF10A cells in the presence of 10 μg/ml of the indicated antibodies.
  • FIG. 7 is a line graph depicting the growth of HCC827 cells (FIG. 7, Panel A) and NCI-H292 cells (FIG. 7, Panel B) in the presence of the indicated antibodies.
  • FIG. 8 is a line graph depicting the binding of biotinylated 528 antibody (FIG. 8, Panel A), biotinylated cetuximab (FIG. 8, Panel B), and biotinylated EGFR-7 antibody (FIG. 8, Panel C) to the MDA-MB468 cells in presence of the indicated competing antibodies at the indicated concentration.
  • FIG. 9 is the alignment of the murine EGFR-7 variant light and heavy chain variable region sequences.
  • FIG. 10 is tables depicting specific framework surface residue changes in resurfacing of EGFR-7 VL (FIG. 10, Panel A) and VH (FIG. 10, Panel B).
  • FIG. 11 is tables depicting specific framework surface residue changes in resurfacing of EGFR-12 VL (FIG. 11, Panel A) and VH (FIG. 11, Panel B).
  • FIG. 12 is alignment of the resurfaced sequences and murine counterparts of EGFR-7 VL (FIG. 12, Panel A), EGFR-7 VH (FIG. 12, Panel B), EGFR-12 VL (FIG. 12, Panel C) and EGFR-12 VH (FIG. 12, Panel D).
  • FIG. 13 is tables depicting specific framework surface residue changes in CDR grafting of EGFR-7 VL (FIG. 13, Panel A) and VH (FIG. 13, Panel B).
  • FIG. 14 is alignment of the CDR grafted sequences and the murine counterparts of EGFR-7 VL (FIG. 14, Panel A) and EGFR-7 VH (FIG. 14, Panel B).
  • FIG. 15 shows line graphs depicting the binding competition between the murine EGFR-6 (FIG. 14, Panel A) or EGFR-7 (FIG. 14, Panel B) antibody and its corresponding humanized antibody.
  • FIG. 16 shows line graphs depicting the ability of the murine EGFR-6 (FIG. 16, Panel A) or EGFR-7 (FIG. 16, Panel B) antibody and its corresponding humanized antibody in inhibiting tumor cell growth.
  • FIG. 17 shows a line graph depicting NK cell mediated ADCC activity of humanized EGFR-6 and EGFR-7R on A431 cells.
  • FIG. 18 depicts the binding curves of the EGFR-6 (FIG. 18, Panel A) or EGFR-7 (FIG. 18, Panel B) antibody and the corresponding antibody-maytansinoid conjugate.
  • FIG. 19 shows line graphs depicting the cytotoxic activity of the indicated antibody and the corresponding antibody-maytansinoid conjugate in FaDu (FIG. 19, Panel A) and H292 (FIG. 19, Panel B) cell lines.
  • FIG. 20 shows line graphs depicting the cytotoxic activity of the indicated antibody and the corresponding antibody-maytansinoid conjugate in H226 (FIG. 20, Panel A) and SCC-4 (FIG. 20, Panel B) cell lines.
  • FIG. 21 shows a line graph depicting the growth of H292 tumor xenograft in mice treated with a single dose of the indicated antibodies and antibody-maytansinoid conjugates.
  • FIG. 22 shows a line graph depicting the growth of FaDu tumor xenograft in mice treated with a single dose of the indicated antibodies and antibody-maytansinoid conjugates.
  • FIG. 23 shows line graphs depicting the capacity of the indicated antibodies and conjugates in inhibiting the growth of human primary keratinocytes (FIG. 23, Panel A) and H292 tumor cells (FIG. 23, Panel B).
  • FIG. 24 shows bar graphs depicting the amount of CXCL8 (FIG. 24, Panel A), CXCL10 (FIG. 24, Panel B), or CCL5 (FIG. 24, Panel C) produced by the human primary keratinocytes in presence of the indicated antibodies and antibody-maytansinoid-conjugates.
  • FIG. 25 shows a line graph depicting the growth of H292 tumor xenograft in mice treated with a single 3 mg/kg dose of either the huEGFR-7R antibody or the huEGFR-7R-SMCC-DM1, or huEGFR-7R-PEG-MAL-DM1 antibody-maytansinoid conjugates.
  • FIG. 26 shows a line graph depicting the growth of HSC2 tumor xenograft in mice treated with a single 5 mg/kg dose of either the huEGFR-7R antibody or the huEGFR-7R-SMCC-DM1, or huEGFR-7R-PEG-MAL-DM1 antibody-maytansinoid conjugates.
  • FIG. 27 shows a line graph depicting the growth of FaDu tumor xenograft in mice treated with a single 5 mg/kg dose of either the huEGFR-7R antibody or the huEGFR-7R-SMCC-DM1, or huEGFR-7R-PEG-MAL-DM1 antibody-maytansinoid conjugates.
  • FIG. 28 shows alignment of human and murine EGFR extracellular domain (ECD) sequences.
  • FIG. 29 shows alignment of sequences of huEGFRdIII, muEGFRdIII and chEGFRdIII.
  • FIG. 30 shows a line graph depicting the binding of huEGFR-7R antibody to the huEGFR, huEGFRdIII, muEGFRdIII and chEGFRdIII.
  • FIG. 31 shows a line graph depicting the binding of huEGFR-6 antibody to the huEGFR, huEGFRdIII, muEGFRdIII and chEGFRdIII.
  • FIG. 32 shows a line graph depicting the binding of muEGFR-7 antibody to the huEGFR, huEGFRdIII, muEGFRdIII and chEGFRdIII.
  • FIG. 33 shows a line graph depicting the binding of muEGFR-6 antibody to the huEGFR, huEGFRdIII, muEGFRdIII and chEGFRdIII.
  • FIG. 34 shows a line graph depicting the binding of muEGFR-12 antibody to the huEGFR, huEGFRdIII, muEGFRdIII and chEGFRdIII.
  • FIG. 35 shows a line graph depicting the binding of muEGFR-13 antibody to the huEGFR, huEGFRdIII, muEGFRdIII and chEGFRdIII.
  • FIG. 36 shows a line graph depicting the binding of cetuximab to the huEGFR, huEGFRdIII, muEGFRdIII and chEGFRdIII.
    •  DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention provides a new class of EGFR binding molecules which partially inhibit EGFR signaling, have no effect on EGFR-positive normal epithelial cells, including primary keratinocytes, but are highly cytotoxic to EGFR-overexpressing tumor cells. Further, immunoconjugates of anti-EGFR antibodies potentiate the anti-tumor activity of the antibodies.
    • I. DEFINITIONS
  • To facilitate an understanding of the present invention, a number of terms and phrases are defined below.
  • As used herein, “epidermal growth factor receptor” or “EGFR” refers to the mature, tyrosine kinase cell surface receptor. The term “soluble EGFR” or “sEGFR” refers to a portion of EGFR containing the extracellular, ligand-binding domain of EGFR. More specifically, sEGFR contains amino acids 1-619 of mature EGFR (Ullrich et al., Human Epidermal Growth Factor cDNA Sequence and Aberrant Expression of the Amplified Gene in A-431 Epidermoid Carcinoma Cells, Nature, Vol. 309, 418-25 (1986)).
  • The phrase “EGFR mediated cancer” refers to a cancer characterized by epithelial tumors in which EGFR is abnormally activated to levels greater than in normal, corresponding epithelial tissue. These greater levels of EGFR activity promote tumor growth in many types of cancer. Such cancers include, but are not limited to, non-small cell lung cancer, breast cancer, colorectal cancer, head and neck cancers, and prostate cancer. Abnormal activation of EGFR can arise from overexpression of the receptor, gene amplification, activating mutations, overexpression of receptor ligands, and/or loss of regulators of EGFR activity.
  • The term “antibody” means an immunoglobulin molecule that recognizes and specifically binds to a target, such as a protein, polypeptide, peptide, carbohydrate, polynucleotide, lipid, or combinations of the foregoing through at least one antigen recognition site within the variable region of the immunoglobulin molecule. As used herein, the term “antibody” encompasses intact polyclonal antibodies, intact monoclonal antibodies, antibody fragments (such as Fab, Fab′, F(ab′)2, and Fv fragments), single chain Fv (scFv) mutants, multispecific antibodies such as bispecific antibodies generated from at least two intact antibodies, chimeric antibodies, humanized antibodies, human antibodies, fusion proteins comprising an antigen determination portion of an antibody, and any other modified immunoglobulin molecule comprising an antigen recognition site so long as the antibodies exhibit the desired biological activity. An antibody can be of any the five major classes of immunoglobulins: IgA, IgD, IgE, IgG, and IgM, or subclasses (isotypes) thereof (e.g. IgG1, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4, IgA1 and IgA2), based on the identity of their heavy-chain constant domains referred to as alpha, delta, epsilon, gamma, and mu, respectively. The different classes of immunoglobulins have different and well known subunit structures and three-dimensional configurations. Antibodies can be naked or conjugated to other molecules such as toxins, radioisotopes, etc.
  • A “blocking” antibody or an “antagonist” antibody is one which inhibits or reduces biological activity of the antigen it binds, such as EGFR. In some embodiments, blocking antibodies or antagonist antibodies substantially or completely inhibit the biological activity of the antigen. The biological activity can be reduced by 10%, 20%, 30%, 50%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, or even 100%.
  • The phrase “ability to inhibit EGFR activation” with respect to an antibody as used herein, is intended to refer to an antibody whose binding to EGFR results in inhibition of human EGFR activation and the biological activity of human EGFR that occurs upon activation of the receptor. Measuring one or more indicators of EGFR biological activity as determined using either a cell proliferation assay, an apoptosis assay, a receptor binding assay, a receptor phosphorylation assay, or a mouse tumor model (see Examples) can assess an antibody's ability to inhibit EGFR activation.
  • The term “anti-EGFR antibody” or “an antibody that binds to EGFR” refers to an antibody that is capable of binding EGFR with sufficient affinity such that the antibody is useful as a diagnostic and/or therapeutic agent in targeting EGFR. Several anti-EGFR antibodies are known in the art. For example, cetuximab (Ab 225) and 528 Ab are described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,943,533, which is herein incorporated by reference.
  • The extent of binding of an anti-EGFR antibody to an unrelated, non-EGER protein can be less than about 10% of the binding of the antibody to EGFR as measured, e.g., by a radioimmunoassay (RIA). In certain embodiments, an antibody that binds to EGFR has a dissociation constant (Kd) of ≦1 μM, ≦100 nM, ≦10 nM, ≦1 nM, or ≦0.1 nM.
  • As used herein, the term “epithelial toxicity” refers to an abnormality or dysfunction of the epithelium, and can be manifested in a patient being treated for cancer by administration of an EGFR inhibitor by one or more symptoms or conditions selected from skin rash, diarrhea, corneal thinning, hair atrophy or loss, hair follicle dysplasia, degeneration, necrosis or inflammation, interfollicular epidermal hyperplasia, or a failure to heal or a delayed healing after injury, among other symptoms. In one embodiment, the epithelial toxicity is manifested as a skin toxicity such as acneform or macro-papular rash.
  • The term “antibody fragment” refers to a portion of an intact antibody and refers to the antigenic determining variable regions of an intact antibody. Examples of antibody fragments include, but are not limited to Fab, Fab′, F(ab′)2, and Fv fragments, linear antibodies, single chain antibodies, and multispecific antibodies formed from antibody fragments.
  • A “monoclonal antibody” refers to a homogeneous antibody population involved in the highly specific recognition and binding of a single antigenic determinant, or epitope. This is in contrast to polyclonal antibodies that typically include different antibodies directed against different antigenic determinants. The term “monoclonal antibody” encompasses both intact and full-length monoclonal antibodies as well as antibody fragments (such as Fab, Fab′, F(ab′)2, Fv), single chain (scFv) mutants, fusion proteins comprising an antibody portion, and any other modified immunoglobulin molecule comprising an antigen recognition site. Furthermore, “monoclonal antibody” refers to such antibodies made in any number of manners including but not limited to by hybridoma, phage selection, recombinant expression, and transgenic animals.
  • The term “humanized antibody” refers to forms of non-human (e.g. murine) antibodies that are specific immunoglobulin chains, chimeric immunoglobulins, or fragments thereof that contain minimal non-human (e.g., murine) sequences. Typically, humanized antibodies are human immunoglobulins in which residues from the complementary determining region (CDR) are replaced by residues from the CDR of a non-human species (e.g. mouse, rat, rabbit, hamster) that have the desired specificity, affinity, and capability (Jones et al., 1986, Nature, 321:522-525; Riechmann et al., 1988, Nature, 332:323-327; Verhoeyen et al., 1988, Science, 239:1534-1536). In some instances, the Fv framework region (FR) residues of a human immunoglobulin are replaced with the corresponding residues in an antibody from a non-human species that has the desired specificity, affinity, and capability. The humanized antibody can be further modified by the substitution of additional residues either in the Fv framework region and/or within the replaced non-human residues to refine and optimize antibody specificity, affinity, and/or capability. In general, the humanized antibody will comprise substantially all of at least one, and typically two or three, variable domains containing all or substantially all of the CDR regions that correspond to the non-human immunoglobulin whereas all or substantially all of the FR regions are those of a human immunoglobulin consensus sequence. The humanized antibody can also comprise at least a portion of an immunoglobulin constant region or domain (Fc), typically that of a human immunoglobulin. Examples of methods used to generate humanized antibodies are described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,225,539.
  • A “variable region” of an antibody refers to the variable region of the antibody light chain or the variable region of the antibody heavy chain, either alone or in combination. The variable regions of the heavy and light chain each consist of four framework regions (FR) connected by three complementarity determining regions (CDRs) also known as hypervariable regions. The CDRs in each chain are held together in close proximity by the FRs and, with the CDRs from the other chain, contribute to the formation of the antigen-binding site of antibodies. There are at least two techniques for determining CDRs: (1) an approach based on cross-species sequence variability (i.e., Kabat et al. Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, (5th ed., 1991, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda Md.)); and (2) an approach based on crystallographic studies of antigen-antibody complexes (Al-lazikani et al (1997) J. Molec. Biol. 273:927-948)). In addition, combinations of these two approaches are sometimes used in the art to determine CDRs.
  • The Kabat numbering system is generally used when referring to a residue in the variable domain (approximately residues 1-107 of the light chain and residues 1-113 of the heavy chain) (e.g, Kabat et al., Sequences of Immunological Interest. 5th Ed. Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. (1991)).
  • The amino acid position numbering as in Kabat, refers to the numbering system used for heavy chain variable domains or light chain variable domains of the compilation of antibodies in Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 5th Ed. Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. (1991). Using this numbering system, the actual linear amino acid sequence can contain fewer or additional amino acids corresponding to a shortening of or insertion into, a FR or CDR of the variable domain. For example, a heavy chain variable domain can include a single amino acid insert (residue 52a according to Kabat) after residue 52 of H2 and inserted residues (e.g. residues 82a, 82b, and 82c, etc according to Kabat) after heavy chain FR residue 82. The Kabat numbering of residues can be determined for a given antibody by alignment at regions of homology of the sequence of the antibody with a “standard” Kabat numbered sequence. Chothia refers instead to the location of the structural loops (Chothia and Lesk J. Mol. Biol. 196:901-917 (1987)). The end of the Chothia CDR-H1 loop when numbered using the Kabat numbering convention varies between H32 and H34 depending on the length of the loop (this is because the Kabat numbering scheme places the insertions at H35A and H35B; if neither 35A nor 35B is present, the loop ends at 32; if only 35A is present, the loop ends at 33; if both 35A and 35B are present, the loop ends at 34). The AbM hypervariable regions represent a compromise between the Kabat CDRs and Chothia structural loops, and are used by Oxford Molecular's AbM antibody modeling software.
  • Loop Kabat AbM Chothia
    L1 L24-L34 L24-L34 L24-L34
    L2 L50-L56 L50-L56 L50-L56
    L3 L89-L97 L89-L97 L89-L97
    H1 H31-H35B H26-H35B H26-H32 . . . 34
    (Kabat Numbering)
    H1 H31-H35 H26-H35 H26-H32
    (Chothia Numbering)
    H2 H50-H65 H50-H58 H52-H56
    H3 H95-H102 H95-H102 H95-H102
  • The term “human antibody” means an antibody produced by a human or an antibody having an amino acid sequence corresponding to an antibody produced by a human made using any technique known in the art. This definition of a human antibody includes intact or full-length antibodies, fragments thereof, and/or antibodies comprising at least one human heavy and/or light chain polypeptide such as, for example, an antibody comprising murine light chain and human heavy chain polypeptides.
  • The term “chimeric antibodies” refers to antibodies wherein the amino acid sequence of the immunoglobulin molecule is derived from two or more species. Typically, the variable region of both light and heavy chains corresponds to the variable region of antibodies derived from one species of mammals (e.g. mouse, rat, rabbit, etc) with the desired specificity, affinity, and capability while the constant regions are homologous to the sequences in antibodies derived from another (usually human) to avoid eliciting an immune response in that species.
  • The term “epitope” or “antigenic determinant” are used interchangeably herein and refer to that portion of an antigen capable of being recognized and specifically bound by a particular antibody. When the antigen is a polypeptide, epitopes can be formed both from contiguous amino acids and noncontiguous amino acids juxtaposed by tertiary folding of a protein. Epitopes formed from contiguous amino acids are typically retained upon protein denaturing, whereas epitopes formed by tertiary folding are typically lost upon protein denaturing. An epitope typically includes at least 3, and more usually, at least 5 or 8-10 amino acids in a unique spatial conformation.
  • “Binding affinity” generally refers to the strength of the sum total of noncovalent interactions between a single binding site of a molecule (e.g., an antibody) and its binding partner (e.g., an antigen). Unless indicated otherwise, as used herein, “binding affinity” refers to intrinsic binding affinity which reflects a 1:1 interaction between members of a binding pair (e.g., antibody and antigen). The affinity of a molecule X for its partner Y can generally be represented by the dissociation constant (Kd). Affinity can be measured by common methods known in the art, including those described herein. Low-affinity antibodies generally bind antigen slowly and tend to dissociate readily, whereas high-affinity antibodies generally bind antigen faster and tend to remain bound longer. A variety of methods of measuring binding affinity are known in the art, any of which can be used for purposes of the present invention. Specific illustrative embodiments are described in the following.
  • “Or better” when used herein to refer to binding affinity refers to a stronger binding between a molecule and its binding partner. “Or better” when used herein refers to a stronger binding, represented by a smaller numerical Kd value. For example, an antibody which has an affinity for an antigen of “0.6 nM or better”, the antibody's affinity for the antigen is <0.6 nM, i.e. 0.59 nM, 0.58 nM, 0.57 nM etc. or any value less than 0.6 nM.
  • By “specifically binds,” it is generally meant that an antibody binds to an epitope via its antigen binding domain, and that the binding entails some complementarity between the antigen binding domain and the epitope. According to this definition, an antibody is said to “specifically bind” to an epitope when it binds to that epitope, via its antigen binding domain more readily than it would bind to a random, unrelated epitope. The term “specificity” is used herein to qualify the relative affinity by which a certain antibody binds to a certain epitope. For example, antibody “A” may be deemed to have a higher specificity for a given epitope than antibody “B,” or antibody “A” may be said to bind to epitope “C” with a higher specificity than it has for related epitope “D.”
  • By “preferentially binds,” it is meant that the antibody specifically binds to an epitope more readily than it would bind to a related, similar, homologous, or analogous epitope. Thus, an antibody which “preferentially binds” to a given epitope would more likely bind to that epitope than to a related epitope, even though such an antibody may cross-react with the related epitope.
  • An antibody is said to “competitively inhibit” binding of a reference antibody to a given epitope if it preferentially binds to that epitope to the extent that it blocks, to some degree, binding of the reference antibody to the epitope. Competitive inhibition may be determined by any method known in the art, for example, competition ELISA assays. An antibody may be said to competitively inhibit binding of the reference antibody to a given epitope by at least 90%, at least 80%, at least 70%, at least 60%, or at least 50%.
  • The phrase “substantially similar,” or “substantially the same”, as used herein, denotes a sufficiently high degree of similarity between two numeric values (generally one associated with an antibody of the invention and the other associated with a reference/comparator antibody) such that one of skill in the art would consider the difference between the two values to be of little or no biological and/or statistical significance within the context of the biological characteristic measured by said values (e.g., Kd values). The difference between said two values can be less than about 50%, less than about 40%, less than about 30%, less than about 20%, or less than about 10% as a function of the value for the reference/comparator antibody. The difference between two “substantially similar binding affinities” is generally less than about 10% as a function of the value for the reference/comparator antibody.
  • “Ligand-independent binding” as used herein denotes the ability of the EGFR binding agents to bind an epitope on human EGFR in the absence of ligand interaction with EGFR.
  • A polypeptide, antibody, polynucleotide, vector, cell, or composition which is “isolated” is a polypeptide, antibody, polynucleotide, vector, cell, or composition which is in a form not found in nature. Isolated polypeptides, antibodies, polynucleotides, vectors, cell or compositions include those which have been purified to a degree that they are no longer in a form in which they are found in nature. In some embodiments, an antibody, polynucleotide, vector, cell, or composition which is isolated is substantially pure.
  • As used herein, “substantially pure” refers to material which is at least 50% pure (i.e., free from contaminants), at least 90% pure, at least 95% pure, at least 98% pure, or at least 99% pure.
  • The term “immunoconjugate” or “conjugate” as used herein refers to a compound or a derivative thereof that is linked to a cell binding agent (i.e., an anti-EGFR antibody or fragment thereof) and is defined by a generic formula: C-L-A, wherein C=cytotoxin, L=linker, and A=cell binding agent or anti-EGFR antibody or antibody fragment. Immunoconjugates can also be defined by the generic formula in reverse order: A-L-C.
  • A “linker” is any chemical moiety that is capable of linking a compound, usually a drug, such as a maytansinoid, to a cell-binding agent such as an anti-EGFR antibody or a fragment thereof in a stable, covalent manner. Linkers can be susceptible to or be substantially resistant to acid-induced cleavage, light-induced cleavage, peptidase-induced cleavage, esterase-induced cleavage, and disulfide bond cleavage, at conditions under which the compound or the antibody remains active. Suitable linkers are well known in the art and include, for example, disulfide groups, thioether groups, acid labile groups, photolabile groups, peptidase labile groups and esterase labile groups. Linkers also include charged linkers, and hydrophilic forms thereof as described herein and know in the art.
  • The terms “cancer” and “cancerous” refer to or describe the physiological condition in mammals in which a population of cells are characterized by unregulated cell growth. Examples of cancer include, but are not limited to, carcinoma, lymphoma, blastoma, sarcoma, and leukemia. “Tumor” and “neoplasm” refer to one or more cells that result from excessive cell growth or proliferation, either benign (noncancerous) or malignant (cancerous) including pre-cancerous lesions. Examples of “cancer” or “tumorigenic” diseases which can be treated and/or prevented include neoplasms of the abdomen, bone, breast, digestive system, liver, pancreas, peritoneum, endocrine glands (adrenal, parathyroid, pituitary, testicles, ovary, thymus, thyroid), eye, head and neck, nervous system (central and peripheral), lymphatic system, pelvic, skin, soft tissue, spleen, thoracic region, and urogenital system.
  • The terms “cancer cell,” “tumor cell,” and grammatical equivalents refer to the total population of cells derived from a tumor or a pre-cancerous lesion, including both non-tumorigenic cells, which comprise the bulk of the tumor cell population, and tumorigenic stem cells (cancer stem cells). As used herein, the term “tumor cell” will be modified by the term “non-tumorigenic” when referring solely to those tumor cells lacking the capacity to renew and differentiate to distinguish those tumor cells from cancer stem cells.
  • The term “subject” refers to any animal (e.g., a mammal), including, but not limited to humans, non-human primates, rodents, and the like, which is to be the recipient of a particular treatment. Typically, the terms “subject” and “patient” are used interchangeably herein in reference to a human subject.
  • Administration “in combination with” one or more further therapeutic agents includes simultaneous (concurrent) and consecutive administration in any order.
  • The term “pharmaceutical formulation” refers to a preparation which is in such form as to permit the biological activity of the active ingredient to be effective, and which contains no additional components which are unacceptably toxic to a subject to which the formulation would be administered. The forrnulation can be sterile.
  • An “effective amount” of an antibody as disclosed herein is an amount sufficient to carry out a specifically stated purpose. An “effective amount” can be determined empirically and in a routine manner, in relation to the stated purpose.
  • The term “therapeutically effective amount” refers to an amount of an antibody or other drug effective to “treat” a disease or disorder in a subject or mammal. In the case of cancer, the therapeutically effective amount of the drug can reduce the number of cancer cells; reduce the tumor size; inhibit (i.e., slow to some extent or stop) cancer cell infiltration into peripheral organs; inhibit (i.e., slow to some extent or stop) tumor metastasis; inhibit, to some extent, tumor growth; and/or relieve to some extent one or more of the symptoms associated with the cancer. See the definition herein of “treating”. To the extent the drug can prevent growth and/or kill existing cancer cells, it can be cytostatic and/or cytotoxic. A “prophylactically effective amount” refers to an amount effective, at dosages and for periods of time necessary, to achieve the desired prophylactic result. Typically but not necessarily, since a prophylactic dose is used in subjects prior to or at an earlier stage of disease, the prophylactically effective amount will be less than the therapeutically effective amount.
  • The word “label” when used herein refers to a detectable compound or composition which is conjugated directly or indirectly to the antibody so as to generate a “labeled” antibody. The label can be detectable by itself (e.g. radioisotope labels or fluorescent labels) or, in the case of an enzymatic label, can catalyze chemical alteration of a substrate compound or composition which is detectable.
  • A “chemotherapeutic agent” is a chemical compound useful in the treatment of cancer, regardless of mechanism of action. Chemotherapeutic agents include, for example, antagonists of CD20 such as Rituximab and cyclophosphamide, doxorubicin, vincristine, predinisone, fludarabine, etoposide, methotrexate, lenalidomide, chlorambucil, bentamustine and/or modified versions of such chemotherapeutics.
  • Terms such as “treating” or “treatment” or “to treat” or “alleviating” or “to alleviate” refer to both 1) therapeutic measures that cure, slow down, lessen symptoms of, and/or halt progression of a diagnosed pathologic condition or disorder and 2) prophylactic or preventative measures that prevent and/or slow the development of a targeted pathologic condition or disorder. Thus, those in need of treatment include those already with the disorder; those prone to have the disorder; and those in whom the disorder is to be prevented. In certain embodiments, a subject is successfully “treated” for cancer according to the methods of the present invention if the patient shows one or more of the following: a reduction in the number of or complete absence of cancer cells; a reduction in the tumor size; inhibition of or an absence of cancer cell infiltration into peripheral organs including, for example, the spread of cancer into soft tissue and bone; inhibition of or an absence of tumor metastasis; inhibition or an absence of tumor growth; relief of one or more symptoms associated with the specific cancer; reduced morbidity and mortality; improvement in quality of life; reduction in tumorigenicity, tumorigenic frequency, or tumorigenic capacity, of a tumor; reduction in the number or frequency of cancer stem cells in a tumor; differentiation of tumorigenic cells to a non-tumorigenic state; or some combination of effects.
  • “Polynucleotide,” or “nucleic acid,” as used interchangeably herein, refer to polymers of nucleotides of any length, and include DNA and RNA. The nucleotides can be deoxyribonucleotides, ribonucleotides, modified nucleotides or bases, and/or their analogs, or any substrate that can be incorporated into a polymer by DNA or RNA polymerase. A polynucleotide can comprise modified nucleotides, such as methylated nucleotides and their analogs. If present, modification to the nucleotide structure can be imparted before or after assembly of the polymer. The sequence of nucleotides can be interrupted by non-nucleotide components. A polynucleotide can be further modified after polymerization, such as by conjugation with a labeling component. Other types of modifications include, for example, “caps”, substitution of one or more of the naturally occurring nucleotides with an analog, internucleotide modifications such as, for example, those with uncharged linkages (e.g., methyl phosphonates, phosphotriesters, phosphoamidates, cabamates, etc.) and with charged linkages (e.g., phosphorothioates, phosphorodithioates, etc.), those containing pendant moieties, such as, for example, proteins (e.g., nucleases, toxins, antibodies, signal peptides, ply-L-lysine, etc.), those with intercalators (e.g., acridine, psoralen, etc.), those containing chelators (e.g., metals, radioactive metals, boron, oxidative metals, etc.), those containing alkylators, those with modified linkages (e.g., alpha anomeric nucleic acids, etc.), as well as unmodified forms of the polynucleotide(s). Further, any of the hydroxyl groups ordinarily present in the sugars can be replaced, for example, by phosphonate groups, phosphate groups, protected by standard protecting groups, or activated to prepare additional linkages to additional nucleotides, or can be conjugated to solid supports. The 5′ and 3′ terminal OH can be phosphorylated or substituted with amines or organic capping group moieties of from 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Other hydroxyls can also be derivatized to standard protecting groups. Polynucleotides can also contain analogous forms of ribose or deoxyribose sugars that are generally known in the art, including, for example, 2′-O-methyl-, 2′-O-allyl, 2′-fluoro- or 2′-azido-ribose, carbocyclic sugar analogs, .alpha.-anomeric sugars, epimeric sugars such as arabinose, xyloses or lyxoses, pyranose sugars, furanose sugars, sedoheptuloses, acyclic analogs and abasic nucleoside analogs such as methyl riboside. One or more phosphodiester linkages can be replaced by alternative linking groups. These alternative linking groups include, but are not limited to, embodiments wherein phosphate is replaced by P(O)S (“thioate”), P(S)S (“dithioate”), ″(O)NR2 (“amidate”), P(O)R, P(O)OR′, CO or CH2 (“formacetal”), in which each R or R′ is independently H or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl (1-20 C) optionally containing an ether (—O—) linkage, aryl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl or araldyl. Not all linkages in a polynucleotide need be identical. The preceding description applies to all polynucleotides referred to herein, including RNA and DNA.
  • The term “vector” means a construct, which is capable of delivering, and optionally expressing, one or more gene(s) or sequence(s) of interest in a host cell. Examples of vectors include, but are not limited to, viral vectors, naked DNA or RNA expression vectors, plasmid, cosmid or phage vectors, DNA or RNA expression vectors associated with cationic condensing agents, DNA or RNA expression vectors encapsulated in liposomes, and certain eukaryotic cells, such as producer cells.
  • The terms “polypeptide,” “peptide,” and “protein” are used interchangeably herein to refer to polymers of amino acids of any length. The polymer can be linear or branched, it can comprise modified amino acids, and it can be interrupted by non-amino acids. The terms also encompass an amino acid polymer that has been modified naturally or by intervention; for example, disulfide bond formation, glycosylation, lipidation, acetylation, phosphorylation, or any other manipulation or modification, such as conjugation with a labeling component. Also included within the definition are, for example, polypeptides containing one or more analogs of an amino acid (including, for example, unnatural amino acids, etc.), as well as other modifications known in the art. It is understood that, because the polypeptides of this invention are based upon antibodies, in certain embodiments, the polypeptides can occur as single chains or associated chains.
  • The terms “identical” or percent “identity” in the context of two or more nucleic acids or polypeptides, refer to two or more sequences or subsequences that are the same or have a specified percentage of nucleotides or amino acid residues that are the same, when compared and aligned (introducing gaps, if necessary) for maximum correspondence, not considering any conservative amino acid substitutions as part of the sequence identity. The percent identity can be measured using sequence comparison software or algorithms or by visual inspection. Various algorithms and software are known in the art that can be used to obtain alignments of amino acid or nucleotide sequences. One such non-limiting example of a sequence alignment algorithm is the algorithm described in Karlin et al, 1990, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., 87:2264-2268, as modified in Karlin et al., 1993, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., 90:5873-5877, and incorporated into the NBLAST and XBLAST programs (Altschul et al., 1991, Nucleic Acids Res., 25:3389-3402). In certain embodiments, Gapped BLAST can be used as described in Altschul et al., 1997, Nucleic Acids Res. 25:3389-3402. BLAST-2, WU-BLAST-2 (Altschul et al., 1996, Methods in Enzymology, 266:460-480), ALIGN, ALIGN-2 (Genentech, South San Francisco, Calif.) or Megalign (DNASTAR) are additional publicly available software programs that can be used to align sequences. In certain embodiments, the percent identity between two nucleotide sequences is determined using the GAP program in GCG software (e.g., using a NWSgapdna.CMP matrix and a gap weight of 40, 50, 60, 70, or 90 and a length weight of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6). In certain alternative embodiments, the GAP program in the GCG software package, which incorporates the algorithm of Needleman and Wunsch (J. Mol. Biol. (48):444-453 (1970)) can be used to determine the percent identity between two amino acid sequences (e.g., using either a Blossum 62 matrix or a PAM250 matrix, and a gap weight of 16, 14, 12, 10, 8, 6, or 4 and a length weight of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5). Alternatively, in certain embodiments, the percent identity between nucleotide or amino acid sequences is determined using the algorithm of Myers and Miller (CABIOS, 4:11-17 (1989)). For example, the percent identity can be determined using the ALIGN program (version 2.0) and using a PAM120 with residue table, a gap length penalty of 12 and a gap penalty of 4. Appropriate parameters for maximal alignment by particular alignment software can be determined by one skilled in the art. In certain embodiments, the default parameters of the alignment software are used. In certain embodiments, the percentage identity “X” of a first amino acid sequence to a second sequence amino acid is calculated as 100×(Y/Z), where Y is the number of amino acid residues scored as identical matches in the alignment of the first and second sequences (as aligned by visual inspection or a particular sequence alignment program) and Z is the total number of residues in the second sequence. If the length of a first sequence is longer than the second sequence, the percent identity of the first sequence to the second sequence will be longer than the percent identity of the second sequence to the first sequence.
  • As a non-limiting example, whether any particular polynucleotide has a certain percentage sequence identity (e.g., is at least 80% identical, at least 85% identical, at least 90% identical, and in some embodiments, at least 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identical) to a reference sequence can, in certain embodiments, be determined using the Bestfit program (Wisconsin Sequence Analysis Package, Version 8 for Unix, Genetics Computer Group, University Research Park, 575 Science Drive, Madison, Wis. 53711). Bestfit uses the local homology algorithm of Smith and Waterman, Advances in Applied Mathematics 2: 482 489 (1981), to find the best segment of homology between two sequences. When using Bestfit or any other sequence alignment program to determine whether a particular sequence is, for instance, 95% identical to a reference sequence according to the present invention, the parameters are set such that the percentage of identity is calculated over the full length of the reference nucleotide sequence and that gaps in homology of up to 5% of the total number of nucleotides in the reference sequence are allowed.
  • In some embodiments, two nucleic acids or polypeptides of the invention are substantially identical, meaning they have at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, and in some embodiments at least 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% nucleotide or amino acid residue identity, when compared and aligned for maximum correspondence, as measured using a sequence comparison algorithm or by visual inspection. Identity can exist over a region of the sequences that is at least about 10, about 20, about 40-60 residues in length or any integral value therebetween, and can be over a longer region than 60-80 residues, for example, at least about 90-100 residues, and in some embodiments, the sequences are substantially identical over the full length of the sequences being compared, such as the coding region of a nucleotide sequence for example.
  • A “conservative amino acid substitution” is one in which one amino acid residue is replaced with another amino acid residue having a similar side chain. Families of amino acid residues having similar side chains have been defined in the art, including basic side chains (e.g., lysine, arginine, histidine), acidic side chains (e.g., aspartic acid, glutamic acid), uncharged polar side chains (e.g., glycine, asparagine, glutamine, serine, threonine, tyrosine, cysteine), nonpolar side chains (e.g., alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, proline, phenylalanine, methionine, tryptophan), beta-branched side chains (e.g., threonine, valine, isoleucine) and aromatic side chains (e.g., tyrosine, phenylalanine, tryptophan, histidine). For example, substitution of a phenylalanine for a tyrosine is a conservative substitution. In some embodiments, conservative substitutions in the sequences of the polypeptides and antibodies of the invention do not abrogate the binding of the polypeptide or antibody containing the amino acid sequence, to the antigen(s), i.e., the EGFR to which the polypeptide or antibody binds. Methods of identifying nucleotide and amino acid conservative substitutions which do not eliminate antigen binding are well-known in the art (see, e.g., Brummell et al., Biochem. 32: 1180-1 187 (1993); Kobayashi et al. Protein Eng. 12(10):879-884 (1999); and Burks et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 94:412-417 (1997)).
  • As used in the present disclosure and claims, the singular forms “a,” “an,” and “the” include plural forms unless the context clearly dictates otherwise.
  • It is understood that wherever embodiments are described herein with the language “comprising,” otherwise analogous embodiments described in terms of “consisting of” and/or “consisting essentially of” are also provided.
  • The term “and/or” as used in a phrase such as “A and/or B” herein is intended to include both “A and B,” “A or B,” “A,” and “B.” Likewise, the term “and/or” as used in a phrase such as “A, B, and/or C” is intended to encompass each of the following embodiments: A, B, and C; A, B, or C; A or C; A or B; B or C; A and C; A and B; B and C; A (alone); B (alone); and C (alone).
    • II. EGFR BINDING AGENTS
  • Tumors often overexpress growth factor receptors that bind various ligands ligand and facilitate unrestricted tumor growth. One example of such growth factor receptors are the receptors of the Epidermal Growth Factor Receptor (EGFR) protein family.
  • Signal transduction through members of the Epidermal Growth Factor Receptor (EGFR) protein family is dependent upon the formation of homodimers or heterodimers triggered by the binding of ligand. This receptor family is comprised of four membrane-bound proteins: EGFR, HER2/neu, HER3 and HER4. Overexpression of these proteins has been correlated with a poor prognosis in a number of types of cancer, including, but not limited to, breast, colon, ovarian, endometrial, gastric, pancreatic, prostate and salivary gland cancers. While a number of groups have developed strategies to target individual members of the EGFR protein family (e.g., HER2/neu or EGFR) to inhibit tumor growth, none of the treatments has been proven to ultimately cure these forms of cancer.
  • In accordance with this invention novel agents (e.g. antibodies) are provided that specifically bind to human EGFR. These novel agents partially inhibit EGFR signaling and have no effect on EGFR-positive normal epithelial cells, including primary keratinocytes. However, these agents are highly cytotoxic to EGFR-overexpressing tumor cells.
  • Thus, present invention provides agents that specifically bind human EGFR. These agents are referred to herein as “EGFR binding agents.” In certain embodiments, the EGFR binding agents are antibodies, immunoconjugates or polypeptides. In some embodiments, the EGFR binding agents are humanized antibodies.
  • In certain embodiments, the EGFR-binding agents have one or more of the following effects: inhibit proliferation of tumor cells, reduce the tumorigenicity of a tumor by reducing the frequency of cancer stem cells in the tumor, inhibit tumor growth, increase survival, trigger cell death of tumor cells, differentiate tumorigenic cells to a non-tumorigenic state, or prevent metastasis of tumor cells.
  • In some embodiments, the EGFR-binding agents are capable of reducing tumor volume. The ability of a EGFR-binding agent to reduce tumor volume can be assessed, for example, by measuring a %Λ/C value, which is the median tumor volume of treated subjects divided by the median tumor volume of the control subjects. In some embodiments, treatment with a EGFR-binding agent results in a % T/C value that is less than about 55%, less than about 50%, less than about 45%, less than about 40%, less than about 35%, less than about 30%, less than about 25%, less than about 20%, less than about 15%, less than about 10%, or less than about 5%.
  • In certain embodiments, immunoconjugates or other agents that specifically bind human EGFR trigger cell death via a cytotoxic agent. For example, in certain embodiments, an antibody to a human EGFR antibody is conjugated to a maytansinoid that is activated in tumor cells expressing the EGFR by protein internalization. In certain alternative embodiments, the agent or antibody is not conjugated.
  • In certain embodiments, the EGFR-binding agents are capable of inhibiting tumor growth. In certain embodiments, the EGFR-binding agents are capable of inhibiting tumor growth in vivo (e.g., in a xenograft mouse model and/or in a human having cancer).
  • The EGFR-binding agents include EGFR antibodies EGFR-6, EGFR-7, and EGFR-12 and fragments, variants and derivatives thereof. The EGFR-binding agents also include EGFR-binding agents that specifically bind to the same EGFR epitope as the antibodies EGFR-6, EGFR-7, and EGFR-12. The EGFR-binding agents also include EGFR-binding agents that competitively inhibit the antibodies EGFR-6, EGFR-7, and EGFR-12.
  • The EGFR-binding agents also include EGFR-binding agents that comprise the heavy and light chain CDR sequences of EGFR-6, EGFR-7, and EGFR-12. The CDR sequences of EGFR-7 and EGFR-12, both murine and humanized are described in Tables 1 and 2 below.
  • TABLE 1
    Variable heavy chain CDR amino acid sequences
    Antibody VH-CDR1 VH-CDR2 VH-CDR3
    EGFR-7 TSYWMQ TIYPGDGDTT (SEQ ID NO: 2) YDAPGYAMDY
    (SEQ ID NO: 1) (SEQ ID NO: 3)
    EGFR-7 TSYWMQ Xaa1Xaa2YPGDGDXaa3Xaa4; YDAPGYXaa1MDY
    variant (SEQ ID NO: 1) Xaa1 = T or A Xaa1 = A or T
    composite Xaa2 = I or L (SEQ ID NO: 5)
    sequences Xaa3 = T or A
    Xaa4 = T, R, or S
    (SEQ ID NO: 4)
    EGR-7 Xaa1Xaa2YPGDGDXaa3Xaa4Xaa5QKFXaa6G
    Kabat HC Xaa1 = T or A
    CDR2 Xaa2 = I or L
    Xaa3 = T or A
    Xaa4 = T, R, or S
    Xaa5 = Y, T or I
    Xaa6 = Q or K
    (SEQ ID NO: 6)
    EGFR-12 TSYWMQ TIYPGDGDTR YDAPGYAMDY
    (SEQ ID NO: 1) (SEQ ID NO: 7) (SEQ ID NO: 3)
    Kabat HC TIYPGDGDTRYIQKFKG
    (murine) (SEQ ID NO: 8)
    Kabat HC TIYPGDGDTRYIQKFQG
    (resurfaced) (SEQ ID NO: 9)
    EGFR-6 TSYWMQ ALYPGDGDAR (SEQ ID NO: 65) YDAPGYAMDY
    (SEQ ID NO: 1) (SEQ ID NO: 3)
    Kabat HC ALYPGDGDARYTQKFKG
    (murine) (SEQ ID NO: 66)
    Kabat HC ALYPGDGDARYTQKFQG
    (resurfaced) (SEQ ID NO:67)
  • TABLE 2
    Variable light chain CDR amino acid sequences
    AntibodY VL-CDR1 VL-CDR2 VL-CDR3
    EGFR-7 KASQDINNYLA YTSTLHP LQYDNLLYT
    (murine and resurfaced v1.01) (SEQ ID NO: 11) (SEQ ID NO: 12)
    (SEQ ID NO: 10)
    RASQDINNYLA
    (resurfaced v1.0 and CDR
    grafted)
    (SEQ ID NO: 13)
    EGFR-7 variant Xaa1ASQDINNYXaa2A YTSTLHP LQYDNLLYT
    composite Xaa1 = K or R (SEQ ID NO: 11) (SEQ ID NO: 12)
    sequences Xaa2 = L or I
    (SEQ ID NO: 14)
    EGFR-12 RASKSISKYLA
    (murine and resurfaced v1.01)
    (SEQ ID NO: 15)
    RASQSISRYLA SGSTLQS QQHNEYPWT
    (resurfaced v1.0) (SEQ ID NO: 17) (SEQ ID NO: 18)
    (SEQ ID NO: 16)
    EGFR-6 (murine) KASQDINNYIA  YTSTLHP LQYDNLLYT
    (SEQ ID NO: 68) (SEQ ID NO: 11) (SEQ ID NO: 12)
    (resurfaced) RASQDINNYLA
    (SEQ ID NO: 13)
  • The EGFR binding molecules can be antibodies or antigen binding fragments that specifically bind to EGFR that comprise the CDRs of EGFR-6, EGFR-7, and EGFR-12 with up to four (i.e. 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4) conservative amino acid substitutions per CDR.
  • Polypeptides can comprise one of the individual variable light chains or variable heavy chains described herein. Antibodies and polypeptides can also comprise both a variable light chain and a variable heavy chain. The variable light chain and variable heavy chain sequences of murine and humanized EGFR-7 and EGFR-12 antibodies are provided in Tables 3 and 4 below.
  • TABLE 3
    Variable heavy chain amino acid sequences
    Antibody VH Amino Acid Sequence
    muEGFR-7 QVQLQQSGAELARPGASVKLSCKASGYTFTSYWMQWVK
    VH QRPGQGLECIGTIYPGDGDTTYTQKFKGKATLTADKSS
    STAYMQLSSLASEDSAVYYCARYDAPGYAMDYWGQGTS
    VTVSS (SEQ ID NO: 19)
    muEGFR-12 QVQLQQSGTELARPGASVKLSCKASGYTFTSYWMQWVK
    VH QRPGQGLECIGTIYPGDGDTRYIQKFKGKATLTADKSS
    STAYMQLSSLASEDSAVYYCARYDAPGYAMDYWGQGTS
    VTVSS (SEQ ID NO: 20)
    huEGFR-7 QVQLVQSGAEVAKPGASVKLSCKASGYTFTSYWMQWVK
    VH QRPGQGLECIGTIYPGDGDTTYTQKFQGKATLTADKSS
    STAYMQLSSLRSEDSAVYYCARYDAPGYAMDYWGQGTL
    VTVSS (SEQ ID NO: 21)
    huEGFR-7 QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTSYWMQWVR
    VH_CDR QAPGQGLEWMGTIYPGDGDTTYTQKFKGRVTMTRDTST
    grafted STVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARYDAPGYAMDYWGQGTL
    VTVSS (SEQ ID NO: 22)
    huEGFR-12 QVQLVQSGAEVAKPGASVKLSCKASGYTFTSYWMQWVK
    VH QRPGQGLECIGTIYPGDGDTRYIQKFQGKATLTADKSS
    STAYMQLSSLRSEDSAVYYCARYDAPGYAMDYWGQGTL
    VTVSS (SEQ ID NO: 23)
    muEGFR-6 QVQLQQSGAELARPGASVKLSCKASGYTFTSYWMQWVK
    VH QRPGQGLECIGALYPIGDGDARYTQKFKGKATLTADRS
    SSTAYMQLSSLASEDSAVYYCARYDAPGYAMDYWGQGT
    SVTVAS (SEQ ID NO: 69)
    huEGFR-6 QVQLVQSGAEVAKPGASVKLSCKASGYTFTSYWMQWVK
    VH v1.0 QRPGQGLECIGALYPGDGDARYTQKEQGKATLTADTSS
    STAYMQLSSLRSEDSAVYYCARYDAPGYAMDYWGQGTL
    VTVSS (SEQ ID NO: 71)
    huEGFR-6 QVQLVQSGAEVAKPGASVKLSCKASGYTFTSYWMQWVK
    VH v1.11 QRPGQGLEWIGALYPGDGDARYTQKFQGKATLTADTSS
    STAYMQLSSLRSEDSAVYYCARYDAPGYAMDYWGQGTL
    VTVSS (SEQ ID NO: 72)
    huEGFR-7 QVQLVQSGAEVAKPGASVKLSCKASGYTFTSYWMQWVK
    VH v1.11 QRPGQGLEWIGTIYPGDGDTTYTQKFQGKATLTADKSS
    STAYMQLSSLRSEDSAVYYCARYDAPGYAMDYWGQGTL
    VTVSS (SEQ ID NO: 73)
  • TABLE 4
    Variable light chain amino acid sequences
    Antibody VL Amino Acid Sequence
    muEGFR- DIQMTQSPSSLSASLGGKVTITCKASQDINNYLAWYQHK
    7 VL PGKGPRLLIHYTSTLHPGIPSRFSGSGSGRDYSFSISNL
    EPEDIATYYCLQYDNLLNTFGGGTKLEIKR 
    (SEQ ID NO: 24)
    muEGFR- DVQITQSPSYLAASPGETITINCRASKSISKYLAWYQEK
    12 VL PGKTNKLLIYSGSTLQSGIPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSL
    EPEDFAMYYCQQHNEYPWTFGGGTKLEIKR
    (SEQ ID NO: 25)
    huEGFR-7 DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQDINNYLAWYQHK
    VL v1.0 PGKGPKLLIHYTSTLHPGIPSRFSGSGSGRDYSFSISSL
    EPEDIATYYCLQYDNLLYTFGQGTKLEIKR
    (SEQ ID NO: 26)
    huEGFR-7 DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCKASQDINNYLAWYQHK
    VL v1.01 PGKGPKLLIHYTSTLHPGIPSRFSGSGSGRDYSFSISSL
    EPEDIATYYCLQYDNLLYTFGQGTKLEIKR
    (SEQ ID NO: 27)
    huEGFR-7 DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQDINNYLAWYQQK
    VL_CDR PGKAPKLLIYYTSTLHPGVPSRFSGSGSGTDFTFTISSL
    grafted QPEDIATYYCLQYDNLLYTFGQOTKVEIKR
    (SEQ ID NO: 28)
    huEGFR, DVQITQSPSSLAASVGERITINCRASQSISRYLAWYQEK
    12 VL  PGKTNKLLIYSGSTLQSGIPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSL
    v1.0 EPEDFAMYYCQQHNEYPWTFGQGTKLEIKR
    (SEQ ID NO: 29)
    huEGFR- DVQITQSPSSLAASVGERITINCRASKSISKYLAWYQEK
    12 VL PGKTNKLLIYSGSTLQSGIPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSL
    v1.01 EPEDFAMYYCQQHNEYPWTFGQGTKLEIKR
    (SEQ ID NO: 30)
    muEGFR6 DIQMTQSPSSLSASEGGKVTITCKASQDINNYIAWYQHK
    VL PGKGPRLLIHYTSTLHPGIPSRFSGSGSGRDYSFSISNL
    EPEDIATYYCLQYDNLLYTFGGGTKLEIKR
    (SEQ ID NO: 70)
  • Also provided are polypeptides that comprise: (a) a polypeptide having at least about 90% sequence identity to SEQ ID NOs:19-23, 69, and 71-76; and/or (b) a polypeptide having at least about 90% sequence identity to SEQ ID NOs:24-30 and 70. In certain embodiments, the polypeptide comprises a polypeptide having at least about 95%, at least about 96%, at least about 97%, at least about 98%, or at least about 99% sequence identity to SEQ ID NOs:19-30 and 69-76. Thus, in certain embodiments, the polypeptide comprises (a) a polypeptide having at least about 95% sequence identity to SEQ ID NOs: 19-23, 69, and 71-76, and/or (b) a polypeptide having at least about 95% sequence identity to SEQ ID NOs:24-30 and 70. In certain embodiments, the polypeptide comprises (a) a polypeptide having the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NOs: 19-23, 69, and 71-76; and/or (b) a polypeptide having the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NOs:24-30 and 70. In certain embodiments, the polypeptide is an antibody and/or the polypeptide specifically binds EGFR. In certain embodiments, the polypeptide is a murine, chimeric, or humanized antibody that specifically binds EGFR. In certain embodiments, the polypeptide having a certain percentage of sequence identity to SEQ ID NOs: 19-30 and 69-76 differs from SEQ ID NOs: 19-30 and 69-76 by conservative amino acid substitutions only.
  • TABLE 5
    Full-length heavy chain and light chain amino
    acid sequences
    Antibody VH Amino Acid Sequence
    huEGFR-7 QVQLVQSGAEVAKPGASVKLSCKASGYTFTSYWMQWVK
    HC QRPGQGLECIGTIYPGDGDTTYTQKFQGKATLTADKSS
    STAYMQLSSLRSEDSAVYYCARYDAPGYAMDYWGQGTL
    VTVSSASTKGPSVFPLAPSSKSTSGGTAALGCLVKDYF
    PEPVTVSWNSGALTSGVHTFPAVLQSSGLYSLSSVVTV
    PSSSLGTQTYICNVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSCDKTHTC
    PPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVV
    DVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRV
    VSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAK
    GQPREPQVYTLPPSRDELTKNQVSLTCLVKGENPSDIA
    VEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSR
    WQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPG 
    (SEQ ID NO: 31)
    huEGFR-7 QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTSYWMQWVR
    HC_CDR QAPGQGLEWMGTIYPGDGDTTYTQKFKGRVTMTRDTST
    grafted STVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARYDAPGYAMDYWGQGTL
    VTVSSASTKGPSVFPLAPSSKSTSGGTAALGCLVKDYF
    PEPVTVSWNSGALTSGVHTFPAVLQSSGLYSLSSVVTV
    PSSSLGTQTYICNVNFIKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSCDKTHT
    CPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVV
    VDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYR
    VVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKA
    KGQPREPQVYTLPPSRDELTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDI
    AVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKS
    RWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALEINHYTQKSLSLSPG
    (SEQ ID NO: 32)
    huEGFR-7 DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQDINNYLAWYQH
    LCv1.0 KPGKGPKLLIHYTSTLHPGIPSRFSGSGSGRDYSFSIS
    SLEPEDIATYYCLQYDNLLYTFGQGTKLEIKRTVAAPS
    VFIFPPSDEQLKSGTASVVCLLNNFYPREAKVQWKVDN
    ALQSGNSQESVTEQDSKDSTYSLSSTLTLSKADYEKHK
    VYACEVFHQGLSSPVTKSFNRGEC
    (SEQ ID NO: 33)
    huEGFR-7 DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCKASQDINNYLAWYQH
    LCv1.01 KPGKGPKLLIHYTSTLHPGIPSRFSGSGSGRDYSFSIS
    SLEPEDIATYYCLQYDNLLYTFGQGTKLEIKRTVAAPS
    VFIFPPSDEQLKSGTASVVCLLNNFYPREAKVQWKVDN
    ALQSGNSQESVTEQDSKDSTYSLSSTLTLSKADYEKHK
    VYACEVTHQGLSSPVTKSFNRGEC
    (SEQ ID NO: 34)
    huEGFR-7 DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQDINNYLAWYQQ
    LC_CDR KPGKAPKLLIYYTSTLHPGVPSRFSGSGSGTDFTFTIS
    grafted SLQPEDIATYYCLQYDNLLYTFGQGTKVEIKRTVAAPS
    VFIFPPSDEQLKSGTASVVCLLNNFYPREAKVQWKVDN
    ALQSGNSQESVTEQDSKDSTYSLSSTLTLSKADYEKHK
    VYACEVTHQGLSSPVTKSFNRGEC 
    (SEQ ID NO: 35)
    huEGFR-12 QVQLVQSGAEVAKPGASVKLSCKASGYTFTSYWMQWVK
    HC QRPGQGLECIGTIYPGDGDTRYIQKFQGKATLTADKSS
    STAYMQLSSLRSEDSAVYYCARYDAPGYAMDYWGQGTL
    VTVSSASTKGPSVFPLAPSSKSTSGMAALGCLVKDYFP
    EPVTVSWNSGALTSGVHTFPAVLQSSGLYSLSSVVIVP
    SSSLGTQTYICNVNFIKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSCDKTHTC
    PPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVV
    DVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVFINAKTKPREEQYNSTYR
    VVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKA
    KGQPREPQVYTLPPSRDELTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDI
    AVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKS
    RWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPG 
    (SEQ ID NO: 36)
    huEGFR-12 DVQITQSPSSLAASVGERITINCRASQSISRYLAWYQE
    LCv.1.0 KPGKTNKLLIYSGSTLQSGIPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTIS
    SLEPEDFAMYYCQQHNEYPWTFGQGTKLEIKRTVAAPS
    VFIFPPSDEQLKSGTASVVCLLNNFYPREAKVQWKVDN
    ALQSGNSQESVTEQDSKDSTYSLSSTLTLSKADYEKHK
    VYACEVTHQGLSSPVTKSFNRGEC 
    (SEQ ID NO: 37)
    huEGFR-12 DVQITQSPSSLAASVGERITINCRASKSISKYLAWYQE
    LCv.1.01 KPGKTNKLLIYSGSTLQSGIPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTIS
    SLEPEDFAMYYCQQHNEYPWTFGQGTKLEIKRTVAAPS
    VFIFPPSDEQLKSGTASVVCLLNNFYPREAKVQWKVDN
    ALQSGNSQESVTEQDSKDSTYSLSSTLTLSKADYEKHK
    VYACEVTHQGLSSPVTKSFNRGEC 
    (SEQ ID NO: 38)
    huEGFR-6 QVQLVQSGAEVAKPGASVKLSCKASGYTFTSYWMQWVK
    hCv1.0 QRPGQGLECIGALYPGDGDARYTQKFQGKATLTADTSS
    STAYMQLSSLRSEDSAVYYCARYDAPGYAMDYWGQGTL
    VTVSSASTKGPSVFPLAPSSKSTSGGTAALGCLVKDYF
    PEPVTVSWNSGALTSGVHTFPAVLQSSGLYSLSSVVTV
    PSSSLGTQTYICNVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSCDKTHTC
    PPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVV
    DVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRV
    QVSVLTVLHDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAK
    GQPREPQVYTLPPSRDELTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIA
    VEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFELYSKLTVDKSR
    WQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPG 
    (SEQ ID NO: 74)
    huEGFR-6 QVQLVQSGAEVAKPGASVKLSCKASGYTFTSYWMQWVK
    HCv1.11 QRPGQGLEWIGALYPGDGDARYTQKFQGKATLTADTSS
    STAYMQLSSLRSEDSAVYYCARYDAPGYAMDYWGQGTL
    VTVSSASTKGPSVFPLAPSSKSTSGGTAALGCLVKDYF
    PEPVTVSWNSGALTSGVHTFPAVLQSSGLYSLSSVVTV
    PSSSLGTQTYICNVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSCDKTHTC
    PPCPAPELLGGPSVELFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVV
    DVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRV
    VSVLFVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAK
    GQPREPQVYTLPPSRDELTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIA
    VEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFELYSKLTVDKSR
    WQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPG 
    (SEQ ID NO: 75)
    huEGFR-7 QVQLVQSGAEVAKPGASVKLSCKASGYTFTSYWMQWVK
    HCv1.11 QRPGQGLEWIGTIYPGDGDTTYTQKFQGKATLTADKSS
    STAYMQLSSLRSEDSAVYYCARYDAPGYAMDYWGQGTL
    VTVSSASTKGPSVFPLAPSSKSTSGGTAALGCLVKDYF
    PEPVTVSWNSGALTSGVHTFPAVLQSSGLYSLSSVVTV
    PSSSLGTQTYICNVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSCDKTHTC
    PPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVV
    DVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRV
    VSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAK
    GQPREPQVYTLPPSRDELTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIA
    VEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSR
    WQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPG 
    (SEQ ID NO: 76)
  • Also provided are polypeptides that comprise: (a) a polypeptide having at least about 90% sequence identity to SEQ ID NOs:31, 32, and 36; and/or (b). a polypeptide having at least about 90% sequence identity to SEQ ID NOs:33-35, 37, and 38. In certain embodiments, the polypeptide comprises a polypeptide having at least about 95%, at least about 96%, at least about 97%, at least about 98%, or at least about 99% sequence identity to SEQ ID NOs:31-3.8. Thus, in certain embodiments, the polypeptide comprises (a) a polypeptide having at least about 95% sequence identity to SEQ ID. NOs.: 31, 3.2, and 36, and/or (b) a polypeptide having at least about 95% sequence identity to SEQ ID NOs: 33-35, 37, and 38. In certain embodiments, the polypeptide comprises (a) a polypeptide having the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NOs: 31, 32, and 36; and/or (b) a polypeptide having the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NOs: 33-35, 37, and 38. In certain embodiments, the polypeptide is an antibody and/or the polypeptide specifically binds EGFR. In certain. embodiments, the polypeptide is a humanized antibody that specifically binds EGFR. In certain embodiments, the polypeptide having a certain percentage of sequence identity to SEQ ID NOs:31-38 differs from SEQ ID NOs:31-38 by conservative amino acid substitutions only.
  • In certain embodiments, the EGFR antibody is the antibody produced from a hybridoma selected from the group consisting of ATCC Deposit. Designation PTA-11331 (EGFR-6), deposited with the ATCC on Oct. 6, 2010, ATCC Deposit Designation PTA-11332 (EGFR-7), deposited with the ATCC on Oct. 6, 2010, and ATCC Deposit Designation PTA-11333 (EGFR-12), deposited with the ATCC on Oct. 6, 2010. In certain embodiments, the antibody comprises the VH-CDRs and the VL-CDRS of the antibody produced from a hybridoma selected from the group consisting of PTA-11331, PTA-11332, and PTA-11333.
  • Monoclonal antibodies can be prepared using hybridoma methods, such as those described by Kohler and Milstein (1975) Nature 256:495. Using the hybridoma method, a mouse, hamster, or other appropriate host animal, is immunized as described above to elicit the production by lymphocytes of antibodies that will specifically bind to an immunizing antigen. Lymphocytes can also be immunized in vitro. Following immunization, the lymphocytes are isolated and fused with a suitable myeloma cell line using, for example, polyethylene glycol, to form hybridoma cells that can then be selected away from unfused lymphocytes and myeloma cells. Hybridomas that produce monoclonal antibodies directed specifically against a chosen antigen as determined by immunoprecipitation, immunoblotting, or by an in vitro binding assay (e.g. radioimmunoassay (RIA); enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA)) can then be propagated either in vitro culture using standard methods (Goding, Monoclonal Antibodies: Principles and Practice, Academic Press, 1986) or in vivo as ascites tumors in an animal. The monoclonal antibodies can then be purified from the culture medium or ascites fluid as described for polyclonal antibodies above.
  • Alternatively monoclonal antibodies can also be made using recombinant DNA methods as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567. The polynucleotides encoding a monoclonal antibody are isolated from mature B-cells or hybridoma cell, such as by RT-PCR using oligonucleotide primers that specifically amplify the genes encoding the heavy and light chains of the antibody, and their sequence is determined using conventional procedures. The isolated polynucleotides encoding the heavy and light chains are then cloned into suitable expression vectors, which when transfected into host cells such as E. coli cells, simian COS cells, Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells, or myeloma cells that do not otherwise produce immunoglobulin protein, monoclonal antibodies are generated by the host cells. Also, recombinant monoclonal antibodies or fragments thereof of the desired species can be isolated from phage display libraries expressing CDRs of the desired species as described (McCafferty et al., 1990, Nature, 348:552-554; Clackson et al., 1991, Nature, 352:624-628; and Marks et al., 1991, J. Mol. Biol., 222:581-597).
  • The polynucleotide(s) encoding a monoclonal antibody can further be modified in a number of different manners using recombinant DNA technology to generate alternative antibodies. In some embodiments, the constant domains of the light and heavy chains of, for example, a mouse monoclonal antibody can be substituted 1) for those regions of for example, a human antibody to generate a chimeric antibody or 2) for a non-immunoglobulin polypeptide to generate a fusion antibody. In some embodiments, the constant regions are truncated or removed to generate the desired antibody fragment of a monoclonal antibody. Site-directed or high-density mutagenesis of the variable region can be used to optimize specificity, affinity, etc. of a monoclonal antibody.
  • In some embodiments, the monoclonal antibody against the human EGFR is a humanized antibody. In certain embodiments, such antibodies are used therapeutically to reduce antigenicity and HAMA (human anti-mouse antibody) responses when administered to a human subject. Humanized antibodies can be produced using various techniques known in the art. In certain alternative embodiments, the antibody to EGFR is a human antibody.
  • Human antibodies can be directly prepared using various techniques known in the art. Immortalized human B lymphocytes immunized in vitro or isolated from an immunized individual that produce an antibody directed against a target antigen can be generated (See, e.g., Cole et al., Monoclonal Antibodies and Cancer Therapy, Alan R. Liss, p. 77 (1985); Boemer et al., 1991, J. Immunol., 147 (1):86-95; and U.S. Pat. No. 5,750,373). Also, the human antibody can be selected from a phage library, where that phage library expresses human antibodies, as described, for example, in Vaughan et al., 1996, Nat. Biotech., 14:309-314, Sheets et al., 1998, Proc. Nat'l. Acad. Sci., 95:6157-6162, Hoogenboom and Winter, 1991, J. Mol. Biol., 227:381, and Marks et al., 1991, J. Mol. Biol., 222:581). Techniques for the generation and use of antibody phage libraries are also described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,969,108, 6,172,197, 5,885,793, 6,521,404; 6,544,731; 6,555,313; 6,582,915; 6,593,081; 6,300,064; 6,653,068; 6,706,484; and 7,264,963; and Rothe et al., 2007, J. Mol. Bio., doi:10.1016/j.jmb.2007.12.018 (each of which is incorporated by reference in its entirety). Affinity maturation strategies and chain shuffling strategies (Marks et al., 1992, Bio/Technology 10:779-783, incorporated by reference in its entirety) are known in the art and can be employed to generate high affinity human antibodies.
  • Humanized antibodies can also be made in transgenic mice containing human immunoglobulin loci that are capable upon immunization of producing the full repertoire of human antibodies in the absence of endogenous immunoglobulin production. This approach is described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,545,807; 5,545,806; 5,569,825; 5,625,126; 5,633,425; and 5,661,016.
  • This invention also encompasses bispecific antibodies that specifically recognize a EGFR. Bispecific antibodies are antibodies that are capable of specifically recognizing and binding at least two different epitopes. The different epitopes can either be within the same molecule (e.g. the same EGFR) or on different molecules such that both, for example, the antibodies can specifically recognize and bind a EGFR as well as, for example, 1) an effector molecule on a leukocyte such as a T-cell receptor (e.g. CD3) or Fc receptor (e.g. CD64, CD32, or CD16) or 2) a cytotoxic agent as described in detail below.
  • Exemplary bispecific antibodies can bind to two different epitopes, at least one of which originates in a polypeptide of the invention. Alternatively, an anti-antigenic arm of an immunoglobulin molecule can be combined with an arm which binds to a triggering molecule on a leukocyte such as a T cell receptor molecule (e.g. CD2, CD3, CD28, or B7), or Fc receptors for IgG so as to focus cellular defense mechanisms to the cell expressing the particular antigen. Bispecific antibodies can also be used to direct cytotoxic agents to cells which express a particular antigen. These antibodies possess an antigen-binding arm and an arm which binds a cytotoxic agent or a radionuclide chelator, such as EOTUBE, DPTA, DOTA, or TETA. Techniques for making bispecific antibodies are common in the art (Millstein et al., 1983, Nature 305:537-539; Brennan et al., 1985, Science 229:81; Suresh et al, 1986, Methods in Enzymol. 121:120; Traunecker et al., 1991, EMBO J. 10:3655-3659; Shalaby et al., 1992, J. Exp. Med. 175:217-225; Kostelny et al., 1992, J. Immunol. 148:1547-1553; Gruber et al., 1994, J. Immunol. 152:5368; and U.S. Pat. No. 5,731,168). Antibodies with more than two valencies are also contemplated. For example, trispecific antibodies can be prepared (Tutt et al., J. Immunol. 147:60 (1991)). Thus, in certain embodiments the antibodies to EGFR are multispecific.
  • In certain embodiments are provided an antibody fragment to, for example, increase tumor penetration. Various techniques are known for the production of antibody fragments. Traditionally, these fragments are derived via proteolytic digestion of intact antibodies (for example Morimoto et al., 1993, Journal of Biochemical and Biophysical Methods 24:107-117; Brennan et al., 1985, Science, 229:81). In certain embodiments, antibody fragments are produced recombinantly. Fab, Fv, and scFv antibody fragments can all be expressed in and secreted from E. coli or other host cells, thus allowing the production of large amounts of these fragments. Such antibody fragments can also be isolated from the antibody phage libraries discussed above. The antibody fragment can also be linear antibodies as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,641,870, for example, and can be monospecific or bispecific. Other techniques for the production of antibody fragments will be apparent to the skilled practitioner.
  • According to the present invention, techniques can be adapted for the production of single-chain antibodies specific to EGFR (see U.S. Pat. No. 4,946,778). In addition, methods can be adapted for the construction of Fab expression libraries (Huse, et al., Science 246:1275-1281 (1989)) to allow rapid and effective identification of monoclonal Fab fragments with the desired specificity for EGFR, or derivatives, fragments, analogs or homologs thereof. Antibody fragments can be produced by techniques in the art including, but not limited to: (a) a F(ab′)2 fragment produced by pepsin digestion of an antibody molecule; (b) a Fab fragment generated by reducing the disulfide bridges of an F(ab′)2 fragment, (c) a Fab fragment generated by the treatment of the antibody molecule with papain and a reducing agent, and (d) Fv fragments.
  • It can further be desirable, especially in the case of antibody fragments, to modify an antibody in order to increase its serum half-life. This can be achieved, for example, by incorporation of a salvage receptor binding epitope into the antibody fragment by mutation of the appropriate region in the antibody fragment or by incorporating the epitope into a peptide tag that is then fused to the antibody fragment at either end or in the middle (e.g., by DNA or peptide synthesis).
  • Heteroconjugate antibodies are also within the scope of the present invention. Heteroconjugate antibodies are composed of two covalently joined antibodies. Such antibodies have, for example, been proposed to target immune cells to unwanted cells (U.S. Pat. No. 4,676,980). It is contemplated that the antibodies can be prepared in vitro using known methods in synthetic protein chemistry, including those involving crosslinking agents. For example, immunotoxins can be constructed using a disulfide exchange reaction or by forming a thioether bond. Examples of suitable reagents for this purpose include iminothiolate and methyl-4-mercaptobutyrimidate.
  • For the purposes of the present invention, it should be appreciated that modified antibodies can comprise any type of variable region that provides for the association of the antibody with the polypeptides of a human EGFR. In this regard, the variable region can comprise or be derived from any type of mammal that can be induced to mount a humoral response and generate immunoglobulins against the desired tumor associated antigen. As such, the variable region of the modified antibodies can be, for example, of human, murine, non-human primate (e.g. cynomolgus monkeys, macaques, etc.) or lupine origin. In some embodiments both the variable and constant regions of the modified immunoglobulins are human. In other embodiments the variable regions of compatible antibodies (usually derived from a non-human source) can be engineered or specifically tailored to improve the binding properties or reduce the immunogenicity of the molecule. In this respect, variable regions useful in the present invention can be humanized or otherwise altered through the inclusion of imported amino acid sequences.
  • In certain embodiments, the variable domains in both the heavy and light chains are altered by at least partial replacement of one or more CDRs and, if necessary, by partial framework region replacement and sequence changing. Although the CDRs can be derived from an antibody of the same class or even subclass as the antibody from which the framework regions are derived, it is envisaged that the CDRs will be derived from an antibody of different class and possibly from an antibody from a different species. It is not always necessary to replace all of the CDRs with the complete CDRs from the donor variable region to transfer the antigen binding capacity of one variable domain to another. Rather, in some cases it is only necessary to transfer those residues that are necessary to maintain the activity of the antigen binding site. Given the explanations set forth in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,585,089, 5,693,761 and 5,693,762, it will be well within the competence of those skilled in the art, either by carrying out routine experimentation or by trial and error testing to obtain a functional antibody with reduced immunogenicity.
  • Alterations to the variable region notwithstanding, those skilled in the art will appreciate that the modified antibodies of this invention will comprise antibodies (e.g., full-length antibodies or immunoreactive fragments thereof) in which at least a fraction of one or more of the constant region domains has been deleted or otherwise altered so as to provide desired biochemical characteristics such as increased tumor localization or reduced serum half-life when compared with an antibody of approximately the same immunogenicity comprising a native or unaltered constant region. In some embodiments, the constant region of the modified antibodies will comprise a human constant region. Modifications to the constant region compatible with this invention comprise additions, deletions or substitutions of one or more amino acids in one or more domains. That is, the modified antibodies disclosed herein can comprise alterations or modifications to one or more of the three heavy chain constant domains (CH1, CH2 or CH3) and/or to the light chain constant domain (CL). In some embodiments, modified constant regions wherein one or more domains are partially or entirely deleted are contemplated. In some embodiments, the modified antibodies will comprise domain deleted constructs or variants wherein the entire CH2 domain has been removed (ΔCH2 constructs). In some embodiments, the omitted constant region domain will be replaced by a short amino acid spacer (e.g. 10 residues) that provides some of the molecular flexibility typically imparted by the absent constant region.
  • Besides their configuration, it is known in the art that the constant region mediates several effector functions. For example, binding of the C1 component of complement to antibodies activates the complement system. Activation of complement is important in the opsonisation and lysis of cell pathogens. The activation of complement also stimulates the inflammatory response and can also be involved in autoimmune hypersensitivity. Further, antibodies bind to cells via the Fe region, with a Fe receptor site on the antibody Fe region binding to a Fc receptor (FeR) on a cell. There are a number of Fc receptors which are specific for different classes of antibody, including IgG (gamma receptors), IgE (eta receptors), IgA (alpha receptors) and IgM (mu receptors). Binding of antibody to Fc receptors on cell surfaces triggers a number of important and diverse biological responses including engulfment and destruction of antibody-coated particles, clearance of immune complexes, lysis of antibody-coated target cells by killer cells (called antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity, or ADCC), release of inflammatory mediators, placental transfer and control of immunoglobulin production.
  • In certain embodiments, the EGFR-binding antibodies provide for altered effector functions that, in turn, affect the biological profile of the administered antibody. For example, the deletion or inactivation (through point mutations or other means) of a constant region domain can reduce Fc receptor binding of the circulating modified antibody thereby increasing tumor localization. In other cases, it can be that constant region modifications, consistent with this invention, moderate complement binding and thus reduce the serum half-life and nonspecific association of a conjugated cytotoxin. Yet other modifications of the constant region can be used to eliminate disulfide linkages or oligosaccharide moieties that allow for enhanced localization due to increased antigen specificity or antibody flexibility. Similarly, modifications to the constant region in accordance with this invention can easily be made using well known biochemical or molecular engineering techniques well within the purview of the skilled artisan.
  • In certain embodiments, a EGFR-binding agent that is an antibody does not have one or more effector functions. For instance, in some embodiments, the antibody has no antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC) activity and/or no complement-dependent cytotoxicity (CDC) activity. In certain embodiments, the antibody does not bind to an Fc receptor and/or complement factors. In certain embodiments, the antibody has no effector function.
  • It will be noted that in certain embodiments, the modified antibodies can be engineered to fuse the CH3 domain directly to the hinge region of the respective modified antibodies. In other constructs it can be desirable to provide a peptide spacer between the hinge region and the modified CH2 and/or CH3 domains. For example, compatible constructs could be expressed wherein the CH2 domain has been deleted and the remaining CH3 domain (modified or unmodified) is joined to the hinge region with a 5-20 amino acid spacer. Such a spacer can be added, for instance, to ensure that the regulatory elements of the constant domain remain free and accessible or that the hinge region remains flexible. However, it should be noted that amino acid spacers can, in some cases, prove to be immunogenic and elicit an unwanted immune response against the construct. Accordingly, in certain embodiments, any spacer added to the construct will be relatively non-immunogenic, or even omitted altogether, so as to maintain the desired biochemical qualities of the modified antibodies.
  • Besides the deletion of whole constant region domains, it will be appreciated that the antibodies of the present invention can be provided by the partial deletion or substitution of a few or even a single amino acid. For example, the mutation of a single amino acid in selected areas of the CH2 domain can be enough to substantially reduce Fc binding and thereby increase tumor localization. Similarly, it can be desirable to simply delete that part of one or more constant region domains that control the effector function (e.g. complement CLQ binding) to be modulated. Such partial deletions of the constant regions can improve selected characteristics of the antibody (serum half-life) while leaving other desirable functions associated with the subject constant region domain intact. Moreover, as alluded to above, the constant regions of the disclosed antibodies can be modified through the mutation or substitution of one or more amino acids that enhances the profile of the resulting construct. In this respect it can be possible to disrupt the activity provided by a conserved binding site (e.g. Fc binding) while substantially maintaining the configuration and immunogenic profile of the modified antibody. Certain embodiments can comprise the addition of one or more amino acids to the constant region to enhance desirable characteristics such as decreasing or increasing effector function or provide for more cytotoxin or carbohydrate attachment. In such embodiments it can be desirable to insert or replicate specific sequences derived from selected constant region domains.
  • The present invention further embraces variants and equivalents which are substantially homologous to the chimeric, humanized and human antibodies, or antibody fragments thereof, set forth herein. These can contain, for example, conservative substitution mutations, i.e. the substitution of one or more amino acids by similar amino acids. For example, conservative substitution refers to they substitution of an amino acid with another within the same general class such as, for example, one acidic amino acid with another acidic amino acid, one basic amino acid with another basic amino acid or one neutral amino acid by another neutral amino acid. What is intended by a conservative amino acid substitution is well known in the art.
  • The polypeptides of the present invention can be recombinant polypeptides, natural polypeptides, or synthetic polypeptides comprising an antibody, or fragment thereof, against a human EGFR. It will be recognized in the art that some amino acid sequences of the invention can be varied without significant effect of the structure or function of the protein. Thus, the invention further includes variations of the polypeptides which show substantial activity or which include regions of an antibody, or fragment thereof, against EGFR protein. Such mutants include deletions, insertions, inversions, repeats, and type substitutions.
  • The polypeptides and analogs can be further modified to contain additional chemical moieties not normally part of the protein. Those derivatized moieties can improve the solubility, the biological half-life or absorption of the protein. The moieties can also reduce or eliminate any desirable side effects of the proteins and the like. An overview for those moieties can be found in REMINGTON'S PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES, 20th ed., Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa. (2000).
  • The isolated polypeptides described herein can be produced by any suitable method known in the art. Such methods range from direct protein synthetic methods to constructing a DNA sequence encoding isolated polypeptide sequences and expressing those sequences in a suitable transformed host. In some embodiments, a DNA sequence is constructed using recombinant technology by isolating or synthesizing a DNA sequence encoding a wild-type protein of interest. Optionally, the sequence can be mutagenized by site-specific mutagenesis to provide functional analogs thereof. See, e.g. Zoeller et al., Proc. Nat'l. Acad. Sci. USA 81:5662-5066 (1984) and U.S. Pat. No. 4,588,585.
  • In some embodiments a DNA sequence encoding a polypeptide of interest would be constructed by chemical synthesis using an oligonucleotide synthesizer. Such oligonucleotides can be designed based on the amino acid sequence of the desired polypeptide and selecting those codons that are favored in the host cell in which the recombinant polypeptide of Interest will be produced. Standard methods can be applied to synthesize an isolated polynucleotide sequence encoding an isolated polypeptide of interest. For example, a complete amino acid sequence can be used to construct a back-translated gene. Further, a DNA oligomer containing a nucleotide sequence coding for the particular isolated polypeptide can be synthesized. For example, several small oligonucleotides coding for portions of the desired polypeptide can be synthesized and then ligated. The individual oligonucleotides typically contain 5′ or 3′ overhangs for complementary assembly.
  • Once assembled (by synthesis, site-directed mutagenesis or another method), the polynucleotide sequences encoding a particular isolated polypeptide of interest will be inserted into an expression vector and operatively linked to an expression control sequence appropriate for expression of the protein in a desired host. Proper assembly can be confirmed by nucleotide sequencing, restriction mapping, and expression of a biologically active polypeptide in a suitable host. As is well known in the art, in order to obtain high expression levels of a transfected gene in a host, the gene must be operatively linked to transcriptional and translational expression control sequences that are functional in the chosen expression host.
  • In certain embodiments, recombinant expression vectors are used to amplify and express DNA encoding antibodies, or fragments thereof, against human EGFR. Recombinant expression vectors are replicable DNA constructs which have synthetic or cDNA-derived DNA fragments encoding a polypeptide chain of an anti-EGFR antibody, or fragment thereof, operatively linked to suitable transcriptional or translational regulatory elements derived from mammalian, microbial, viral or insect genes. A transcriptional unit generally comprises an assembly of (1) a genetic element or elements having a regulatory role in gene expression, for example, transcriptional promoters or enhancers, (2) a structural or coding sequence which is transcribed into mRNA and translated into protein, and (3) appropriate transcription and translation initiation and termination sequences, as described in detail below. Such regulatory elements can include an operator sequence to control transcription. The ability to replicate in a host, usually conferred by an origin of replication, and a selection gene to facilitate recognition of transformants can additionally be incorporated. DNA regions are operatively linked when they are functionally related to each other. For example, DNA for a signal peptide (secretory leader) is operatively linked to DNA for a polypeptide if it is expressed as a precursor which participates in the secretion of the polypeptide; a promoter is operatively linked to a coding sequence if it controls the transcription of the sequence; or a ribosome binding site is operatively linked to a coding sequence if it is positioned so as to permit translation. Structural elements intended for use in yeast expression systems include a leader sequence enabling extracellular secretion of translated protein by a host cell. Alternatively, where recombinant protein is expressed without a leader or transport sequence, it can include an N-terminal methionine residue. This residue can optionally be subsequently cleaved from the expressed recombinant protein to provide a final product.
  • The choice of expression control sequence and expression vector will depend upon the choice of host. A wide variety of expression host/vector combinations can be employed. Useful expression vectors for eukaryotic hosts, include, for example, vectors comprising expression control sequences from SV40, bovine papilloma virus, adenovirus and cytomegalovirus. Useful expression vectors for bacterial hosts include known bacterial plasmids, such as plasmids from Escherichia coli, including pCR 1, pBR322, pMB9 and their derivatives, wider host range plasmids, such as M13 and filamentous single-stranded DNA phages.
  • Suitable host cells for expression of a EGFR-binding polypeptide or antibody (or a EGFR protein to use as an antigen) include prokaryotes, yeast, insect or higher eukaryotic cells under the control of appropriate promoters. Prokaryotes include gram negative or gram positive organisms, for example E. coli or bacilli. Higher eukaryotic cells include established cell lines of mammalian origin as described below. Cell-free translation systems could also be employed. Appropriate cloning and expression vectors for use with bacterial, fungal, yeast, and mammalian cellular hosts are described by Pouwels et al. (Cloning Vectors: A Laboratory Manual, Elsevier, N.Y., 1985), the relevant disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference. Additional information regarding methods of protein production, including antibody production, can be found, e.g., in U.S. Patent Publication No. 2008/0187954, U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,413,746 and 6,660,501, and International Patent Publication No. WO 04009823, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
  • Various mammalian or insect cell culture systems are also advantageously employed to express recombinant protein. Expression of recombinant proteins in mammalian cells can be performed because such proteins are generally correctly folded, appropriately modified and completely functional. Examples of suitable mammalian host cell lines include the COS-7 lines of monkey kidney cells, described by Gluzman (Cell 23:175, 1981), and other cell lines capable of expressing an appropriate vector including, for example, L cells, C127, 3T3, Chinese hamster ovary (CHO), HeLa and BHK cell lines. Mammalian expression vectors can comprise nontranscribed elements such as an origin of replication, a suitable promoter and enhancer linked to the gene to be expressed, and other 5′ or 3′ flanking nontranscribed sequences, and 5′ or 3′ nontranslated sequences, such as necessary ribosome binding sites, a polyadenylation site, splice donor and acceptor sites, and transcriptional termination sequences. Baculovirus systems for production of heterologous proteins in insect cells are reviewed by Luckow and Summers, Bio/Technology 6:47 (1988).
  • The proteins produced by a transformed host can be purified according to any suitable method. Such standard methods include chromatography (e.g., ion exchange, affinity and sizing column chromatography), centrifugation, differential solubility, or by any other standard technique for protein purification. Affinity tags such as hexahistidine, maltose binding domain, influenza coat sequence and glutathione-S-transferase can be attached to the protein to allow easy purification by passage over an appropriate affinity column. Isolated proteins can also be physically characterized using such techniques as proteolysis, nuclear magnetic resonance and x-ray crystallography.
  • For example, supernatants from systems which secrete recombinant protein into culture media can be first concentrated using a commercially available protein concentration filter, for example, an Amicon or Millipore Pellicon ultrafiltration unit. Following the concentration step, the concentrate can be applied to a suitable purification matrix. Alternatively, an anion exchange resin can be employed, for example, a matrix or substrate having pendant diethylaminoethyl (DEAE) groups. The matrices can be acrylamide, agarose, dextran, cellulose or other types commonly employed in protein purification. Alternatively, a cation exchange step can be employed. Suitable cation exchangers include various insoluble matrices comprising sulfopropyl or carboxymethyl groups. Finally, one or more reversed-phase high performance liquid chromatography (RP-HPLC) steps employing hydrophobic RP-HPLC media, e.g., silica gel having pendant methyl or other aliphatic groups, can be employed to further purify a EGFR-binding agent. Some or all of the foregoing purification steps, in various combinations, can also be employed to provide a homogeneous recombinant protein.
  • Recombinant protein produced in bacterial culture can be isolated, for example, by initial extraction from cell pellets, followed by one or more concentration, salting-out, aqueous ion exchange or size exclusion chromatography steps. High performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) can be employed for final purification steps. Microbial cells employed in expression of a recombinant protein can be disrupted by any convenient method, including freeze-thaw cycling, sonication, mechanical disruption, or use of cell lysing agents.
  • Methods known in the art for purifying antibodies and other proteins also include, for example, those. described in U.S. Patent Publication No. 2008/03.12425, 2008/0177048, and 2009/0187005, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
  • In certain embodiments, the EGFR-binding agent is a polypeptide that is not an antibody. A variety of methods for identifying and producing non-antibody polypeptides that bind with high affinity to a protein target are known in the art. See, e.g., Skerra, Curr. Opin. Biotechnol., 18:7.95-304 (2007), Hosse et al., Protein Science, 15:14-27 (2006), Gill et al., Curr. Opin. Biotechnol., 17:653-658 (2006), Nygren, FEBS J., 275:2668-76 (2008), and Skerra, FEBS J., 275:2677-83 (2008), each of which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety. In certain embodiments, phage display technology has been used to identify/produce the EGFR-binding polypeptide. In certain embodiments, the polypeptide comprises a protein scaffold of a type selected from the group consisting of protein A, a lipocalin, a fibronectin domain, an ankyrin consensus repeat domain, and thioredoxin.
  • In some embodiments, the agent is a non-protein molecule. In certain. embodiments, the agent is a small molecule. Combinatorial chemistry libraries and techniques useful in the identification of non-protein EGFR-binding agents are known to those skilled in the art. See, e.g., Kennedy et al., J. Comb. Chem, 10:345-354 (2008), Dolle et al, J. Comb. Chem., 9:855-902 (2007), and Bhattacharyya, Curr. Med. Chem., 8:13.83-404 (2001), each of which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety. In certain further embodiments, the agent is a carbohydrate, a glycosaminoglycan, a glycoprotein, or a proteoglycan.
  • In certain embodiments, the agent is a nucleic acid aptamer. Aptamers are polynucleotide molecules that have been selected (e.g., from random or mutagenized pools) on the basis of their ability to bind to another molecule. In some embodiments, the aptamer comprises a DNA polynucleotide. In certain alternative embodiments, the aptamer comprises. an RNA polynucleotide. In certain. embodiments, the aptamer comprises one or more modified nucleic acid residues. Methods of generating and screening nucleic acid aptamers for binding to proteins are well known in the art. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,270,163, U.S. Pat. No. 5,683,867, U.S. Pat. No. 5,763,595, U.S. Pat. No. 6,344,321, U.S. Pat. No. 7,368,236, U.S. Pat. No. 5,582,981, U.S. Pat. No. 5,756,291, U.S. Pat. No. 5,840,867, U.S. Pat. No. 7,312,325, U.S. Pat. No. 7,329,742, International Patent Publication No. WO 02/077262, International Patent Publication No. WO 03/070984, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2005/0239134, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2005/0124565, and U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0227735, each of which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
    • III. IMMUNOCONJUGATES
  • The present invention is also directed to conjugates (also referred to herein as immunoconjugates), comprising the anti-EGFR antibodies, antibody fragments, and their functional equivalents as disclosed herein, linked or conjugated to a drug or prodrug. Suitable drugs or prodrugs are known in the art. The drugs or prodrugs can be cytotoxic agents. The cytotoxic agent used in the cytotoxic conjugate of the present invention can be any compound that results in the death of a cell, or induces cell death, or in some manner decreases cell viability, and includes, for example, maytansinoids and maytansinoid analogs. Other suitable cytotoxic agents are for example benzodiazepines, toxoids, CC-1065 and CC-1065 analogs, duocarmycins and duocarmycin analogs, enediynes, such as calicheamicins, dolastatin and dolastatin analogs including auristatins, tomaymycin derivatives, leptomycin derivaties, methotrexate, cisplatin, carboplatin, daunorubicin, doxorubicin, vincristine, vinblastine, melphalan, mitomycin C, chlorambucil and morpholino doxorubicin.
  • Such conjugates can be prepared by using a linking group in order to link a drug or prodrug to the antibody or functional equivalent. Suitable linking groups are well known in the art and include, for example, disulfide groups, thioether groups, acid labile groups, photolabile groups, peptidase labile groups and esterase labile groups.
  • The drug or prodrug can, for example, be linked to the anti-EGFR antibody or fragment thereof through a disulfide bond. The linker molecule or crosslinking agent comprises a reactive chemical group that can react with the anti-EGFR antibody or fragment thereof. The reactive chemical groups for reaction with the cell-binding agent can be N-succinimidyl esters and N-sulfosuccinimidyl esters. Additionally the linker molecule comprises a reactive chemical group, which can be a dithiopyridyl group that can react with the drug to form a disulfide bond. Linker molecules include, for example, N-succinimidyl 3-(2-pyridyldithio) propionate (SPDP) (see, e.g., Carlsson et al., Biochem. 173: 723-737 (1978)), N-succinimidyl 4-(2-pyridyldithio)butanoate (SPDB) (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,563,304), N-succinimidyl 4-(2-pyridyldithio)2-sulfobutanoate (sulfo-SPDB) (see US Publication No. 20090274713), N-succinimidyl 4-(2-pyridyldithio) pentanoate (SPP) (see, e.g., CAS Registry number 341498-08-6), 2-iminothiolane, or acetylsuccinic anhydride. For example, the antibody or cell binding agent can be modified with crosslinking reagents and the antibody or cell binding agent containing free or protected thiol groups thus derived is then reacted with a disulfide- or thiol-containing maytansinoid to produce conjugates. The conjugates can be purified by chromatography, including but not limited to HPLC, size-exclusion, adsorption, ion exchange and affinity capture, dialysis or tangential flow filtration.
  • In another aspect of the present invention, the anti-EGFR antibody is linked to cytotoxic drugs via disulfide bonds and a polyethylene glycol spacer in enhancing the potency, solubility or the efficacy of the immunoconjugate. Such cleavable hydrophilic linkers are described in WO2009/0134976. The additional benefit of this linker design is the desired high monomer ratio and the minimal aggregation of the antibody-drug conjugate. Specifically contemplated in this aspect are conjugates of cell-binding agents and drugs linked via disulfide group (—S—S—) bearing polyethylene glycol spacers ((CH2CH2O)n-1-14) with a narrow range of drug load of 2-8 are described that show relatively high potent biological activity toward cancer cells and have the desired biochemical properties of high conjugation yield and high monomer ratio with minimal protein aggregation.
  • Specifically contemplated in this aspect is an anti-EGFR antibody drug conjugate of formula (I) or a conjugate of formula (I′):

  • CB—[X1—(—CH2—CH2O—)n—Y-D]m  (I)

  • [D-Y—(—CH2—CH2O—)n—X1]m—CB  (I′)
  • wherein:
  • CB represents an anti-EGFR antibody or fragment;
  • D represents a drug;
  • X represents an aliphatic, an aromatic or a heterocyclic unit attached to the cell-binding agent via a thioether bond, an amide bond, a carbamate bond, or an ether bond;
  • Y represents an aliphatic, an aromatic or a heterocyclic unit attached to the drug via a disulfide bond;
      • I is 0 or 1;
  • m is an integer from 2 to 8; and
  • n is an integer from 1 to 24.
  • In some embodiments, m is an integer from 2 to 6.
  • In some embodiments, m is an integer from 3 to 5.
  • In some embodiments, n is an integer form 2 to 8. Alternatively, as disclosed in, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,441,163 and 7,368,565, the drug can be first modified to introduce a reactive ester suitable to react with a cell-binding agent. Reaction of these drugs containing an activated linker moiety with a cell-binding agent provides another method of producing a cell-binding agent drug conjugate. Maytansinoids can also be linked to anti-EGFR antibody or fragment using PEG linking groups, as set forth for example in U.S. Pat. No. 6,716,821. These PEG non-cleavable linking groups are soluble both in water and in non-aqueous solvents, and can be used to join one or more cytotoxic agents to a cell binding agent. Exemplary PEG linking groups include heterobifunctional PEG linkers that react with cytotoxic agents and cell binding agents at opposite ends of the linkers through a functional sulfhydryl or disulfide group at one end, and an active ester at the other end. As a general example of the synthesis of a cytotoxic conjugate using a PEG linking group, reference is again made to U.S. Pat. No. 6,716,821 which is incorporated entirely by reference herein. Synthesis begins with the reaction of one or more cytotoxic agents bearing a reactive PEG moiety with a cell-binding agent, resulting in displacement of the terminal active ester of each reactive PEG moiety by an amino acid residue of the cell binding agent, to yield a cytotoxic conjugate comprising one or more cytotoxic agents covalently bonded to a cell binding agent through a PEG linking group. Alternatively, the cell binding can be modified with the bifunctional PEG crosslinker to introduce a reactive disulfide moiety (such as a pyridyldisulfide), which can then be treated with a thiol-containing maytansinoid to provide a conjugate. In another method, the cell binding can be modified with the bifunctional PEG crosslinker to introduce a thiol moiety which can then can be treated with a reactive disulfide-containing maytansinoid (such as a pyridyldisulfide), to provide a conjugate.
  • Antibody-maytansinoid conjugates with non-cleavable links can also be prepared. Such crosslinkers are described in the art (see US Publication No. 20050169933) and include but are not limited to, N-succinimidyl 4-(maleimidomethyl) cyclohexanecarboxylate (SMCC). In some embodiments, the antibody is modified with crosslinking reagents such as succinimidyl 4-(N-maleimidomethyl)-cyclohexane-1-carboxylate (SMCC), sulfo-SMCC, maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester (MBS), sulfo-MBS or succinimidyl-iodoacetate, as described in the literature, to introduce 1-10 reactive groups (Yoshitake et al, Eur. J. Biochem., 101:395-399 (1979); Hashida et al, J. Applied Biochem., 56-63 (1984); and Liu et al, Biochem., 18:690-697 (1979)). The modified antibody is then reacted with the thiol-containing maytansinoid derivative to produce a conjugate. The conjugate can be purified by gel filtration through a Sephadex G25 column or by dialysis or tangential flow filtration. The modified antibodies are treated with the thiol-containing maytansinoid (1 to 2 molar equivalent/maleimido group) and antibody-maytansinoid conjugates are purified by gel filtration through a Sephadex G-25 column, chromatography on a ceramic hydroxyapatite column, dialysis or tangential flow filtration or a combination of methods thereof. Typically, an average of 1-10 maytansinoids per antibody are linked. One method is to modify antibodies with succinimidyl 4-(N-maleimidomethyl)-cyclohexane-1-carboxylate (SMCC) to introduce maleimido groups followed by reaction of the modified antibody with a thiol-containing maytansinoid to give a thioether-linked conjugate. Again conjugates with 1 to 10 drug molecules per antibody molecule result. Maytansinoid conjugates of antibodies, antibody fragments, and other proteins are made in the same way.
  • In another aspect of the invention, the EGFR antibody is linked to the drug via a non-cleavable bond through the intermediacy of a PEG spacer. Suitable crosslinking reagents comprising hydrophilic PEG chains that form linkers between a drug and the anti-EGFR antibody or fragment are also well known in the art, or are commercially available (for example from Quanta Biodesign, Powell, Ohio). Suitable PEG-containing crosslinkers can also be synthesized from commercially available PEGs themselves using standard synthetic chemistry techniques known to one skilled in the art. The drugs can be reacted with bifunctional PEG-containing cross linkers to give compounds of the following formula, Z—X1—(—CH2—CH2—O—)n—Yp-D, by methods described in detail in US Patent Publication 20090274713 and in WO2009/0134976, which can then react with the cell binding agent to provide a conjugate. Alternatively, the cell binding can be modified with the bifunctional PEG crosslinker to introduce a thiol-reactive group (such as a maleimide or haloacetamide) which can then be treated with a thiol-containing maytansinoid to provide a conjugate. In another method, the cell binding can be modified with the bifunctional PEG crosslinker to introduce a thiol moiety which can then be treated with a thiol-reactive maytansinoid (such as a maytansinoid bearing a maleimide or haloacetamide), to provide a conjugate.
  • Accordingly, another aspect of the present invention is an anti-EGFR antibody drug conjugate of formula (II) or of formula (II′):

  • CB—[X1—(—CH2—CH2—O—)n—Yp-D]m  (II)

  • [D-Yp—(—CH2—CH2—O—)n—X1]m—CB  (II′)
  • wherein, CB represents an anti-EGFR antibody or fragment;
  • D represents a drug;
  • X represents an aliphatic, an aromatic or a heterocyclic unit bonded to the cell-binding agent via a thioether bond, an amide bond, a carbamate bond, or an ether bond;
  • Y represents an aliphatic, an aromatic, or a heterocyclic unit bonded to the drug via a covalent bond selected from the group consisting of a thioether bond, an amide bond, a carbamate bond, an ether bond, an amine bond, a carbon-carbon bond and a hydrazone bond;
  • l is 0 or 1;
  • p is 0 or 1;
  • m is an integer from 2 to 15; and
  • n is an integer from 1 to 2000.
  • In some embodiments, m is an integer from 2 to 8; and
  • In some embodiments, n is an integer from 1 to 24.
  • In some embodiments, m is an integer from 2 to 6.
  • In some embodiments, m is an integer from 3 to 5.
  • In some embodiments, n is an integer from 2 to 8. Examples of suitable PEG-containing linkers include linkers having an N-succinimidyl ester or N-sulfosuccinimidyl ester moiety for reaction with the anti-EGFR antibody or fragment thereof, as well as a maleimido- or haloacetyl-based moiety for reaction with the compound. A PEG spacer can be incorporated into any crosslinker known in the art by the methods described herein.
  • Many of the linkers disclosed herein are described in detail in U.S. Patent Publication Nos. 20050169933 and 20090274713, and in WO2009/0134976; the contents of which are entirely incorporated herein by reference.
  • The present invention includes aspects wherein about 2 to about 8 drug molecules (“drug load”), for example, maytansinoid, are linked to an anti-EGFR antibody or fragment thereof, the anti-tumor effect of the conjugate is much more efficacious as compared to a drug load of a lesser or higher number of drugs linked to the same cell binding agent. “Drug load”, as used herein, refers to the number of drug molecules (e.g., a maytansinoid) that can be attached to a cell binding agent (e.g., an anti-EGFR antibody or fragment thereof). In one aspect the number of drug molecules that can be attached to a cell binding agent can average from about 2 to about 8 (e.g., 1.9, 2.0, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 3.0, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, 4.0, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 4.9, 5.0, 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8, 5.9, 6.0, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9, 7.0, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7, 7.8, 7.9, 8.0, 8.1). N2′-deacetyl-N2′-(3-mercapto-1-oxopropyl)-maytansine (DM1) and N2′-deacetyl-N2′(4-mercapto-4-methyl-1-oxopentyl) maytansine (DM4) can be used.
  • The anti-EGFR antibody or fragment thereof can be modified by reacting a bifunctional crosslinking reagent with the anti-EGFR antibody or fragment thereof, thereby resulting in the covalent attachment of a linker molecule to the anti-EGFR antibody or fragment thereof. As used herein, a “bifunctional crosslinking reagent” is any chemical moiety that covalently links a cell-binding agent to a drug, such as the drugs described herein. In another method, a portion of the linking moiety is provided by the drug. In this respect, the drug comprises a linking moiety that is part of a larger linker molecule that is used to Join the cell-binding agent to the drug. For example, to form the maytansinoid DM1, the side chain at the C-3 hydroxyl group of maytansine is modified to have a free sulfhydryl group (SH). This thiolated form of maytansine can react with a modified cell-binding agent to form a conjugate. Therefore, the final linker is assembled from two components, one of which is provided by the crosslinking reagent, while the other is provided by the side chain from DM1.
  • The drug molecules can also be linked to the antibody molecules through an intermediary carrier molecule such as serum albumin.
  • As used herein, the expression “linked to a cell-binding agent” or “linked to an anti-EGFR antibody or fragment” refers to the conjugate molecule comprising at least one drug derivative bound to a cell-binding agent anti-EGFR antibody or fragment via a suitable linking group, or a precursor thereof. One linking group is SMCC.
  • In certain embodiments, cytotoxic agents useful in the present invention are maytansinoids and maytansinoid analogs. Examples of suitable maytansinoids include esters of maytansinol and maytansinol analogs. Included are any drugs that inhibit microtubule formation and that are highly toxic to mammalian cells, as are maytansinol and maytansinol analogs.
  • Examples of suitable maytansinol esters include those having a modified aromatic ring and those having modifications at other positions. Such suitable maytansinoids are disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,424,219; 4,256,746; 4,294,757; 4,307,016; 4,313,946; 4,315,929; 4,331,598; 4,361,650; 4,362,663; 4,364,866; 4,450,254; 4,322,348; 4,371,533; 5,208,020; 5,416,064; 5,475,092; 5,585,499; 5,846,545; 6,333,410; 7,276,497 and 7,473,796.
  • In a certain embodiment, the immunoconjugates of the invention utilize the thiol-containing maytansinoid (DM1), formally termed N2′-deacetyl-N2′-(3-mercapto-1-oxopropyl)-maytansine, as the cytotoxic agent. DM1 is represented by the following structural formula (III):
  • Figure US20160060345A1-20160303-C00001
  • In another embodiment, the conjugates of the present invention utilize the thiol-containing maytansinoid N2′-deacetyl-N2′(4-methyl-4-mercapto-1-oxopentyl)-maytansine (e.g., DM4) as the cytotoxic agent. DM4 is represented by the following structural formula (IV):
  • Figure US20160060345A1-20160303-C00002
  • Another maytansinoid comprising a side chain that contains a sterically hindered thiol bond is N2′-deacetyl-N-2′(4-mercapto-1-oxopentyl)-maytansine (termed DM3), represented by the following structural formula (V):
  • Figure US20160060345A1-20160303-C00003
  • Each of the maytansinoids taught in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,208,020 and 7,276,497, can also be used in the conjugate of the present invention. In this regard, the entire disclosure of U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,208,020 and 7,276,697 is incorporated herein by reference.
  • Many positions on maytansinoids can serve as the position to chemically link the linking moiety. For example, the C-3 position having a hydroxyl group, the C-14 position modified with hydroxymethyl, the C-15 position modified with hydroxy and the C-20 position having a hydroxy group are all expected to be useful. In some embodiments, the C-3 position serves as the position to chemically link the linking moiety, and in some particular embodiments, the C-3 position of maytansinol serves as the position to chemically link the linking moiety.
  • Structural representations of some conjugates are shown below:
  • Figure US20160060345A1-20160303-C00004
    Figure US20160060345A1-20160303-C00005
    Figure US20160060345A1-20160303-C00006
  • Several descriptions for producing such antibody-maytansinoid conjugates are provided in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,333,410, 6,441,163, 6,716,821, and 7,368,565, each of which is incorporated herein in its entirety.
  • In general, a solution of an antibody in aqueous buffer can be incubated with a molar excess of maytansinoids having a disulfide moiety that bears a reactive group. The reaction mixture can be quenched by addition of excess amine (such as ethanolamine, taurine, etc.). The maytansinoid-antibody conjugate can then be purified by gel filtration.
  • The number of maytansinoid molecules bound per antibody molecule can be determined by measuring spectrophotometrically the ratio of the absorbance at 252 nm and 280 nm. The average number of maytansinoid molecules/antibody can be, for example, 1-10 or 2-5.
  • Anthracycline compounds, as well as derivatives, intermediates and modified versions thereof, can also be used to prepare anti-EGFR immunoconjugates. For example, doxorubicin, doxorubicin derivatives, doxorubicin intermediates, and modified doxorubicins can be used in anti-EGFR conjugates. Exemplary compounds are described in WO 2010/009124, which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety. Such compounds include, for example, compounds of the following formula:
  • Figure US20160060345A1-20160303-C00007
  • wherein R1 is a hydrogen atom, hydroxy or methoxy group and R2 is a C1-C5 alkoxy group, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • Conjugates of antibodies with maytansinoid or other drugs can be evaluated for their ability to suppress proliferation of various unwanted cell lines in vitro. For example, cell lines such NCI-H226, NCI-H292, and NCI-H322M, can easily be used for the assessment of cytotoxicity of these compounds. Cells to be evaluated can be exposed to the compounds for 4 to 5 days and the surviving fractions of cells measured in direct assays by known methods. IC50 values can then be calculated from the results of the assays.
  • The immunoconjugates can, according to some embodiments described herein, be internalized into cells. The immunoconjugate, therefore, can exert a therapeutic effect when it is taken up by, or internalized, by a EGFR-expressing cell. In some particular embodiments, the immunoconjugate comprises an antibody, antibody fragment, or polypeptide, linked to a cytotoxic agent by a cleavable linker, and the cytotoxic agent is cleaved from the antibody, antibody fragment, or polypeptide, wherein it is internalized by a EGFR-expressing cell.
  • In some embodiments, the immunoconjugates are capable of reducing tumor volume. For example, in some embodiments, treatment with an immunoconjugate results in a % T/C value that is less than about 50%, less than about 45%, less than about 40%, less than about 35%, less than about 30%, less than about 25%, less than about 20%, less than about 15%, less than about 10%, or less than about 5%.
  • In another aspect of the invention siRNA molecules can be linked to the antibodies of the present invention instead of a drug. siRNAs can be linked to the antibodies of the present invention by methods commonly used for the modification of oligonucleotides (see, for example, US Patent Publications 20050107325 and 20070213292). Thus the siRNA in its 3′ or 5′-phosphoromidite form can be reacted with one end of the crosslinker bearing a hydroxyl functionality to give an ester bond between the siRNA and the crosslinker. Similarly reaction of the siRNA phosphoramidite with a crosslinker bearing a terminal amino group results in linkage of the crosslinker to the siRNA through an amine. Alternatively, the siRNA can be derivatized by standard chemical methods to introduce a thiol group. This thiol-containing siRNA can be reacted with an antibody that has been modified to introduce an active disulfide or maleimide moiety, to produce a cleavable or non-cleavable conjugate. Between 1-20 siRNA molecules can be linked to an antibody by this method.
    • III. POLYNUCLEOTIDES
  • In certain embodiments, the invention encompasses polynucleotides comprising polynucleotides that encode a polypeptide that specifically binds EGFR or a fragment of such a polypeptide. For example, the invention provides a polynucleotide comprising a nucleic acid sequence that encodes an antibody to a human EGFR or encodes a fragment of such an antibody. The polynucleotides of the invention can be in the form of RNA or in the form of DNA. DNA includes cDNA, genomic DNA, and synthetic DNA; and can be double-stranded or single-stranded, and if single stranded can be the coding strand or non-coding (anti-sense) strand.
  • In certain embodiments, the polynucleotides are isolated. In certain embodiments, the polynucleotides are substantially pure.
  • The invention provides a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide comprising a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs:1-38 and 69-76.
  • The invention further provides a polynucleotide comprising a sequence selected from those shown in Tables 7-9 below.
  • TABLE 7
    Variable heavy chain polynucleotide sequences
    Antibody VH Polynucleotide Sequence
    muEGFR- caggttcagctccagcagtctggggctgagctggcaagacctggggcttcagtgaagttgtcctgcaagg
    7 VH cttctggctacacctttactagctactggatgcagtgggtaaaacagaggcctggacagggtctggaatg
    tattgggactatttatcaggagatggtgatactacgtacactcagaagttcaagggcaaggccacattg
    actgcagataaatcctccagcacagcctacatgcaactcagcagcttggcatctgaggactctgcggtct
    attactgtgcaagatatgatgcccccggctatgctatggactactggggtcaaggaacctcagtcaccgt
    ctcctca (SEQ ID NO: 39)
    muEGFR- caggttcagctccagcagtctgggactgagctggcaagacctggggcttcagtgaagagtcctgcaagg
    12 VH cttctggctacaccatactagctactggatgcagtgggtaaaacagaggcctggacagggtctggaatg
    tattgggactatctatcctggagatggtgatactaggtacattcagaagttcaaggcaanccacattg
    actgcagtttaaatcctccagcacagcctacatgcaactcagcagcttggcatctgaggactctgcggtct
    attactgtgcaagatatgargcccccggctatgctatggactactggggtcaaggaacctcagtcaccgt
    ctcctca (SEQ ID NO: 40)
    huEGFR- aagcttgccaccatgggctggtcatgtatcaactgucctggtggccaccgcaaccggtgtccattccca
    7 VH ggtgcagctcgtgcagagcggggctgaagtggccaagccaggtgcttctgtcaaattgtcttgtaaggcc
    agtgggtacaccttcacaagctactggatgcagtgggttaagcaacgcccaggccagggactggagtgc
    atcggcaccatttatccaggggatggagataccacttatacacaaaagtttcaaggcaaagccaccctgac
    cgccgacaaatccagcagcacagcatacatgcagctttctagcctcaggtctgaagactccgccgtgtact
    attgtgcccgctacgacgcccccggctatgcaatggattactggggccagggtactctggtcacagtgtcct
    ccgcctctacaaagggccc (SEQ ID NO: 41)
    huEGFR- aagcttgccaccatggggtggtcctgtataatactgtttctggtggccactgccacaggagtccacagccaag
    7 tgcagctggtgcagagtggcgctgaggtcaagaagcctggggcatccgtcaaggtttcttgtaaggcatctgg
    VH_CDR atataccttcacttcctattggatgcagtgggtgagacaggcaccaggacagggactggagtggatgggcact
    grafted atttatccaggtgacggtgacactacttatactcagaaattcaaggggcgagtgaccatgactcgtgatactagc
    actagtaccgtgtatatggagcttagttctctccggtccgaggacacagcagtctactactgtgctagatatgacg
    cacccggatatgccatggactattgggggcagggcaccctggtcaccgtgagttccgccagcactaagggccc
    (SEQ ID NO: 42)
    HuEGFR- aagcttgccaccatgggctggtcctgtattatcctctttttggtggccactgctaccggcgtacacagtcaggtgc
    12 VH agctggtgcagtccggggctgaagtggcaaagcccggggcctccgtaaagctctcttgcaaggcatccggct
    acacttttacttcctactggatgcagtgggtcaaacagcgcccaggacaggggttggaatgtataggtacaatct
    atcccggcgatggtgacacacgatatatccagaagttccagggcaaggctaccctgactgccgacaaatcttcta
    gcaccgcttatatgcagctgtcatctcttcgaagtgaagactctgcagtgtattactgcgcccgatatgacgcaccc
    ggttacgccatggattactggggtcaggggaccttggtaaccgtatcaagcgccagtaccaagggccc
    (SEQ ID NO: 43)
    muEGFR- caggttcagctccagcagtctggggctgagctggcaagacctggggcttcagtgaag
    6 VH ttgtcctgcaaggcttctggctacacctttactagctactggatgcagtgggtaaaacagaggcctggac
    agggtctggaatgtattggggctctttatcctggagatggtgatgctaggtacactcagaaattcaaggg
    caaggccacattgactgcagatagatcctccagcacagcctacatgcaactcagcagcttggcatctgag
    gactctgcggtctattactgtgcaagatatgatgcccccggctatgctatggactactggggtcaaggaa
    cctcagtcaccgtcgcctca
    (SEQ ID NO: 77)
    huEGFR-6 aagcttgccaccatggggtggagttgtatcatcctcttccttgtcgctaccgccactggagtgcattcccaggtg
    VH v1.0 cagttggtgcaatctggcgccgaggtggccaagcccggtgcctccgtaaaattgagttgtaaagcctctggcta
    tacatttacatcttattggatgcagtgggtcaagcagcgccctggtcaaggcctggagtgcatcggagctctgta
    tcctggcgacggggacgcccgttacactcagaaatttcagggcaaagctaccctcaccgcagatacatccagc
    agcactgcttatatgcaacttagtagcctccgcagcgaggatagtgccgtgtactactgtgccagatatgacgccc
    (SEQ ID NO: 78)
    huEGFR-6 aagcttgccaccatggggtggagngtatcatcctcttccttgtcgctaccgccactggagtgcattcccaggtgca
    VH v1.11 gttggtgcaatctggcgccgaggtggccaagcccggtgcctccgtaaaattgagttgtaaagcctctggctataca
    tttacatcttattggatgcagtgggtcaagcagcgccctggtcaaggcctggagtggatcggagctctgtatcctgg
    cgacggggacgcccgttacactcagaaatttcagggcaaagctaccctcaccgcagatacatccagcagcactg
    cttatatgcaacttagtagcctccgcagcgaggatagtgccgtgtactactgtgccagatatgacgccccaggttat
    gctatggactactggggtcaaggaaccctggtgacagtgtcaagcgctagcacaaagggccc
    (SEQ ID NO: 79)
    huEGFR-7 aagcttgccaccatgggctggtcatgtatcattctgttcctggtggccaccgcaaccggtgtccattcccaggtgcag
    VH v1.11 ctcgtgcagagcggggctgaagtggccaagccaggtgcttctgtcaaangtcttgtaaggccagtgggtacacctt
    ggatggagataccacttatacacaaaagtttcaaggcaaagccaccctgaccgccgacaaatccagcagcacagc
    atacatgcagctttctagcctcaggtctgaagactccgccgtgtactattgtgcccgctgacgacgcccccggctatgc
    aatggattactggggccagggtactctggtcacagtgtcctccgcctctacaaagggccc (SEQ ID NO: 80)
  • TABLE 8
    Variable light chain polynucleotide sequences
    Antibody VL Polynucleotide Sequence
    muEGER- gacatccagatgacacagtaccatcctcactgtctgcatactgggaggcaaagtcaccatcacttgca
    7 VL aggcaagccaagacattaacaactatttggcaggtaccaacacaagcctggaaaaggtcctaggctgct
    catacattacacatctacattacatccaggcatcccatcaaggttcagtggaagtgggtctgggagagat
    tattccttcagcatcagcaacctggagcctgaagatattgcaacttattattgtctacagtatgataatc
    ttcgtacacgttcggaggggaaaccaagctggaaataaaacgg (SEQ ID NO: 44)
    muEGFR- gatgtccagataacccagtctccatcttatcttgctgcatctcctggagaaaccattactattaattgca
    12 VL gggcaagtaagagcattagcaaatatttagcctggtatcaagagaaacctgggaaaactaataagcttct
    tatctactaggatccactttgcaatctggaattccatcaaggttcagggcagtggatctggtacagat
    ttcactctcaccatcagtagcctggagcctgaagattttgcaatgtattactgtcaacagcataatgaat
    acccgtggacgttcggtggaggcaccaagctggaaatcaaac (SEQ ID NO: 45)
    huEGFR- gaattcgccaccatgggctggagagcatcatcttgttcttggtcgccactgccacaggagtgcatagcgata
    7 VL  ttcagatgacccagtctcccagctctctgagcgctagcgtgggcgatcgggtgactattacttgccgtgcatc
    v1.0 ccaggatatcaacaactacttggcctggtaccagcacaagcccggcaaaggcccaaagctgctgatccact
    ataccagtacactgcaccaggtatcccttctagattcagcggctccggtagtggtcgggattactcattctcta
    tctatccctggagcccgaggatatagctacatattattgtaccagtacgataatacttgtacacatttggacag
    gggacaaagctggaatcaagc.gtacg (SEQ ID NO: 46)
    huEGFR- gaattcgccaccatgggatggtcctgcattatcctatcctggtcgccaccgccacaggcgtccactctgacata
    7 VL caaatgacccagtccccttcttcactgagcgcctccgttggggatagagttacaatcacttgtaaagctagccag
    v1.01 gacatcaacaactatctggcttggtatcagcataaacctgggaagggacccaagacttgattcattacacctcta
    ccttgcacccaggcataccaagccgattagcggtagtggcagtggccgcgattactcattctccatcagttcat
    paaccagaagatatagccacctattattgtctccagtatgataatttgctctacacttttggccagggcaccaaac
    ttgagatcaagcgtacg (SEQ ID NO: 47)
    huEGFR- gaattcgccaccatgggatggagttgcattattttgtttctggtagctaccgctacaggcgttcatagcgac
    7 attcagatgacacagagcccctcctctttgtccgcctccgtgggcgatagagtcacaatcacctgccgcgcaagcc
    VL_CDR aggatatcaacaactaccttgcatggtaccagcagaagcctggaaaagccccaaagagctcatatactacacctc
    grafted cacccttcacccaggagaccatccaggttctagggtctggaagtggaacagattttaccttcacaatcagctcat
    tgcaacccgaggacatagctacatattactgcctgcagtatgacaatctgctgtacacataggacagggaacca
    aagttgaaatcaagcgtacc (SEQ ID NO: 48)
    huEGFR- gaattcgccaccatgggaggagttgcatcatcctgttcttggttgctaccgcaaccggagtacactccgacgt
    12 VL gcagatcacccaatctccatcatccctcgccgccagtgtgggagaacgaattactatcaactgccgagcaagc
    v1.0 cagagtatcagccgttatctggcatggtaccaggagaaacccggtaagactaacaaactgttgatttactcagg
    cagtacactgcaatctggtatccctagccgctttagcggaccggcagtggcaccgatttcaccctgacaatttc
    ctccctggagccagaggatttcgcaatgtattattgtcagcaacacaacgagtacccatggacatttggccagg
    gcacaaagctggagattaagcgtacg (SEQ ID NO: 49)
    huEGFR- gaattcgccaccatgggatggtcctgcattatcctgttcctcgtggcaacagctacaggggtgcatagcgatgtg
    12 VL cagatcacccagtccccaagctcccttgcagcttccgttggtgagcgcattaccatcaactgtcgagctagtaag
    v1.01 tctatttccaagtacctggcttggtatcaagagaagccaggaaagacaaacaagctgctcatttacagtggctcta
    cccttcagtccggtattccctctagatttagtggcagtggtagtggaaccgatatacccttacaattagctctctg
    gaaccagaagacttcgcaatgtactactgccagcaacacaatgagtacccatggacttaggccagggaacaaag
    ctggaaattaaacgtacg (SEQ ID NO: 50)
    muEGER- gacatccagatgacacagtctccatcctcactgtctgcatctctgggaggcaaagtcaccatc
    6 VL acttgcaaggcaagccaagacattaacaactatatagcttggtaccaacacaagcctggaaaaggtccta
    ggctgctcattcattacacatctacattacatccaggcatcccatcaaggacagtggaagtgggtctgg
    gagagattattccttcagcatcagcaacctggagcctgaagatattgcaacttattattgtcgtacagtat
    gataatcttctgtacacgttcggagggggaccaagctggaaataaaacgg (SEQ ID NO: 81)
  • TABLE 9
    Full-length heavy and light chain polynucleotide sequences
    Antibody Polynucleotide Sequence
    huEGFR- aagcttgccaccatgggaggtcatgtatcattctgacctggtggccaccgcaaccggtgtccattcccaggtg
    7 HC cagctcgtgcagagcggggctgaagtggccaagccaggtgatctgtcaaattgtcttgtaaggccagtgggt
    acaccttcacaagctactggatgcagtgggttaagcaacgcccaggccagggactggagtgcatcggcacca
    atatccaggggatggagataccacttatacacaaaagtacaaggcaaagccaccagaccgccgacaaatcc
    agcagcacagcatacatgcagattctagcctcaggtctgaagactccgccgtgtactattgtgcccgctacga
    cgcccccggctatgcaatggattactggggccagggtactctggtcacagtgtcaccgcactacaaagggc
    ccatcagattccccaggctccaagttctaaatccacaagcggtggaacagagcactgggatgcctcgttaaa
    gattataccctgagcctgtgacagtgagctggaatagcggagcattgacttcaggtgtgcacactatcccgctg
    tgagcagtcctccggtctgtactcactgtccagtgtcgtaaccgtcccttctagcagcttgggaacccagaccta
    catctgtaacgtcaaccataaaccatccaacacaaaggtggataagaaggttgaaccaaagagctgtgataag
    acacatacatgccctccttgtcctgcaccagagctcctcggaggtccatctgtgacctgtttccccccaaaccca
    aggacactatatgatctacgtactccagaggtcacctgtgttgttgtcgacgtgagccatgaagatcccgagg
    ttaaattcaactggtacgtggatggagtcgaggttcacaatgccaagaccaagcccagggaggagcaatataa
    ttctacatatcgggtagtgagcgttctgaccgtgctccaccaagattggctcaatggaaaagagtacaagtgcaa
    ggtgtccaacaaggctcttcccgctcccattgagaaaactatctccaaagccaaggggcagccacgggaaccc
    caggtgtatacattgcccccatctagagacgagctgaccaagaaccaggtgagtctcacttgtctggtcaaggg
    gttttacccttctgacattgctgtagagtgggagtctaacggacagccagaaaacaactacaagacaactcccc
    cagtgctggacagcgacgggagatatcctctactccaagttgactgtagacaagtctagatggcagcaaggaa
    acgttactcctgctcagtaatgcatgaggctctgcacaatcactatacccagaaatcactgtcccttagcccaggg
    tgactcgag (SEQ ID NO: 51)
    huEGER- gaattcgccaccatgggctggagctgcatcatcttgttcttggtcgccactgccacaggagtgcatagcgatattc
    7 LC  agatgacccagtctcccagctctctgagcgctagcgtgggcgatcgggtgactattacttgccgtgcatcccag
    v1.0 gatatcaacaactacttggcctggtaccagcacaagcccggcaaaggcccaaagagctgatccactataccag
    tacactgcaccaggtatccatctagattcagcggaccggtagtggtcgggattactcattctctatctcttccctg
    gagcccgaggatatagctacatattattgtaccagtacgataatctcngtacacatttggacaggggacaaagc
    tggagatcaagcgtacggtggctgcaccatctgtatcatcttcccgccatctgatgagcagttgaaataggaac
    tgcactgttgtgtgcctgctgaataacttctatcccagagaggccaaagtacagtggaaggtggataacgccac
    caatcgggtaactcccaggagagtgtcacagagcaggacagcaaggacagcacctacagcctcagcagcacc
    ctgacgctgagcaaagcagactacgagaaacacaaagtctacgcctgcgaagtcacccatcagggcctgagct
    cgcccgtcacaaagagcttcaacaggggagagtgttag (SEQ ID NO: 52)
    huEGFR- gaattcgccaccatgggatggtcctgcattatccttacctggtcgccaccgccacaggcgtccactctgacatac
    7 LC aaatgacccagtccccttcttcactgagcgcctccgttggggatagagttacaatcacttgtaaagctagccagga
    v1.01 catcaacaactatctggcttggtatcagcataaacagggaagggacccaagctatgattcattacacctctacct
    tgcacccaggcataccaagccgctttagcggtagtggcagtggccgcgattactcattctccatcagttcatgg
    aaccagaagatatagccacctattattgtctccagtatgataatttgctctacacttaggccagggcaccaaactt
    gagatcaagcgtacggtggctgcaccatctgtatcatcttcccgccatctgatgagcagttgaaataggaactgc
    ctctgttgtgtgcctgagaataacttctatcccagagaggccaaagtacagtggaaggtggataacgccacca
    atcgggtaactcccaggagagtgtcacagagcaggacagcaaggacagcacctacagcctcagcagcacc
    ctgacgctgagcaaagcagactacgagaaacacaaagtctacgcctgcgaagtcacccatcagggcctgagct
    cgcccgtcacaaagagcttcaacaggggagagtgttag (SEQ ID NO: 53)
    huEGFR- aagcttgccaccatggggtggtcctgtataatactgatctggtggccactgccacaggagtccacagccaag
    7 tgcagctggtgcagagtggcgctgaggtcaagaagcctggggcatccgtcaaggatcttgtaaggcatctg
    HC_CDR gatataccttcacttcctattggatgcagtgggtgagacaggcaccaggacagggactggagtggatgggc
    grafted actatttatccaggtgacggtgacactacttatactcagaaattcaaggggcgagtgaccatgactcgtgatac
    tagcactagtaccgtgtatatggagcttagttctctccggtccgaggacacagcagtctactactgtgctagata
    tgacgcacccggatatgccatggactattgggggcagggcaccctggtcaccgtgagttccgccagcactaa
    gggcccatcagattccccaggctccaagttctaaatccacaagc&gtggaacagctgcactgggatgcctcg
    ttaaagattatttccctgagcctgtgacagtgagctggaatagcggagcattgacttcaggtgtgcacacttac
    ccgctgtgagcagtcaccggtctgtactcactgtccagtgtcgtaaccggtcccactagcagcttgggaaccca
    gacctacatctgtaacgtcaaccataaaccatccaacacaaaggtggataagaaggagaaccaaagagctg
    tgataagacacatacatgccctccttgtcctgcaccagagacctcggaggtccatagtgacctgatcccccc
    aaacccaaggacactcttatgatctctcgtactccagaggtcacctgtgagagtcgacgtgagccatgaagat
    cccgaggttaaattcaactggtacgtggatggagtcgaggttcacaatgccaagaccaagcccagggagga
    gcaatataattctacatatcgggtagtgagcgactgaccgtgctccaccaagattggctcaatggaaaagag
    tacaagtgcaaggtgtccaacaaggctcttcccgctcccattgagaaaactatctccaaagccaaggggca
    gccacgggaaccccaggtgtatacattgcccccatctagagacgagagaccaagaaccaggtgagtctc
    acttgtctggtcaaggggtatacccttctgacattgctgtagagtgggagtctaacggacagccagaaaac
    aactacaagacaactcccccagtgctggacagcgacgggagcttcttcctctactccaagttgactgtaga
    caagtctagatggcagcaaggaaacgtatctcctgacagtaatgcatgaggctctgcacaatcactatacc
    cagaaatcactgcccttagcccagggtgactcgag (SEQ ID NO: 54)
    huEGFR- gaattcgccaccatgggatggagagcattattttgtttctggtagctaccgctacaggcgttcatagcgaca
    7 ttcagatgacacagagcccctcctctagtccgcctccgtgggcgatagagtcacaatcacctgccgcgcaag
    LC_CDR ccaggatatcaacaactaccttgcatggtaccagcagaagcctggaaaagccccaaagctgctcatatact
    grafted acacctccacccttcacccaggagttccatccaggttctagggtctggaagtggaacagattttaccttcac
    aatcagctcattgcaacccgaggacatagctacatattactgcctpagtatgacaatctgagtacacatttg
    gacagggaaccaaagttgaaatcaagcgtacggtggctgcaccatctgtcttcatcttcccgccatctgatga
    gcagttgaaataggaactgcctagttgtgtgcctgctgaataacttctatcccagagaggccaaagtacag
    tggaaggtggataacgccctccaatcgggtaactcccaggagagtgtcacagagcaggacagcaaggac
    agcacctacagcctcagcagcaccctgacgctgagcaaagcagactacgagaaacacaaagtctacgcct
    gcgaagtcacccatcagggcctgagctcgcccgtcacaaagagcttcaacaggggagagtgttag
    (SEQ ID NO: 55)
    huEGFR- aagcttgccaccatgggaggtcagtattatcctctttaggtggccactgctaccggcgtacacagtcagg
    12 HC tgcagctggtgcagtccggggctgaagtggcaaagcccggggcctccgtaaagctctcttgcaaggcat
    ccggctacactatacttcctactggatgcagtgggtcaaacagcgcccaggacaggggaggaatgtata
    ggtacaatctatcccggcgatggtgacacacgatatatccagaagaccagggcaaggctaccctgactg
    ccgacaaatatctagcaccgcttatatgcagagtcatctcttcgaagtgaagactctgcagtgtattactg
    cgcccgatatgacgcacccggttacgccatggattactggggtcaggggaccttggtaaccgtatcaagc
    gccagtaccaagggcccatcagattccccttggctccaagttctaaatccacaagcggtggaacagagca
    agggatgcctcgttaaagattatttccctgagcctgtgacagtgagctggaatagcggagcattgacttcag
    gtgtgcacacttacccgctgtgttgcagtcctccggtctgtactcactgtccagtgtcgtaaccgtcccacta
    gcagcttgggaacccagacctacatctgtaacgtcaaccataaaccatccaacacaaaggtggataagaa
    ggagaaccaaagagctgtgataagacacatacatgccctccttgtcctgcaccagagctcctcggaggtcc
    atctgtgacctgatccccccaaacccaaggacactcttatgatctctcgtactccagaggtcacctgtgttgtt
    gtcgacgtgagccatgaagatcccgaggttaaattcaactggtacgtggatggagtcgaggttcacaatgcc
    aagaccaagcccagggaggagcaatataattctacatatcgggtagtgagcgttctgaccgtgctccacca
    agattggctcaatggaaaagagtacaagtgcaaggtgtccaacaaggctcacccgctcccattgagaaaa
    ctatctccaaagccaaggggcagccacgggaaccccaggtgtatacattgcccccatctagagacgagc
    tgaccaagaaccaggtgagtacacttgtctggtcaaggggttttacccttctgacattgctgtagagtggg
    agtctaacggacagccagaaaacaactacaagacaactcccccagtgctggacagcgacgggagcttct
    tcctctactccaagttgactgtagacaagtctagatggcagcaaggaaacgattctcctgctcagtaatgcat
    gaggctctgcacaatcactatacccagaaatcactgtcccttagcccagggtgactcgag
    (SEQ ID NO: 56)
    huEGFR- gaattcgccaccatgggctggagttgcatcatcctgttcttggttgctaccgcaaccggagtacactccgacg
    12 LC tgcagatcacccaatctccatcatccacgccgccagtgtgggagaacgaattactatcaactgccgagcaa
    v1.0 gccagagtatcagccgttatctggcatggtaccaggagaaacccggtaagactaacaaactgttgatttactc
    aggcagtacactgcaatctggtatccctagccgctttagcggctccggcagtggcaccgatttcaccctgac
    aatttcctccctggagccagaggatttcgcaatgtattattgtcagcaacacaacgagtacccatggacatttgg
    ccagggcacaaagctggagattaagcgtacggtggctgcaccatctgtcttcatcttcccgccatctgatgag
    cagttgaaatctggaactgcctctgttgtgtgcctgctgaataacttctatcccagagaggccaaagtacagtgg
    aaggtggataacgccctccaatcgggtaactcccaggagagtgtcacagagcaggacagcaaggacagcac
    ctacagcctcagcagcaccctgacgctgagcaaagcagactacgagaaacacaaagtctacgcctgcgaag
    tcacccatcagggcctgagctcgcccgtcacaaagagcttcaacaggggagagtgttag
    (SEQ ID NO: 57)
    huEGFR- gaattcgccaccatgggatggtcctgcattatcctgttcctcgtggcaacagctacaggggtgcatagcgatgt
    12 LC gcagatcacccagtccccaagctcccagcagcttccgaggtgagcgcattaccatcaactgtcgagctagta
    v1.01 agtctatttccaagtacctggcttggtatcaagagaagccaggaaagacaaacaagctgctcatttacagtggc
    tctaccatcagtccggtattccctctagatttagtggcagtggtagtggaaccgatataccatacaattagact
    ctggaaccagaagacttcgcaatgtactactgccagcaacacaatgagtacccatggacttaggccagggaa
    caaagctggaaattaaacgtacggtggctgcaccatctgtatcatcttcccgccatctgatgagcagttgaaat
    ctggaactttctagagtgtgcctgctgaataacttctatcccagagaggccaaagtacagtggaaggtggata
    acgccaccaatcgggtaactcccaggagagtgtcacagagcaggacagcaaggacagcacctacagcctc
    agcagcaccagacgctgagcaaagcagactacgagaaacacaaagtctacgcctgcgaagtcacccatca
    gggcctgagacgcccgtcacaaagagcttcaacaggggagagtgttag
    (SEQ ID NO: 58)
    huEGFR- aagcttgccaccatggggtggagttgtatcatcctatcatgtcgctaccgccactggagtgcattcccaggtg
    6 HC cagaggtgcaatctggcgccgaggtggccaagcccggtgcctccgtaaaattgagttgtaaagcctaggcta
    v1.0 tacatttacatatattggatgcagtgggtcaagcagcgccctggtcaaggcctggagtgcatcggagctagta
    tcctggcgacggggacgcccgttacactcagaaatttcagggcaaagctaccacaccgcagatacatccagc
    agcactgcttatatgcaacttagtagcctccgcagcgaggatagtgccgtgtactactgtgccagatatgacgcc
    ccaggttatgctatggactactggggtcaaggaaccaggtgacagtgtcaagcgctagcacaaagggcccatc
    agttaccccttggctccaagactaaatccacaagcggtggaacagctgcactgggatgcctcgttaaagattatt
    tccctgagcctgtgacagtgagctggaatagcggagcattgacttcaggtgtgcacacttacccgctgtgttgca
    gtcctccggtagtactcactgtccagtgtcgtaaccgtcccttctagcagcttgggaacccagacctacatctgta
    acgtcaaccataaaccatccaacacaaaggtggataagaaggagaaccaaagagctgtgataagacacatac
    atgccctccagtcctgcaccagagctcctcggaggtccatctgtgacctgtaccccccaaacccaaggacact
    cttatgatctctcgtactccagaggtcacctgtgagttgtcgacgtgagccatgaagatcccgaggttaaattcaa
    ctggtacgtggatggagtcgaggttcacaatgccaagaccaagcccagggaggagcaatataattctacatatc
    gggtagtgagcgttctgaccgtgctccaccaagattggctcaatggaaaagagtacaagtgcaaggtgtccaac
    aaggctatcccgctcccattgagaaaactatctccaaagccaaggggcagccacgggaaccccaggtgtatac
    attgcccccatctagagacgagctgaccaagaaccaggtgagtacacttgtaggtcaaggggattacccttag
    acattgctgtagagtgggagtctaacggacagccagaaaacaactacaagacaactcccccagtgctggacag
    cgacgggagcttcttcactactccaagttgactgtagacaagtctagatggcagcaaggaaacgttactcctgctc
    agtaatgcatgaggactgcacaatcactatacccagaaatcactgtcccttagcccagggtgactcgag
    (SEQ ID NO: 82)
    huEGFR- aagcttgccaccatggggtggagttgtatcatcctcttccttgtcgctaccgccactggagtgcattcccaggtgca
    6 HC gaggtgcaatctggcgccgaggtggccaagcccggtgcctccgtaaaattgagagtaaagcctctgg,ctatacat
    v1.11 ttacatatattggatgcagtgggtcaagcagcgccaggtcaaggcaggagtggatcggagctagtatcctggc
    gacggggacgcccgttacactcagaaatttcagggcaaagctaccacaccgcagatacatccagcagcactgct
    tatatgcaacttagtagcctccgcagcgaggatagtgccgtgtactactgtgccagatatgacgccccaggttatgc
    tatggactactggggtcaaggaaccctggtgacagtgtcaagcgctagcacaaagggcccatcagattccccttg
    gctccaagttctaaatccacaagcggtggaacagagcactgggatgcctcgttaaagattatttccctgagcctgtg
    acagtgagaggaatagcggagcattgacttcaggtgtgcacactatcccgctgtgagcagtcctccggtagtac
    tcactgtccagtgtcgtaaccgtcccttctagcagcttgggaacccagacctacatctgtaacgtcaaccataaacca
    tccaacacaaaggtggataagaaggagaaccaaagagagtgataagacacatacatgccctccttgtcctgcacc
    agagctcctcggaggtccatagtgacctgtttccccccaaacccaaggacactatatgatctacgtactccagagg
    tcacctgtgttgagtcgacgtgagccatgaagatcccgaggttaaattcaactggtacgtggatggagtcgaggaca
    caatgccaagaccaagcccagggaggagcaatataattctacatatcgggtagtgagcgttagaccgtgctccacca
    agattggctcaatggaaaagagtacaagtgcaaggtgtccaacaaggctcttcccgctcccattgagaaaactatac
    caaagccaaggggcagccacgggaaccccaggtgtatacattgcccccatctagagacgagctgaccaagaacc
    aggtgagtctcacttgtaggtcaaggggttttacccttctgacattgctgtagagtgggagtctaacggacagccaga
    aaacaactacaagacaactcccccagtgaggacagcgacgggagcttcttcctctactccaagttgactgtagacaa
    gtctagatggcagcaaggaaacgttttacctgacagtaatgcatgaggctctgcacaatcactatacccagaaatca
    ctgtcccttagcccagggtgactcgag (SEQ ID NO: 83)
    huEGFR- aagcttgccaccatgggaggtcatgtatcattctgttcctggtggccaccgcaaccggtgtccattcccaggtgcagct
    7 HC cgtgcagagcggggctgaagtggccaagccaggtgatctctcaaattpcttgtaaggccagtgggtacaccttcaca
    v1.11 agctactggatgcagtgggttaagcaacgcccaggccagggactggagtggatcggcaccatttatccaggggatgg
    agataccacttatacacaaaagtttcaaggcaaagccaccctgaccgccgacaaatccagcagcacagcatacatgcag
    ctttctagcctcaggtctgaagactccgccgtgtactattgtgcccgctacgacgcccccggctatgcaatggattactg
    gggccagggtactctggtcacagtgtcctccgcctctacaaagggcccatcagattccccttggctccaagttctaaatc
    cacaagcggtggaacagctgcactgggatgcctcgttaaagattatttccctgagcctgtgacagtgagctggaatagcg
    gagcattgacttcaggtgtgcacactatcccgctgtgttgcagtcctccggtctgtactcactgtccagtgtcgtaaccg
    tcccttctagcagcttgggaacccagacctacatctgtaacgtcaaccataaaccatccaacacaaaggtggataagaag
    gagaaccaaagagctgtgataagacacatacatgccctccttgtcctgcaccagagctcctcggaggtccatagtgttcct
    gtaccccccaaacccaaggacactcttatgatctctcgtactccagaggtcacctgtgttgttgtcgacgtgagccatgaa
    gatcccgaggttaaattcaactggtacgtggatggagtcgaggttcacaatgccaagaccaagcccagggaggagcaatat
    aattctacatatcgggtagtgagcgactgaccgtgctccaccaagattggctcaatggaaaagagtacaagtgcaaggtgt
    ccaacaaggctcttcccgctcccattgagaaaactatctccaaagccaaggggcagccacgggaaccccaggtgtataca
    ttgcccccatctagagacgagctgaccaagaaccaggtgagtctcacttgtaggtcaaggggttttacccttctgacatt
    gctgtagagtgggagtctaacggacagccagaaaacaactacaagacaactcccccagtgaggacagcgacgggagcttc
    ttcctctactccaagttgactgtagacaagtctagatggcagcaaggaaacgttttctcctgctcagtaatgcatgaggc
    tagcacaatcactatacccagaaatcactgtcccttagcccagggtgactcgag
    (SEQ ID NO: 84)
  • Also provided is a polynucleotide having at least about 95%, at least about 96%, at least about 97%, at least about 98%, or at least about 99% sequence identity to SEQ ID NOs:39-58, 77-84. Thus, in certain embodiments, the polypeptide comprises (a) a polypeptide having at least about 95% sequence identity to SEQ ID NOs:39-43, 51, 54, 56, 77-80 or 82-84 and/or (b) a polypeptide having at least about 95% sequence identity to SEQ ID NOs:44-50, 52, 53, 55, 57, 58, 81. In certain embodiments, the polypeptide comprises (a) a polypeptide having the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NOs: 39-43, 51, 54, 56, 77-80 or 82-84; and/or (b) a polypeptide having the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NOs: 44-50, 52, 53, 55, 57, 58, 81.
  • In certain embodiments the polynucleotides comprise the coding sequence for the mature polypeptide fused in the same reading frame to a polynucleotide which aids, for example, in expression and secretion of a polypeptide from a host cell (e.g. a leader sequence which functions as a secretory sequence for controlling transport of a polypeptide from the cell). The polypeptide having a leader sequence is a preprotein and can have the leader sequence cleaved by the host cell to form the mature form of the polypeptide. The polynucleotides can also encode for a proprotein which is the mature protein plus additional 5′ amino acid residues. A mature protein having a prosequence is a proprotein and is an inactive form of the protein. Once the prosequence is cleaved an active mature protein remains.
  • In certain embodiments the polynucleotides comprise the coding sequence for the mature polypeptide fused in the same reading frame to a marker sequence that allows, for example, for purification of the encoded polypeptide. For example, the marker sequence can be a hexa-histidine tag supplied by a pQE-9 vector to provide for purification of the mature polypeptide fused to the marker in the case of a bacterial host, or the marker sequence can be a hemagglutinin (HA) tag derived from the influenza hemagglutinin protein when a mammalian host (e.g. COS-7 cells) is used.
  • The present invention further relates to variants of the hereinabove described polynucleotides encoding, for example, fragments, analogs, and derivatives.
  • The polynucleotide variants can contain alterations in the coding regions, non-coding regions, or both. In some embodiments the polynucleotide variants contain alterations which produce silent substitutions, additions, or deletions, but do not alter the properties or activities of the encoded polypeptide. In some embodiments, nucleotide variants are produced by silent substitutions due to the degeneracy of the genetic code. Polynucleotide variants can be produced for a variety of reasons, e.g., to optimize codon expression for a particular host (change codons in the human mRNA to those preferred by a bacterial host such as E. coli).
  • Vectors and cells comprising the polynucleotides described herein are also provided.
    • IV. METHODS OF USE AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS
  • The EGFR-binding agents (including antibodies, immunoconjugates, and polypeptides) of the invention are useful in a variety of applications including, but not limited to, therapeutic treatment methods, such as the treatment of cancer. In certain embodiments, the agents are useful for inhibiting tumor growth, inducing differentiation, reducing tumor volume, and/or reducing the tumorigenicity of a tumor. The methods of use can be in vitro, ex vivo, or in vivo methods. In certain embodiments, the EGFR-binding agent or antibody or immunoconjugate, or polypeptide is not antagonistic of the human EGFR to which it binds.
  • In one aspect, anti-EGFR antibodies and immunoconjugates of the invention are useful for detecting the presence of EGFR in a biological sample. The term “detecting” as used herein encompasses quantitative or qualitative detection. In certain embodiments, a biological sample comprises a cell or tissue.
  • In one aspect, the invention provides a method of detecting the presence of EGFR in a biological sample. In certain embodiments, the method comprises contacting the biological sample with an anti-EGFR antibody under conditions permissive for binding of the anti-EGFR antibody to EGFR, and detecting whether a complex is formed between the anti-EGFR antibody and EGFR.
  • In one aspect, the invention provides a method of diagnosing a disorder associated with increased expression of EGFR. In certain embodiments, the method comprises contacting a test cell with an anti-EGFR antibody; determining the level of expression (either quantitatively or qualitatively) of EGFR by the test cell by detecting binding of the anti-EGFR antibody to EGFR; and comparing the level of expression of EGFR by the test cell with the level of expression of EGFR by a control cell (e.g., a normal cell of the same tissue origin as the test cell or a cell that expresses EGFR at levels comparable to such a normal cell), wherein a higher level of expression of EGFR by the test cell as compared to the control cell indicates the presence of a disorder associated with increased expression of EGFR. Jr certain embodiments, the test cell is obtained from an individual suspected of having a disorder associated with increased expression of EGFR. In certain embodiments, the disorder is a cell proliferative disorder, such as a cancer or a tumor.
  • In certain embodiments, a method of diagnosis or detection, such as those described above, comprises detecting binding of an anti-EGFR antibody to EGFR expressed on the surface of a cell or in a membrane preparation obtained from a cell expressing EGFR on its surface. In certain embodiments, the method comprises contacting a cell with an anti-EGFR antibody under conditions permissive for binding of the anti-EGFR antibody to EGFR, and detecting whether a complex is formed between the anti-EGFR antibody and EGFR on the cell surface. An exemplary assay for detecting binding of an anti-EGFR antibody to EGFR expressed on the surface of a cell is a “FACS” assay.
  • Certain other methods can be used to detect binding of anti-EGFR antibodies to EGFR. Such methods include, but are not limited to, antigen-binding assays that are well known in the art, such as western blots, radioimmunoassays, ELISA (enzyme linked immunosorbent assay), “sandwich” immunoassays, immunoprecipitation assays, fluorescent immunoassays, protein A immunoassays, and immunohistochemistry (IHC).
  • In certain embodiments, anti-EGFR antibodies are labeled. Labels include, but are not limited to, labels or moieties that are detected directly (such as fluorescent, chromophoric, electron-dense, chemiluminescent, and radioactive labels), as well as moieties, such as enzymes or ligands, that are detected indirectly, e.g., through an enzymatic reaction or molecular interaction.
  • In certain embodiments, anti-EGFR antibodies are immobilized on an insoluble matrix. Immobilization entails separating the anti-EGFR antibody from any EGFR that remains free in solution. This conventionally is accomplished by either insolubilizing the anti-EGFR antibody before the assay procedure, as by adsorption to a water-insoluble matrix or surface (Bennich et al., U.S. Pat. No. 3,720,760), or by covalent coupling (for example, using glutaraldehyde cross-linking), or by insolubilizing the anti-EGFR antibody after formation of a complex between the anti-EGFR antibody and EGFR, e.g., by immunoprecipitation.
  • Any of the above embodiments of diagnosis or detection can be carried out using an immunoconjugate of the invention in place of or in addition to an anti-EGFR antibody.
  • In certain embodiments, the disease treated with the EGFR-binding agent or antagonist (e.g., an anti-EGFR antibody) is a cancer. In certain embodiments, the cancer is characterized by EGFR expressing cells to which the EGFR-binding agent (e.g., antibody) binds.
  • In a further aspect, the invention is directed to an improved method for treating cell proliferation disorders wherein EGFR is expressed, particularly wherein EGFR is abnormally expressed (e.g. overexpressed), including cancers of the bladder, brain, head and neck, pancreas, lung, breast, ovary, colon, prostate, skin, and kidney, comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of an anti-EGFR binding agent of the present invention to a human subject in need thereof. In another embodiment the antibody is humanized. Examples of cell proliferation disorders that can be treated by an anti-EGFR binding agent of the present invention include, but are not limited to neoplasms located in the: abdomen, bone, breast, digestive system, liver, pancreas, peritoneum, endocrine glands (adrenal, parathyroid, pituitary, testicles, ovary, thymus, thyroid), eye, head and neck, nervous system (central and peripheral), lymphatic system, pelvic, skin, soft tissue, spleen, thoracic region, and urogenital system.
  • Similarly, other cell proliferation disorders can also be treated by the anti-EGFR binding agents of the present invention. Examples of such cell proliferation disorders include, but are not limited to: adrenal cortex hyperplasia (Cushing's disease), congenital adrenal hyperplasia, endometrial hyperplasia, benign prostatic hyperplasia, breast hyperplasia, intimal hyperplasia, focal epithelial hyperplasia (Heck's disease), sebaceous hyperplasia, compensatory liver hyperplasia, and any other cell proliferation disease, besides neoplasia, located in an organ system listed above.
  • The present invention further provides methods for inhibiting tumor growth using the antibodies or other agents described herein. In certain embodiments, the method of inhibiting the tumor growth comprises contacting the cell with an EGFR-binding agent (e.g., antibody) in vitro. For example, an immortalized cell line or a cancer cell line that expresses EGFR is cultured in medium to which is added the antibody or other agent to inhibit tumor growth. In some embodiments, tumor cells are isolated from a patient sample such as, for example, a tissue biopsy, pleural effusion, or blood sample and cultured in medium to which is added an EGFR-binding agent to inhibit tumor growth.
  • In some embodiments, the method of inhibiting tumor growth comprises contacting the tumor or tumor cells with the EGFR-binding agent (e.g., antibody) in vivo. In certain embodiments, contacting a tumor or tumor cell with a EGFR-binding agent is undertaken in an animal model. For example, EGFR-binding agents can be administered to xenografts expressing one or more EGFRs that have been grown in immunocompromised mice (e.g. NOD/SCID mice) to inhibit tumor growth. In some embodiments, cancer stem cells are isolated from a patient sample such as, for example, a tissue biopsy, pleural effusion, or blood sample and injected into immunocompromised mice that are then administered a EGFR-binding agent to inhibit tumor cell growth. In some embodiments, the EGFR-binding agent is administered at the same time or shortly after introduction of tumorigenic cells into the animal to prevent tumor growth. In some embodiments, the EGFR-binding agent is administered as a therapeutic after the tumorigenic cells have grown to a specified size.
  • In certain embodiments, the method of inhibiting tumor growth comprises administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of a EGFR-binding agent. In certain embodiments, the subject is a human. In certain embodiments, the subject has a tumor or has had a tumor removed.
  • In certain embodiments, the tumor expresses the EGFR to which the EGFR-binding agent or antibody binds.
  • In addition, the invention provides a method of reducing the tumorigenicity of a tumor in a subject, comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a EGFR-binding agent to the subject. In certain embodiments, the tumor comprises cancer stein cells. In certain embodiments, the frequency of cancer stem cells in the tumor is reduced by administration of the agent.
  • The invention further provides methods of differentiating tumorigenic cells into non-tumorigenic cells comprising contacting the tumorigenic cells with a EGFR-binding agent (for example, by administering the EGFR-binding agent to a subject that has a tumor comprising the tumorigenic cells or that has had such a tumor removed.
  • The use of the EGFR-binding agents, polypeptides, or antibodies described herein to induce the differentiation of cells, including, but not limited to tumor cells, is also provided. For example, methods of inducing cells to differentiate comprising contacting the cells with an effective amount of a EGFR-binding agent (e.g., an anti-EGFR antibody) described herein are envisioned. Methods of inducing cells in a tumor in a subject to differentiate comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a EGFR-binding agent, polypeptide, or antibody to the subject are also provided. In certain embodiments, the tumor is a pancreatic tumor. In certain other embodiments, the tumor is a colon tumor. In some embodiments, the treatment methods comprise administering a therapeutically effective amount of the EGFR-binding agent, polypeptide, or antibody to the subject.
  • The present invention further provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more of the EGFR-binding agents described herein. In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions further comprise a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle. These pharmaceutical compositions find use in inhibiting tumor growth and treating cancer in human patients.
  • In certain embodiments, formulations are prepared for storage and use by combining a purified antibody or agent of the present invention with a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle (e.g. carrier, excipient) (Remington, The Science and Practice of Pharmacy 20th Edition Mack Publishing, 2000). Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles include, but are not limited to, nontoxic buffers such as phosphate, citrate, and other organic acids; salts such as sodium chloride; antioxidants including ascorbic acid and methionine; preservatives (e.g. octadecyldimethylbenzyl ammonium chloride; hexamethonium chloride; benzalkonium chloride; benzethonium chloride; phenol, butyl or benzyl alcohol; alkyl parabens, such as methyl or propyl paraben; catechol; resorcinol; cyclohexanol; 3-pentanol; and m-cresol); low molecular weight polypeptides (e.g. less than about 10 amino acid residues); proteins such as serum albumin, gelatin, or immunoglobulins; hydrophilic polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone; amino acids such as glycine, glutamine, asparagine, histidine, arginine, or lysine; carbohydrates such as monosaccharides, disaccharides, glucose, mannose, or dextrins; chelating agents such as EDTA; sugars such as sucrose, mannitol, trehalose or sorbitol; salt-forming counter-ions such as sodium; metal complexes (e.g. Zn-protein complexes); and non-ionic surfactants such as TWEEN or polyethylene glycol (PEG).
  • The pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention can be administered in any number of ways for either local or systemic treatment. Administration can be topical (such as to mucous membranes including vaginal and rectal delivery) such as transdermal patches, ointments, lotions, creams, gels, drops, suppositories, sprays, liquids and powders; pulmonary (e.g., by inhalation or insufflation of powders or aerosols, including by nebulizer; intratracheal, intranasal, epidermal and transdermal); oral; or parenteral including intravenous, intraarterial, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal or intramuscular injection or infusion; or intracranial (e.g., intrathecal or intraventricular) administration.
  • An antibody or immunoconjugate of the invention can be combined in a pharmaceutical combination formulation, or dosing regimen as combination therapy, with a second compound having anti-cancer properties. The second compound of the pharmaceutical combination formulation or dosing regimen can have complementary activities to the ADC of the combination such that they do not adversely affect each other. Pharmaceutical compositions comprising the EGFR-binding agent and the second anti-cancer agent are also provided.
  • For the treatment of the disease, the appropriate dosage of an antibody or agent of the present invention depends on the type of disease to be treated, the severity and course of the disease, the responsiveness of the disease, whether the antibody or agent is administered for therapeutic or preventative purposes, previous therapy, patient's clinical history, and so on all at the discretion of the treating physician. The antibody or agent can be administered one time or over a series of treatments lasting from several days to several months, or until a cure is effected or a diminution of the disease state is achieved (e.g. reduction in tumor size). Optimal dosing schedules can be calculated from measurements of drug accumulation in the body of the patient and will vary depending on the relative potency of an individual antibody or agent. The administering physician can easily determine optimum dosages, dosing methodologies and repetition rates. In certain embodiments, dosage is from 0.01 μg to 100 mg per kg of body weight, and can be given once or more daily, weekly, monthly or yearly. In certain embodiments, the antibody or other EGFR-binding agent is given once every two weeks or once every three weeks. In certain embodiments, the dosage of the antibody or other EGFR-binding agent is from about 0.1 mg to about 20 mg per kg of body weight. The treating physician can estimate repetition rates for dosing based on measured residence times and concentrations of the drug in bodily fluids or tissues.
  • The combination therapy can provide “synergy” and prove “synergistic”, i.e. the effect achieved when the active ingredients used together is greater than the sum of the effects that results from using the compounds separately. A synergistic effect can be attained when the active ingredients are: (1) co-formulated and administered or delivered simultaneously in a combined, unit dosage formulation; (2) delivered by alternation or in parallel as separate formulations; or (3) by some other regimen. When delivered in alternation therapy, a synergistic effect can be attained when the compounds are administered or delivered sequentially, e.g. by different injections in separate syringes. In general, during alternation therapy, an effective dosage of each active ingredient is administered sequentially, i.e. serially, whereas in combination therapy, effective dosages of two or more active ingredients are administered together.
    • VI. KITS COMPRISING EGFR BINDING AGENTS
  • The present invention provides kits that comprise the antibodies, immunoconjugates or other agents described herein and that can be used to perform the methods described herein. In certain embodiments, a kit comprises at least one purified antibody against EGFR in one or more containers. In some embodiments, the kits contain all of the components necessary and/or sufficient to perform a detection assay, including all controls, directions for performing assays, and any necessary software for analysis and presentation of results. One skilled in the art will readily recognize that the disclosed antibodies, immunoconjugates or other agents of the present invention can be readily incorporated into one of the established kit formats which are well known in the art.
  • Further provided are kits comprising a EGFR-binding agent (e.g., a EGFR-binding antibody), as well as a second anti-cancer agent. In certain embodiments, the second anti-cancer agent is a chemotherapeutic agent (e.g., rituximab).
    • EXAMPLES
  • It is understood that the examples and embodiments described herein are for illustrative purposes only and that various modifications or changes in light thereof will be suggested to persons skilled in the art and are to be included within the spirit and purview of this application.
    • Example 1 PRODUCTION OF MURINE EGFR ANTIBODIES
  • To produce murine anti-EGFR antibodies, head and neck squamous carcinoma cell lines such as CA922 (Japanese Collection of Research Bioresources (JCRB), Shinjuku, Japan) and HSC4 (JCRB, Shinjuku, Japan) were injected subcutaneously into Balb/c female mice (Charles River Laboratory, Wilmington, Mass.) at the dose of 5×106 cells per mouse every 2 weeks for 5 times. Three days before being sacrificed for hybridoma generation, the immunized mice received intraperitoneal injection of another dose of antigen. The spleen from the mouse was collected according to standard animal protocols and was ground between two sterile, frosted microscopic slides to obtain a single cell suspension in RPMI-1640 medium. After the red blood cells were lysed with ACK lysing buffer, the spleen cells were then mixed with murine myeloma P3X63Ag8.653 cells (P3 cells) (J. F. Kearney et al. 1979, J Immunol, 123: 1548-1550) at ratio of 1 P3 cells: 3 spleen cells. The mixture of spleen cells and P3 cells was washed and treated with pronase in fusion media (0.3M mannitol/D-sorbitol, 0.1 mM CaCl2, 0.5 mM MgCl2 and 1 mg/ml BSA) at room temperature for 3 min. The reaction was stopped by addition of FBS (Fetal Bovine Serum, Invitrogen); cells were then washed, resuspended in 2 ml cold fusion media and fused with BTX ECM 2001 electrofusion machine (Harvard Apparatus). The fused cells were added gently to RPMI-1640 selection medium containing hypoxanthine-aminopterin-thymidine (HAT) (Sigma Aldrich), incubated for 20 min at 37° C., and then seeded into flat bottom 96-well plates at 200 μl/well. The plates were then incubated in 5% CO2 incubator at 37° C. until hybridoma clones were ready for antibody screening. Other techniques of immunization and hybridoma production can also be used, including those described in J. Langone and H. Vunakis (Eds., Methods in Enzymology, Vol. 121, “Immunochemical Techniques, Part I”; Academic Press, Florida) and E. Harlow and D. Lane (“Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual”; 1988; Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, New York, N.Y.).
    • Murine Hybridoma Screening and Selection
  • Hybridoma screening was done using flow cytometric binding assay with immunizing cells that are either untreated or treated with EGF (R&D Systems). Because incubation with EGF downregulates EGFR level on the cell surface, EGFR specific hybridoma supernatant would only react to the untreated cells and not to the EGF-treated cells. Cells for screening were first cultured in serum free media for overnight and separated into two parts. One part of the cells was left untreated and the other part was treated with EGF for 3 hours at 37° C. The EGF treated cells were labeled with CellTrace™ far red DDAO-SE (Invitrogen), mixed with untreated cells at 1:1 ratio and incubated with the hybridoma supernatant for 2 hours on ice. Cells were then washed, incubated with FITC-labeled anti-mouse IgG (Jackson Immunoresearch), washed, fixed with formalin and analyzed using FACScalibur (BD Bioscience). The EGFR specific hybridomas were expanded and the supernatants were rescreened by ELISA using soluble recombinant human EGFR extracellular domain (RELIATech) as antigen. The positive hybridomas were rescreened using flow cytometric binding assay with human EGFR-expressing A431 epidermal carcinoma cell line (ATCC) and monkey EGFR-expressing Vero cell line (an African green monkey kidney epithelial cell line) (ATCC). In brief, the hybridoma supernatant was incubated with A431 cells and DDAO-labeled Vero cells on ice for 1 hour. The cells were washed twice and incubated with PE-conjugated goat anti-mouse IgG antibody (Jackson Immunoresearch) for 1 hour on ice. The cells were then washed with FACS buffer, fixed in formalin and analyzed using a FACSCalibur flow cytometer (BD Biosciences).
  • The positive hybridoma clones that reacted to both human and monkey antigens were tested for the capacity to inhibit basal proliferation of EGFR-overexpressing HCC827 cells (ATCC). In brief, exponentially growing HCC827 cells were plated at 2000 cells/well in 96 well plates in 100 μl complete media containing 10% FBS. 100 μl of hybridoma supernatant was added to the cells and the mixture was incubated at 37° C. in a humidified 5% CO2 incubator for 5 days. Level of cell proliferation was determined using colorimetric WST-8 assay (Dojindo Molecular Technologies, Rockville, Md.). WST-8 is reduced by dehydrogenases in the living cells to an orange formazan product that is soluble in tissue culture medium, and the amount of formazan produced is directly proportional to the number of living cells. 10% of the final volume of WST-8 was added to each well and plates were incubated at 37° C. for an additional 2-4 h. Plates were then analyzed by measuring the absorbance at 450 nm (A450) in the Spectra Max M2 plate reader (Molecular Devices, Sunnyvale, Calif.). Background A450 absorbance of wells with media and WST-8 only was subtracted from all values. The surviving fraction was calculated by dividing each treated sample value by the average value of wells with untreated cell (surviving fraction=(A450 treated sample−A450 background)/(A450 untreated sample−A450 background)). The results were normalized so that surviving fraction 0 indicated the value of wells without cells and 1 indicated the level of cell proliferation in the serum containing media without any EGFR antibody. Hybridoma clones that inhibited at least 50% HCC827 cell growth were subcloned by limiting dilution. One subclone from each hybridoma, which showed the same reactivity against EGFR as the parental cells by flow cytometry, was chosen for subsequent analysis. Stable subclones were cultured and the antibody was isotyped using commercial isotyping reagents (Roche).
    • Antibody Purification
  • Antibodies were purified from hybridoma subclone supernatants using standard methods, such as, for example Protein A or G chromatography (HiTrap Protein A or G HP, 1 mL, Amersham Biosciences). Briefly, supernatant was prepared for chromatography by the addition of 1/10 volume of 1M Tris/HCl buffer, pH 8.0. The pH-adjusted supernatant was filtered through a 0.22 nm filter membrane and loaded onto column equilibrated with binding buffer (PBS, pH 7.3). The column was washed with binding buffer until a stable baseline was obtained with no absorbance at 280 nm. Antibody was eluted with 0.1M acetic acid buffer containing 0.15M NaCl, pH 2.8, using a flow rate of 0.5 mL/min. Fractions of approximately 0.25 mL were collected and neutralized by the addition of 1/10 volume of 1M Tris/HCl, pH 8.0. The peak fraction(s) was dialyzed overnight twice against 1×PBS and sterilized by filtering through a 0.2 μn filter membrane. Purified antibody was quantified by absorbance at A280.
  • Protein A purified fractions were further polished using ion exchange chromatography (IEX) with quaternary ammonium (Q) chromatography for murine antibodies. Briefly, samples from protein A purification were buffer exchanged into binding buffer (10 mM Tris, 10 mM sodium chloride, pH 8.0) and filtered through 0.22 nm filer. The prepared sample was then loaded onto a Q fast flow resin (GE Lifesciences) that was equilibrated with binding buffer at a flow rate of 120 cm/hr. Column size was chosen to have sufficient capacity to bind all the MAb in the sample. The column was then washed with binding buffer until a stable baseline was obtained with no absorbance at 280 nm. Antibody was eluted by initiating a gradient from 10 mM to 500 mM sodium chloride in 20 column volume (CV). Peak fractions were collected based on absorbance measurement at 280 nm (A280). The percentage of monomer was assessed with size exclusion chromatography (SEC) on a TSK gel G3000SWXL, 7.8×300 mm with a SWXL guard column, 6.0×40 mm (fosoh Bioscience, Montgomeryville, Pa.) using an Agilent HPLC 1100 system (Agilent, Santa Clara, Calif.). Fractions with monomer content above 95% were pooled, buffer exchanged to PBS (pH 7.4) using a TFF system, and sterilized by filtering through a 0.2 nm filter membrane. The IgG concentration of purified antibody was determined by A280 using an extinction coefficient of 1.47. Alternative methods such as ceramic hydroxyapatite (CHT) were also used to polish antibodies with good selectivity. Type II CHT resin with 40 nm particle size (Bio-Rad Laboratories) were used with a similar protocol as described for IEX chromatography. The binding buffer for CHT corresponds to 20 mM sodium phosphate, pH 7.0 and antibody was eluted with a gradient of 20-160 mM sodium phosphate over 20 CV.
    • Example 2 Binding Affinity to Human and Monkey EGFR Antigen
  • To determine the binding affinity of the EGFR antibodies to the human and monkey antigens, EGFR expressing human tumor cell lines such as MDA-MB468 (ATCC) and A431 (ATCC), and Vero monkey kidney cell line (ATCC) were used in a flow cytometric binding assay. In brief, the cells were incubated with various concentration of EGFR antibody for 1 h at 4° C. The cells were washed and incubated with PE-conjugated secondary antibody (Jackson Immunoresearch) for 1 h at 4° C. The cells were then washed, fixed in formalin and analyzed in FACSarray (BD Bioscience). To determine the binding affinity of these antibodies, geometric mean fluorescence intensity was plotted against the antibody concentration in a semi-log plot. A dose-response curve was generated by non-linear regression and the EC50 value of the curve, which corresponds to the apparent dissociation constant (Kd) of each antibody, was calculated using GraphPad Prism v4 (GraphPad software). The EGFR antibodies of the invention as well as positive control antibodies, cetuximab and panitumumab, showed strong specific binding to both human tumor cells and monkey Vero cells. A table shown in FIG. 1 lists the Kd of each antibody to the human and monkey EGFR. The EGFR antibodies of the invention exhibited similarly strong binding affinity to both human and monkey antigens.
    • Example 3 Inhibition of Band-Induced EGFR Activation
  • EGFR ligand binding induces EGFR phosphorylation followed by activation of downstream signaling pathways. To investigate the effect of anti-EGFR antibodies in ligand-induced EGFR activation, Western blot analysis was performed using MDA-MB468 tumor cell line and human primary adult keratinocytes. In brief, cells were seeded at 1e6 cells/well in a 6 well plate and cultured in normal media for overnight. Cells were washed and starved in serum free media containing 0.1% BSA for 2 hours at 37° C. 10 μg/ml antibody was added to the cells and the mixture was incubated for 3 hours at 37° C. 50 ng/ml EGF (R&D Systems) was added to the mixture and incubated for 15 minutes at 37° C. Cells were then washed with ice-cold PBS and lysed in RIPA buffer containing protease and phosphatase inhibitors. The protein lysates were separated in SDS-PAGE and transferred to a nitrocellulose membrane. The membrane was blocked with 5% BSA and incubated with anti-phosphotyrosine antibody (clone 4G10, Millipore) for overnight at 4° C. The membrane was washed, incubated with HRP conjugated anti-mouse antibody (Jackson Immunoresearch) for 1 hour at room temperature, and washed again. The signal was detected using an ECL (enhanced chemiluminescene) system (GE Healthcare). To ensure equal amount of proteins loaded into each lane, the membrane was stripped and reprobed with anti-β-tubulin antibody (Sigma Aldrich).
  • As shown in FIG. 2, EGF stimulation led to strong EGFR phosphorylation in both MDA-MB468 cells and human primary keratinocytes. Treatment of cells with cetuximab and panitumumab strongly inhibited the EGF-induced EGFR phosphorylation while the EGFR antibodies of the invention did not completely inhibit EGFR activation. Anti-KTI (Kuntz Trypsin inhibitor) antibody (produced from hybridoma obtained from ATCC) was used as negative control.
    • Example 4 Agonistic Activity of EGFR Antibodies
  • To investigate the effect of the EGFR antibodies of the invention on EGFR signaling in absence of EGFR ligands, MDA-MB468 tumor cells were starved in serum free media as described in Example 5. The cells were then incubated with 10 μg/ml EGFR antibodies for 3 hours at 37° C. As positive control, untreated cells were incubated with 50 ng/ml EGF for 15 minutes at 37° C. The protein lysates were prepared and analyzed using Western blot as described in Example 5. The representative result is shown in FIG. 3. EGF treatment clearly induced a strong EGFR phosphorylation in MDA-MB468 cells while the EGFR antibodies of the invention did not affect EGFR signaling in absence of the ligand.
    • Example 5 Ligand Binding Competition
  • One mechanism of EGFR signaling inhibition is blockade of ligand binding. To examine if the EGFR antibodies inhibit the ligand binding to the EGFR, the binding of biotinylated EGFR ligand to the A431 cells was measured by flow cytometry in the presence of anti-EGFR antibodies. Biotinylation of TGFα was done using EZ-link Micro Sulfo-NHS-LC-biotinylation kit (Pierce, Rockland, Ill.) according to the manufacturer's instruction. Biotinylated EGF was obtained from Invitrogen. Prior to competition assay, the binding curve of the biotinylated ligands was established. Varying concentrations of anti-EGFR antibodies were pre-mixed with biotinylated ligands at EC50 concentration (1.8 nM and 10 nM for EGF and TGFa, respectively), and the mixture was incubated with the cells for 30 min on ice. Cells were then washed twice with FACS buffer and incubated with streptavidin-APC conjugate (Jackson Immunoresearch) for 15 min on ice. Cells were washed twice with FACS buffer and analyzed in FACS Calibur (BD Bioscience) using FlowJo program (Tree Star). The geometric mean fluorescence intensities were plotted against the antibody concentration in a semi-log plot. As shown in FIG. 4, the negative control antibody, anti-KTI antibody does not affect the ligand binding while all anti-EGFR antibodies compete the ligand binding with the following EC50 (Table 10).
  • TABLE 10
    EC50 of TGFa binding EC50 of EGF binding
    competition (nM) competition (nM)
    Ligand 1.336 2.097
    Cetuximab 0.769 1.226
    EGFR-6 1.181 2.552
    EGFR-12 1.341 2.927
    EGFR13 1.321 1.957
  • The EGFR antibodies of the invention completely blocked the TGFa and EGF binding with similar EC50 as cetuximab (FIG. 4 and Table 10). This result cannot explain the differential effect of cetuximab and the EGFR antibodies of the invention on ligand induced EGFR signaling (Example 3) and growth of normal epithelial cell lines including human primary keratinocytes (Example 6).
    • Example 6 Growth Inhibition Assay of Human Primary Keratinocytes and Normal Epithelial Cell Line
  • Human normal basal epithelial cells in skin, gastrointestinal tract and other organs physiologically express EGFR. The EGFR signaling in these tissues is critical for the epithelial cell growth. Disruption of EGFR signaling pathway by cetuximab and panitumumab as well as small tyrosine kinase inhibitors such as erlotinib and gefitinib causes significant skin toxicity. To mimic the potential toxicity in skin and other epithelial cells, proliferation assays using human primary keratinocytes (Invitrogen) and a non-tumorigenic breast epithelial cell line, MCF10A (ATCC), were established. In this assay, cells were plated at 1,500-2,000 cells per well in EGFR ligand-containing media suggested by the manufacturers and incubated with anti-EGFR antibodies at 37° C. for 5 days. In the keratinocytes assay (FIG. 5), cells were grown in presence of 1 nM EGF with varying concentration of antibodies. While in MCF10A cell assay (FIG. 6), cells were grown in presence of 10 nM EGF with a fixed concentration (10 μg/ml) of antibodies. Level of cell proliferation was determined using colorimetric WST-8 assay (Dojindo Molecular Technologies, Rockville, Md.) as described in example 1. The surviving fraction was calculated by dividing each treated sample value by the average value of wells with untreated cell (surviving fraction=(A450 treated sample−A450 background)/(A450 untreated sample−A450 background)). The results were normalized so that 0 indicated the level of cell proliferation in absence of EGF and 1 indicated the level of cell proliferation in presence of EGF without any anti-EGFR antibody treatment.
  • The binding of the anti-EGFR antibodies to human primary keratinocytes as well as MCF10A cells was confirmed before the proliferation assays were performed. A representative result of the keratinocytes proliferation assay is shown in FIG. 5. As expected from the toxicity profile, cetuximab and panitumumab strongly inhibited the keratinocytes proliferation in dose dependent manner with the maximal inhibition of 40% for cetuximab and 78% for panitumumab. Surprisingly, the EGFR antibody of the invention, similar as the negative control chimeric KTI antibody, had little or no effect on the keratinocytes. This result was confirmed in the MCF10A proliferation assay (FIG. 6). The cetuximab and panitumumab strongly inhibited MCF10A cell proliferation while the EGFR antibodies of the invention had little or no effect on MCF10A cell growth. These data suggest that the EGFR antibodies of the invention are less toxic than cetuximab and panitumumab on normal epithelial cells that express EGFR.
    • Example 7 Inhibition of Basal Proliferation of HCC827 and NCI-H292 Cell Lines
  • To determine the capacity of anti-EGFR antibodies in inhibiting the basal proliferation of tumor cells, proliferation assays with EGFR-expressing HCC827 (ATCC) and NCI-H292 (ATCC) lung tumor cell lines were established. Cells were plated at 2,000 cells per well in normal growth media containing 10% FBS and grown at 37° C. for 5 days in presence of varying concentration of anti-EGFR antibodies. Level of cell proliferation was determined using colorimetric WST-8 assay. The OD results were normalized so that surviving fraction 1 represents cells grown in normal growth media without anti-EGFR antibodies, and 0 represents the value of wells without cells.
  • FIGS. 7A and 7B show the representative proliferation assay results with HCC827 and NCI-H292 cells, respectively. in HCC827 cell line (FIG. 7A), cetuximab strongly inhibited the tumor cell growth in dose dependent manner. Despite being harmless to EGFR expressing normal epithelial cells, anti-EGFR antibodies of the invention showed similar or better inhibitory activity than cetuximab. Table 11 describes the EC50 and % maximal inhibition of each antibody.
  • TABLE 11
    Anti-proliferative activity of anti-EGFR antibodies in HCC827 cells
    Antibody EC50 (nM) Maximal inhibition (%)
    Cetuximab 0.13 65
    2 0.32 70
    5 1.3 72
    6 0.3 72
    7 0.03 72
    12 0.7 63
    13 0.03 69
    15 0.7 67
    17 0.06 64
  • In NCI-H292 cell line (FIG. 7B), cetuximab and panitumumab strongly inhibited the basal cell proliferation in dose dependent manner. The EGFR antibodies of the invention were also significantly active in this cell line with the maximal proliferation inhibition was similar to cetuximab and panitumumab. Table 12 describes the EC50 and % maximal inhibition of each antibody.
  • TABLE 12
    Anti-proliferative activity of anti-EGFR antibodies in NCI-H292 cells
    Antibody EC50 (nM) Maximal inhibition (%)
    Panitumumab 0.039 76
    Cetuximab 0.035 74
    2 1.3 75
    5 4.7 60
    6 5.6 65
    7 0.4 77
    13 0.4 78
    15 4.7 75
    17 1.5 67
  • These data strongly argue that the EGFR antibodies of the invention are as active as cetuximab and panitumumab in EGFR overexpressing cells while they do not affect the normal epithelial cell growth.
    • Example 8 Anti-EGER Antibody Binding Competition
  • To distinguish binding epitopes of anti-EGFR antibodies, antibody binding competition assays were done using flow cytometry. In this experiment, binding of 0.3 nM biotinylated 528 (FIG. 8A), 0.2 nM biotinylated cetuximab (FIG. 8B) and 0.2 nM biotinylated EGFR-7 antibody (FIG. 8C) to the MDA-MB468 cells was measured in presence of varying concentration of ‘competing’ antibodies. In brief, the biotinylated antibody was pre-mixed with varying concentration of ‘competing’ antibodies. The antibody mixture was then incubated with cells on ice for 2 h. The cells were washed and incubated with streptavidin-alexa 488 conjugate on ice for 1 h. After washing, the cells were fixed and analyzed in FACScalibur. The geometric mean fluorescence intensity was plotted against antibody concentration in semi-log plot and normalized so that 100% represents the maximal binding of the biotinylated antibody in absence of other antibody and 0% represents the background staining in absence of the biotinylated antibody. As shown in FIG. 8, all the EGFR antibodies compete with each other. Cetuximab and panitumumab competed the 528 antibody binding as strong as the naked 528 antibody while the EGFR antibodies of the invention had slightly less capacity to compete with 528 antibody (FIG. 8A). All EGFR antibodies competed the binding of cetuximab and EGFR-7 biotinylated antibodies in similar manlier (FIGS. 8B and 8C).
    • Example 9 Cloning and Sequencing of the VL and VH regions of the EGFR Antibodies
  • Total cellular RNA was prepared from 5×106 cells of the EGFR hybridomas using an RNeasy kit (QIAgen) according to the manufacturer's protocol. cDNA was subsequently synthesized from total RNA using the SuperScript II cDNA synthesis kit (Invitrogen).
  • The procedure for the first round degenerate PCR reaction on the cDNA derived from hybridoma cells was based on methods described in Wang et al. ((2000) J Immunol Methods. 233:167-77) and Co et al. ((1992) J Immunol. 148:1149-54). VH sequences were amplified by PCR using the following degenerate primers: EcoMH1 CTTCCGGAATTCSARGTNMAGCTGSAGSAGTC (SEQ ID NO:59), EcoMH2 CTTCCGGAATTCSARGTNMAGCTGSAGSAGTCWGG (SEQ ID NO:60) and BamIgG1 GGAGGATCCATAGACAGATGGGGGTGTCGTTTTGGC (SEQ ID NO:61). VL sequences were amplified by PCR using the following degenerate primers: SacIMK GGAGCTCGAYATTGTGMTSACMCARWCTMCA (SEQ ID NO:62) and HindKL TATAGAGCTCAAGCTTGGATGGTGGGAAGATGGATACAGTTGGTGC (SEQ ID NO:85). (Mixed bases are defined as follows: N=G+A+T+C, S=G+C, Y=C+T, M=A+C, R=A+G, W=A+T). The PCR reaction mixtures were then run on a 1% low melt agarose gel, the 300 to 400 bp bands were excised, purified using Zymo DNA mini columns, and sent to Agencourt Biosciences for sequencing. The respective 5′ and 3′ PCR primers were used as sequencing primers to generate the variable region cDNAs from both directions. The amino acid sequences of VH and VL regions were predicted from the DNA sequencing results.
  • Since the degenerate primers used to clone the VL and VH cDNA sequences alters the 5′ end sequences, additional sequencing efforts were needed to verify the complete sequences. The preliminary cDNA sequences were used to search the NCBI IgBlast site for the murine germline sequences from which the antibody sequences are derived. PCR primers were then designed to anneal to the germline linked leader sequence of the murine antibody so that this new PCR reaction would yield a complete variable region cDNA sequence, unaltered by the PCR primers. The PCR reactions, band purifications, and sequencing were performed as described above.
    • Mass Determination for Sequence Confirmation
  • The cDNA sequence information for the variable region was combined with the germline constant region sequence to obtain full length antibody cDNA sequences. The molecular weights of the heavy chain and light chain were then calculated and compared with the molecular weights obtained by LC/MS analyses of the murine EGFR antibodies. The molecular weight measurements are consistent with the cDNA sequences for both the EGFR-7 and EGFR-12 light and heavy chains.
    • Composite CDR Sequences for the EGFR-7 Variants
  • A number of murine anti-EGFR hybridomas were sequenced and found to express antibodies with light and heavy chain variable region sequences nearly identical to EGFR-7, but with some CDR amino acid substitutions, particularly in heavy chain CDR2 (FIG. 9). Since these CDR variants of murine EGFR-7 were found to be functionally identical, they provide some structural insight into the sequence flexibility of the EGFR-7 CDR's. Light chain CDR's 2 and 3 as well as heavy chain CDR 1 were identical in each of the variants while a single residue substitution was found at a low frequency in light chain CDR1 and heavy chain CDR3. As opposed to the CDR's with an apparently tight sequence conservation, the variants of EGFR-7 frequently contained as many as 4 amino acid substitutions in heavy chain CDR2. These sequence variants of EGFR-7 suggest that the 5 tightly conserved CDR's may provide the structural basis for EGFR binding, while heavy chain CDR2 has some sequence flexibility resulting in a somatic mutation hotspot during affinity maturation. Table 4 provides a composite CDR sequence listing based on EGFR-7 variants together with the CDR variants described above for humanization. Humanized antibodies derived from these composite CDR's would be expected to preserve the functional attributes of EGFR-7.
  • TABLE 13
    EGFR-7 variant composites CDR's
    Light Chain
    CDR1: [KorR]ASQDINNY[LorI]A (SEQ ID NO: 14)
    CDR2: YTSTLHP (SEQ ID NO: 11)
    CDR3: LQYDNLLYT (SEQ ID NO: 12)
    Heavy Chain
    CDR1: TSYWMQ (SEQ ID NO: 1)
    CDR2: 
    (SEQ ID NO: 4)
    Kabat CDR2: [TorA][IorL]YPGDGD[TorA][T, R, or S]
    [YTorI]QKF[QorK]G (SEQ ID NO: 6)
    CDR3: YDAPGY[AorT]MDY (SEQ ID NO: 5)
    • Example 10 Antibody humanization
  • The EGFR-7 and EGFR-12 antibodies were humanized following resurfacing methods previously described, such as, for example in Roguska et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., USA, 91(3):969-973 (1994) and Roguska et al., Protein Eng. 9(10):895-904 (1996), which are incorporated in their entirety herein by reference. Resurfacing generally involves identification of the variable region framework surface residues in both the light and heavy chains and replacing them with human equivalents. The murine CDR's are preserved in the resurfaced antibody. Exemplary CDRs of EGFR-7 and EGFR-12 antibodies are defined as indicated in Table 13. To minimize concerns about the impact of conjugating lysines that fall in CDR's, lysine 24 in murine EGFR-7 antibody light chain CDR1 was replaced with arginine for humanized version 1.0 (shown in italic), so both versions of the LC CDR1 are given. Similarly, lysine 27 and lysine 31 in murine EGFR-12 antibody light chain CDR1 were replaced with glutamine and arginine, respectively, for humanized version 1.0 (shown in italic). The replacement of lysine 27 with glutamine instead of arginine was because glutamine is reserved in human germlinesequences at this position. In addition to the AbM heavy chain CDR2 definition employed for resurfacing, the table provides exemplary Kabat defined heavy chain CDR2's for both the murine and human versions of EGFR-7 and EGFR-12 antibodies. The underlined sequence marks the portion of the Kabat heavy chain CDR2 that was not considered a CDR for resurfacing.
  • Surface residue positions were defined as any position with a relative accessibility of 30% or greater (Pedersen J. T. et. Al, J. Mol. Biol. 1994; 235:959-973). The calculated surface residues were then aligned with human germline surface sequences to identify the most homologous human surface sequence. The human germline sequence used as the replacement surface for the light chain variable domains of EGFR-7 antibody was IGKV1-12*01 while IGKV1-16*01 was used as the replacement surface for EGFR-12 antibody VL. The human germline sequences used as the replacement surfaces for the heavy chain variable domains of EGFR-7 and EGFR-12 antibodies were IGHV1-69*02 and IGHV1-69*08, respectively. The specific framework surface residue changes for EGFR-7 and EGFR-12 antibodies are given in FIGS. 10 and 11, respectively. Since the resurfaced light chain of both antibodies included the CDR1 lysine substitution(s) for preferred version, a resurfaced version (v1.01) was also generated with murine lysine(s) retained in CDR-L1. Finally, heavy chain framework 2 for murine EGFR-7 and its variants, contained a somatic W47C mutation resulting in an unpaired cysteine residue. For this reason, EGFR-7 heavy chain W47 germline revertant versions (v1.11) were also tested. FIG. 12 shows the alignment of the resurfaced sequences for EGFR-7 and EGFR-12 antibodies variable domain of both light and heavy chain with their murine counterparts.
  • TABLE 14
    EGFR-7 CDR's (Resurfacing) EGFR-12 CDR's
    Light Chain Light Chain
    Murine and resurfaced v1.01 CDR1: Murine and resurfaced v1.01 CDR1:
    KASQDINNYLA (SEQ ID NO: 10) RASKSISKYLA (SEQ ID NO: 15)
    Resurfaced v1.0 CDR1: Resurfaced v1.0 CDR1:
    RASQDINNYLA (SEQ ID NO: 13) RASQSISRYLA (SEQ ID NO: 16)
    CDR2: YTSTLHP (SEQ ID NO: 11) CDR2: SGSTLQS (SEQ ID NO: 17)
    CDR3: LQYDNLLYT (SEQ ID NO: 12) 1CDR3: QQHNEYPWT (SEQ ID NO: 18)
    Heavy Chain Heavy Chain
    CDR1: TSYWMQ (SEQ ID NO: 1) CDR1: TSYWMQ (SEQ ID NO: 1)
    CDR2: TIYPGDGDTT (SEQ ID NO: 2) CDR2: TIYPGDGDTR (SEQ ID NO: 7)
    CDR3: YDAPGYAMDY (SEQ ID NO: 3) CDR3: YDAPGYAMDY (SEQ ID NO: 3)
    Kabat EGFR-7 HC CDR2 Kabat EGFR-12 HC CDR2
    Murine HC CDR2: Murine HC CDR2:
    TIYPGDGDTTYTQKFKG (SEQ ID NO: 63) TIYPGDGDTRYIQKFKCI (SEQ ID NO: 8)
    Humanized HC CDR2: Humanized HC CDR2:
    TIYPGDGDTTYTQKFQG (SEQ ID NO: 64) TIYPGDGDTRYIQKFQG (SEQ ID NO: 9)
  • In addition to humanization by variable domain resurfacing, EGFR-7 antibody was also humanized following complementary determining region (CDR) grafting technology described, such as for example in Jones et al., Nature 321: 604-608 (1986) and Verhoeyen et al., Science 239: 1534-1536 (1988). CDR grafting method consists of grafting the CDRs from a naturally evolved murine antibody onto the IN framework regions (FRs) of a human antibody. The main step of the process was to choose the appropriate human acceptor frameworks. Kabat numbering scheme and Kabat CDR definition were used for CDR grafting of EGFR-7 antibody. Exemplary CDRs of EGFR-7 antibody for CDR grafting are defined as indicated in Table 15. Human immunoglobulin germline sequence with the highest homology with the murine EGFR-7 antibody was identified through the interactive tool, V-QUEST, of the International ImMunoGeneTics information System® (IMGT (https://imgt.cines.fr/) as described in Lefranc, Nucleic Acids Res. 29: 207-209 (2001). The human germline sequences used as the acceptor frameworks for the VL and VH domains of EGFR-7 antibody were IGKV1-33*01 and IGHV1-46*03, respectively. To minimize concerns about the impact of conjugating lysines that fall in CDR's, lysine 24 in murine EGFR-7 antibody light chain CDR1 was replaced with arginine in CDR grafting (Table 6). The specific framework residue changes as well as the substitution in CDR-L1 in CDR-grafting of EGFR-7 antibody are given in FIG. 13, and the alignments of the CDR-grafted sequences for EGFR-7 antibody variable domains with its murine counterparts is illustrated in FIG. 14.
  • TABLE 15
    EGFR-7 CDR's (CDR grafting)
    Light Chain
    Murine CDR1: KASQDINNYLA (SEQ ID NO: 10)
    CDR grafted CDR1: RASQDINNYLA (SEQ ID NO: 13)
    CDR2: YTSTLHP (SEQ ID NO: 11)
    CDR3: LQYDNLLYT (SEQ ID NO: 12)
    Heavy Chain
    CDR1: TSYWMQ (SEQ ID NO: 1)
    CDR2: TIYPGDGDTTYTQKFKG (SEQ ID NO: 63)
    CDR3: YDAPGYAMDY (SEQ ID NO: 3)
    • Recombinant Expression of the Humanized EGFR Antibodies
  • The variable region sequences for huEGFR-7 and huEGFR-12 were codon-optimized and synthesized by Blue Heron Biotechnology. The sequences were flanked by restriction enzyme sites for cloning in-frame with the respective constant sequences in single chain mammalian expression plasmids. The light chain variable region was cloned into EcoRI and BsiWI sites in the pAbKZeo plasmid. The heavy chain variable region was cloned into the HindIII and Apa1 sites in the pAbG1Neo plasmid. These plasmids were used to express the recombinant antibodies in either transient or stable mammalian cell transfections. Transient transfections to express recombinant antibodies in HEK 293T cells were performed using a modified PEI procedure (Durocher, Y. et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 30:E9 (2002)). Supernatant was purified by Protein A and polishing chromatography steps using standard procedures as described above for murine antibodies.
    • Example 11 Binding Competition Between Murine and Humanized Anti-EGFR Antibodies
  • To examine the binding of humanized anti-EGFR antibodies, antibody competition assays were performed as described in Example 8. Because muEGFR-6 and muEGFR-7 antibodies cross-compete with one another (FIG. 8C), this experiment examines the ability of murine or humanized antibodies of EGFR-6 (FIG. 15A) or EGFR-7 (FIG. 15B) to compete with the binding of biotinylated muEGFR-7 antibody to the MDA-MB468 cells. In brief, 1 nM of biotinylated muEGFR-7 antibody was pre-mixed with various concentration of ‘competing’ antibody. The antibody mixture was then incubated with target cells on ice for 1 hour, washed, incubated with streptavidin-APC conjugate on ice for another hour, washed, fixed and analyzed using flow cytometer. The geometric mean fluorescence intensity was plotted against antibody concentration in semi-log plot and normalized so that 100% represents the maximal binding of the biotinylated antibody in absence of other antibody and 0% represents the background staining in absence of the biotinylated antibody. As shown in FIG. 15A, both muEGFR-6 and huEGFR-6 antibodies compete the binding of muEGFR7 at similar EC50 (8.13 nM for muEGFR-6 and 11.09 nM for huEGFR-6). FIG. 1 SB shows that muEGFR-7, hu-EGFR-7 and huEGFR-7R antibodies also compete the muEGFR-7 antibody binding at similar EC50 (3.54 nM for muEGFR7, 3.35 nM for huEGFR-7R and 4.12 nM for huEGFR-7). These results indicate that humanization does not affect the binding of antibodies of the invention.
    • Anti-Tumor Activity of Humanized Anti-EGFR Antibodies
  • To examine the anti-tumor activity of the humanized antibodies of the invention, H292 tumor cell growth inhibition assays were performed as described in Example 7. As shown in FIG. 16, murine and humanized antibodies of EGFR-6 and EGFR-7 were potent in inhibiting H292 tumor cell growth with EC50 included in Table 16. It is apparent that all humanized antibodies maintain the anti-tumor activity of the murine counterparts and humanization does not affect the biological activity of these antibodies.
  • TABLE 16
    Anti-proliferative activity of anti-EGFR antibodies in NCI-H292 cells
    Antibody EC50 (nM)
    muEGFR-6 2.59
    huEGFR-6 1.61
    muEGFR-7 0.21
    huEGFR-7 0.17
    huEGFR-7R 0.11
    • Example 12 Antibody-Dependent-Cellular-Cytotoxicity (ADCC) Activity of huEGFR Antibodies
  • A lactate dehydrogenase (LDH) release assay was used to measure antibody-dependent cell mediated cytotoxicity (ADCC) of tumor cells lines using freshly isolated human natural killer (NK) cells as effector cells (Shields R L, J Biol Chem. 2001 276(9):6591-604). The NK cells were first isolated from human peripheral blood from a normal donor (Research Blood Components, Inc., Brighton, Mass.) using a modified protocol for the NK cell Isolation Kit II (#130-091-152; Miltenyi Biotec, Auburn, Calif.). Peripheral blood was diluted 2-fold with 1×PBS. 25 mL of diluted blood was carefully layered over 25 mL of Ficoll Paque in a 50 mL conical tube and centrifuged at 400 g for 45 min at RT. The peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC) were collected from the interface, transferred into a new conical 50 mL tube, and washed once with 1×PBS. The PBMC were counted and resuspended at concentration of 2.5×107cells/100 μl with MACS buffer (1×PBS, 0.5% BSA, 2 mM EDTA), and then ¼× volume of NK cell Biotin-Antibody Cocktail were added to the cell suspension. The NK cell Biotin-Antibody Cocktail contains biotinylated antibodies that bind to the lymphocytes, except for NK cells, resulting in a negative selection of NK cells. The mixture was incubated at 4° C. for 10 min, and then ⅗× volume of MACS buffer and ⅖× volume of NK cell MicroBead cocktail that would bind to the biotinylated antibodies were added. The cell-antibody mixture was incubated for another 15 min at 4° C. Next, cells were washed once with 50 mL of MACS buffer and resuspended in 3 mL of MACS buffer. NK cells were separated as negative fraction using autoMACS separator (Miltenyi Biotec). The resulting NK cells were plated into 30 mL of complete RPMI media (RPMI-1640 supplemented with 5% fetal bovine serum, 1% penicillin-streptomycin, 1 mM HEPES, 1 mM Sodium Pyruvate, 1% 100×MEM non-essential Amino Acid Solution) overnight. The subsequent assay and all dilutions were carried out in RHBP medium (RPMI-1640 medium supplemented with 20 mM HEPES, pH 7.4, 0.1% BSA and 1% penicillin-streptomycin).
  • Various concentrations of antibodies in RHBP medium were aliquoted in duplicate at 50 μL/well into a round bottom 96-well plate. The target cells (in this experiment A431 cell line) were resuspended at 106 cells/mL in RHBP medium and added at 100 μL/well to each well containing antibody dilutions. The plate containing target cells and antibody dilutions was incubated for 30 min at RT. NK cells were then added to the wells containing the target cells at 50 μL/well. The typical ratio was 1 target cell to 3-4 NK cells. The following controls were set up for each experiment: NK cells alone, target cells alone (spontaneous LDH release), target cells with NK cells (antibody independent LDH release), target cells with 10% Triton X-100 (maximum LDH release). The mixtures were incubated at 37° C. for 4 h to allow for cell lysis. Plates were centrifuged for 10 min at 1200 rpm, and 100 μL of the supernatant was carefully transferred to a new flat-bottom 96-well plate. LDH reaction mixture (100 μL/well) from the Cytotoxicity Detection Kit (Roche 1 644 793) was added to each well and incubated at room temperature for 5 to 30 min. The optical density (OD) of samples was measured at 490 nm (OD490). The percent specific lysis of each sample was determined using the following formula: percent specific lysis=(sample value−spontaneous release)/(maximum release−spontaneous release)*100.
  • FIG. 17 shows a representative ADCC activity of huEGFR-6 and huEGFR-7R antibodies in comparison to that of chKTI antibody. The huEGFR-6 and huEGFR-7R antibodies induced NK cell mediated killing of target cells in dose dependent manner with maximal specific killing reached around 20% and EC50 of 22 ng/ml and 17 ng/ml for huEGFR6 and huEGFR-7R, respectively. In contrast, chKTI antibody that did not bind to target. cells failed to mediate ADCC.
    • Example 13 Preparation of huEGFR-7R-SMCC-DM1
  • The (Succinimidyl 4-(N-maleimidomethyl) cyclohexane-1-carboxylate (SMCC, Pierce Biotechnology, Inc) linker was dissolved in dimethylacetamide (DMA). The huEGFR antibody was modified with SMCC to introduce maleimides into the antibody by incubating the antibody at 5 mg/mL in 50 mM potassium phosphate, 50 mM NaCl, 2 mM EDTA, pH 6.5 with a 10 molar excess of SMCC. After approximately 100 minutes at ambient temperature, the reaction mixture was purified using a SEPHADEX™ G25 column equilibrated with the same potassium phosphate buffer. Antibody containing fractions were pooled and used for subsequent steps.
  • The SMCC-modified antibody was reacted with a 10 mM solution of DM1 at a 1.7 molar excess relative to the maleimide linker. The reaction was stirred at ambient temperature under for approximately 18 hours. The conjugation reaction mixture was filtered through a SEPHADEX™ G25 gel filtration column equilibrated with 1×PBS at pH 6.5. The huEGFR antibody-SMCC-DM1 conjugate was then dialyzed into buffer containing 10 mM histidine, 250 mM glycine, 1% sucrose pH 5.5. The number of DM1 molecules linked. per antibody molecule was determined using the previously reported extinction coefficients for antibody and DM1 (Liu et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 93, 8618-8623 (1996)). The percentage of free maytansinoid present after the conjugation reaction was determined by injecting 20-50 μg conjugate onto a HiSep column equilibrated in 25% acetonitrile in 100 mM ammonium acetate buffer, pH 7.0, and eluting in acetonitrile. The peak area of total free maytansinoid species (eluted in the gradient and identified by comparison of elution time with known standards) was measured using an absorbance detector set to a wavelength of 252 nm and compared with the peak area related to bound maytansinoid (eluted in the conjugate peak in the column flow-through fractions) to calculate the percentage of total free maytansinoid species. Conjugates with 3.5-4 DM1 molecules per huEGFR antibody were obtained with <1% present as unconjugated maytansinoid.
  • Preparation of huEGFR-7R-SPDB-DM4
  • The exemplary N-succinimidyl 4-(2-pyridyldithio) butanoate (SPDB) linker was dissolved in ethanol. The huEGFR antibody was incubated at 8 mg/mL with a 5.5-5 fold molar excess of SPDB linker for approximately 2 hours at room temperature in 50 mM potassium phosphate buffer (pH 6.5) containing 50 mM NaCl, 2 mM EDTA, and 3% ethanol. The SPDB modified antibody was diluted 2-fold in PBS, pH 6.5 and modified with a 1.5 fold molar excess of the maytansinoid DM4 by the addition of a concentrated solution (15-30 mM) of DM4 in dimethylacetamide (DMA). After overnight incubation at room temperature, the conjugated antibody was purified by chromatography on SEPHADEX™ G25F equilibrated with 10 mM histidine, 250 mM glycine, 1% sucrose pH 5.5. The number of DM4 molecules linked per antibody molecule was determined using the previously reported extinction coefficients for antibody and maytansinoid (Widdison W C et al. J Med Chem, 49:4392-4408 (2006)). The percentage of total free maytansinoid species were determined as described above. Conjugates with 3.5-4 DM4 molecules per huEGFR antibody were obtained with <1% present as unconjugated maytansinoid.
    • Example 14 Binding Affinity of Maytansinoid Conjugates
  • Binding affinity of the huEGFR-6 and huEGFR-7R antibody maytansinoid conjugates was compared with that of the naked antibodies using MDA-MB468 cells as described in the Example 2. The Kds calculated from binding curves of the huEGFR-6 antibody and conjugates (FIG. 18 A) were 0.81 nM for naked huEGFR-6 antibody and 1.18 nM for huEGFR-6-SMCC-DM1 conjugate. The Kds calculated from binding curves of the huEGFR-7R antibody and conjugates (FIG. 18 B) were 0.67 nM for naked huEGFR-7R antibody and 0.83 nM for huEGFR-7R-SMCC-DM1 conjugate. This data demonstrates that DM conjugation does not notably alter the binding affinity of the huEGFR-6 and huEGFR-7R antibody to the huEGFR antigen.
    • Example 15 In Vitro Cytotoxic Assay on Tumor Cells
  • The ability of EGFR antibody maytansinoid conjugates to inhibit the tumor cell growth was measured using in vitro cytotoxicity assays. Briefly, target cells were plated at 1,500 to 3,000 cells per well in 100 μL complete RPMI media containing 10% FBS. Conjugates were diluted into complete RPMI media using 5-fold dilution series and 100 μL were added per well. The final concentration typically ranged from 3×10−8 M to 8×10−14 M. Cells were incubated at 37° C. in a humidified 5% CO2 incubator for 5 days. Viability of the remaining cells was determined by colorimetric WST-8 assay and the absorbance at 450 nm (A450) was measured in a multiwell plate reader. The surviving fraction was calculated by dividing each treated sample value by the average value of untreated controls. The surviving fraction value was plotted against the antibody-conjugate concentration in a semi-log plot for each treatment.
  • The in vitro cytotoxicity of naked antibodies and antibody-maytansinoid conjugates of the invention was compared to the activity of a non-specific antibody and its corresponding maytansinoid conjugate such as chKTI and chKTI-SMCC-DM1. The results from a typical cytotoxicity assay are shown in FIGS. 19 and 20.
  • In FIG. 19A, the activity of naked antibodies and maytansinoid conjugates of the invention was tested in FaDu cell line. The huEGFR-6 and huEGFR-7R naked antibodies inhibited 40% and 55% H292 cell growth, respectively while the chKTI antibody had no activity. Maytansinoid conjugation further enhances the activity of the EGFR antibody of the invention. Both huEGFR-6 and huEGFR-7R-SMCC-DM1 conjugates completely abolished the target cells with EC50 of 0.22 nM and 0.06 nM, respectively. The control chKTI-SMCC-DM1 conjugate also killed the target cells but with much lower EC50 (0.59 μM).
  • In FIG. 19B, the activity of naked antibodies and maytansinoid conjugates of the invention was tested in 1-1292 cell line. The huEGFR-6 and huEGFR-7R naked antibodies inhibited 60-70% H292 cell growth while the chKTI antibody had no activity. Maytansinoid conjugation further enhances the activity of the EGFR antibody of the invention. Both huEGFR-6 and huEGFR-7R-SMCC-DM1 conjugates completely abolished the target cells with EC50 of 0.16 nM and 0.03 nM, respectively. The control chKTI-SMCC-DM1 conjugate also killed the target cells but with much lower EC50 (38.51 nM).
  • In FIG. 20A, the activity of naked antibodies and maytansinoid conjugates of the invention was compared with cetuximab in H226 cell line. The cetuximab, huEGFR-6, huEGFR-7R naked antibodies as well as the chKTI control antibody had no anti-proliferative activity. Maytansinoid conjugates of both huEGFR-6 and huEGFR-7R antibodies completely eliminated the target cells with EC50 of 0.68 nM and 0.14 nM, respectively while the control chKTI-SMCC-DM1 conjugate failed to kill the target cells.
  • In FIG. 20B, the activity of naked antibodies and maytansinoid conjugates of the invention was compared with cetuximab in the SCC-4 cell line. The cetuximab, huEGFR-6 and huEGFR-7R naked antibodies showed a dose dependent growth inhibition with maximal inhibition of around 30%, while the chKTI antibody had no activity. Maytansinoid conjugation further potentiates the activity of the EGFR antibody of the invention. Both huEGFR-6 and huEGFR-7R-SMCC-DM1 conjugates completely eliminated the target cells with EC50 of 0.07 nM and 0.03 nM, respectively. The control chKTI-SMCC-DM1 conjugate also killed the target cells but with a much lower EC50 (17.62 nM). Altogether, these results show that the maytansinoid conjugation dramatically enhances the anti-tumor activity of the EGFR antibodies of the invention.
    • Example 16 In Vivo Efficacy Study Comparing huEGFR-6 and huEGFR-7R Antibodies and Maytansinoid Conjugates
  • The activity of naked antibody and antibody-maytansinoid conjugates of the huEGFR-6 and huEGFR-7R antibodies was tested in EGFR expressing H292 NSCLC (non-small cell lung cancer) (FIG. 21) and FaDu SCCHN (squamous cell carcinoma of head and neck) (FIG. 22) tumor xenograft models. 1×107 tumor cells were injected subcutaneously into SCID mice. Animals were randomized by tumor volume into treatment groups when tumors reached a mean tumor volume of approximately 100 mm3 and injected once with the indicated dosage of naked antibodies or antibody-maytansinoid conjugates. Median tumor volume of each treatment groups is plotted against time post tumor cell inoculation (FIGS. 21 and 22). Tables 17 and 18 show the number of mice with complete response (CR) (no palpable tumor) and percent of tumor growth inhibition (% T/C) which corresponds to the median of tumor volume of each treated group divided by the median tumor volume of control group when the tumor volume of the control group reaches a predetermined size. A treatment with a % T/C value of below 42% is considered active, while a treatment with a % T/C value of below 12% is considered highly active.
  • Both the naked antibodies and antibody maytansinoid conjugates of the invention were very active and they significantly delayed the growth of both H292 and FaDu tumor xenografts (FIGS. 21 and 22). In H292 tumor xenograft study (FIG. 21 and Table 17), all mice treated with the huEGFR-6-SMCC-DM1 and huEGFR-7R-SMCC-DM1 conjugates as low as 3 mg/kg exhibited a complete response. Even the huEGFR-6 and huEGFR-7R antibodies at 10 mg/kg were highly active. In FaDu tumor xenograft study (FIG. 22 and Table 18), the huEGFR-6 and the huEGFR-7R antibodies at 10 mg/kg were active and the antibody-maytansinoid conjugates were even more active with complete response in some mice.
  • TABLE 17
    Activity of EGFR Ab and maytansinoid conjugates in
    H292 tumor xenograft
    Ab and conjugate % T/C CR
    huEGFR-6 Ab 10 mg/kg 3.1 1/6
    huEGFR-6-SMCC-DM1 3 mg/kg 0.0 6/6
    huEGFR-6-SMCC-DM1 10 mg/kg 0.0 6/6
    huEGFR-7R Ab 10 mg/kg 2.2 4/6
    huEGFR-7R-SMCC-DM1 3 mg/kg 1.2 6/6
    huEGFR-7R-SMCC-DM1 10 mg/kg 0.6 6/6
  • TABLE 18
    Activity of EGFR Ab and maytansinoid conjugates
    in FaDu tumor xenograft
    Ab and conjugate % T/C CR
    huEGFR-6 Ab 10 mg/kg 17.5 0/6
    huEGFR-6-SMCC-DM1 10 mg/kg 5.8 2/6
    huEGFR-7R Ab 10 mg/kg 13.4 0/6
    huEGFR-7R-SMCC-DM1 10 mg/kg 5.5 1/6

    In Vivo Efficacy Study Comparing huEGFR-7R-SMCC-DM1 and huEGFR-7R-PEG-MAL-DM1
  • The activity of naked antibody, the huEGFR-7R-SMCC-DM1 and the huEGFR-7R-PEG-MAL-DM1 conjugates was compared in EGFR expressing H292 NSCLC (non-small cell lung cancer) (FIG. 25), HSC2 SCCHN (squamous cell carcinoma of head and neck) (FIG. 26) and FaDu SCCHN (FIG. 27) tumor xenograft models. The experiment and data analysis were done as described above.
  • In H292 NSCLC tumor xenograft study (FIG. 25 and Table 19), all of the test articles were highly active at 3 mg/kg single dose. All mice treated with both the huEGFR-7R-SMCC-DM1 and the huEGFR-7R-PEG-MAL-DM1 conjugates showed a complete response, while none of the mice treated with the huEGFR-7R antibody had a complete response. In HSC2 SCCHN tumor xenograft study (FIG. 26 and Table 20), both the huEGFR-7R-SMCC-DM1 and the huEGFR-7R-PEG-MAL-DM1 conjugates were highly active with T/C of 8%, while the huEGFR-7R antibody was barely active at 5 mg/kg single dose. In FaDu SCCHN tumor xenograft study (FIG. 27 and Table 21), both the huEGFR-7R-SMCC-DM1 and the huEGFR-7R-PEG-MAL-DM1 conjugates were active with T/C of 15% and 28%, respectively. The huEGFR-7R antibody treatment showed some tumor growth inhibition but it was not significantly active. In conclusion, these results show that the naked antibodies of the invention are potent in inhibiting the growth of NSCLC and SCCHN tumors, and the conjugation with maytansinoid further enhances the anti-tumor activity.
  • TABLE 19
    Activity of huEGFR-7R Ab and maytansinoid conjugates
    in H292 tumor xenograft
    Ab and conjugate % T/C CR
    huEGFR-7R Ab 3 mg/kg 10 0/6
    huEGFR-7R-SMCC-DM1 3 mg/kg <1 6/6
    huEGFR-7R-PEG-MAL-DM1 3 mg/kg <1 6/6
  • TABLE 20
    Activity of huEGFR-7R Ab and maytansinoid conjugates
    in HSC2 tumor xenograft
    Ab and conjugate % T/C CR
    huEGFR-7R Ab 5 mg/kg 41 0/6
    huEGFR-7R-SMCC-DM1 5 mg/kg 8 0/6
    huEGFR-7R-PEG-MAL-DM1 5 mg/kg 8 0/6
  • TABLE 21
    Activity of huEGFR-7R Ab and maytansinoid conjugates
    in FaDu tumor xenograft
    Ab and conjugate % T/C CR
    huEGFR-7R Ab 5 mg/kg 45 0/6
    huEGFR-7R-SMCC-DM1 5 mg/kg 15 0/6
    huEGFR-7R-PEG-MAL-DM1 5 mg/kg 28 0/6
    • Example 17 In Vitro Cytotoxicity Assay on Human Primary Keratinocytes
  • EGFR signaling plays a key role in human primary keratinocyte proliferation. Inhibition of EGFR signaling by small molecule tyrosine kinase inhibitors or antagonistic anti-EGFR antibodies such as cetuximab leads to growth arrest and apoptosis in keratinocyte culture (Stoll et al., Oncogene 16, 1493-1499 (1998)). Keratinocyte apoptosis is thought to be one of the mechanism underlying dermatologic toxicities caused by the anti-EGFR therapies in the clinic. To examine the potential of skin toxicity, the EGFR antibodies and antibody-maytansinoid conjugates of the invention was tested in an in vitro cytotoxicity assay using human primary keratinocytes. Briefly, human primary keratinocytes (Invitrogen) were plated at 1,500 to 3,000 cells per well in 100 μL EGF containing media suggested by the manufacturer. Test articles were diluted in EGF containing media using 5-fold dilution series and 100 μL were added per well. The final concentration typically ranged from 3×10−8 M to 8×10−14 M. Cells were incubated at 37° C. in a humidified 5% CO2 incubator for 5 days. Viability of the remaining cells was determined by colorimetric WST-8 assay and the absorbance at 450 nm (A450) was measured in a multiwell plate reader. The surviving fraction was calculated by dividing each treated sample value by the average value of untreated controls. The surviving fraction value was plotted against the antibody-conjugate concentration in a semi-log plot for each treatment.
  • The in vitro cytotoxicity of huEGFR-7R naked antibodies and huEGFR-7R-SMCC-DM1 conjugate was compared to the activity of a non-specific antibody (chKTI), chKTI-SMCC-DM1 conjugate, a non antagonistic antibody (huML66) and its corresponding maytansinoid conjugate on the human primary keratinocytes (FIG. 23A) as well as H292 tumor cells (FIG. 23B) in the same experiment. In H292 cell line (FIG. 23B), huML66 antibody had no activity, while the huEGFR-7R antibody inhibited cell growth up to 55%. The maytansinoid conjugates of huML66 and huEGFR-7R had the best activity; they were able to completely inhibit tumor cell growth with EC50 between 0.05 and 0.07 nM. In human primary keratinocytes (FIG. 23A), chKTI and huML66 antibodies had no effect on keratinocyte proliferation. However, the huML66-SMCC-DM1 was very potent in killing the keratinocytes with 0.55 nM EC50. The huEGFR-7R naked antibody had very little effect on keratinocytes. Surprisingly, the huEGFR-7R-SMCC-DM1 conjugate was much less toxic to the keratinocytes as compared to the huML66-SMCC-DM1 conjugate. At the concentration of 3.3 nM, the huEGFR-7R naked antibody and its corresponding conjugate only inhibited less than 40% of the keratinocyte growth. In summary, antibody and antibody-maytansinoid conjugate of the invention has little effect on the human primary keratinocyte cell growth while they are very potent in eliminating tumor cells.
    • Example 18
  • Chemokine/Cytokine Production by Human Primary Keratinocytes
  • The skin epithelium, which is composed mainly of keratinocytes interspersed with dendritic cells, melanocytes, and rare T lymphocytes and monocytes, is highly committed to host defense. Physical, chemical, or immune-specific insults rapidly evoke an epidermal response characterized by the increase expression of chemokine and cytokines, which attract and activate distinct leukocyte subpopulations to induce inflammatory response. TNFα induces human keratinocytes to express numerous chemokines and cytokines including CCL5/RANTES, CXCL10/IFNγ-inducible-protein 10 and CXCL8/IL-8. CCL5 attracts T cells, monocytes as well as neturophils. CXCL10 induces migration of type 1 T cells. CXCL8 is a chemoattractants active in neutrophil recruitment as well as in epithelial and endothelial cell proliferation.
  • EGFR signaling governs the homeostatic maintenance and repair of epithelial tissue. EGFR activation leads to keratinocyte proliferation, migration and controlled differentiation. In response to TNFα, keratinocytes produce EGFR ligands which activate EGFR signaling. The enhanced EGFR activation in keratinocytes increases CXCL8 expression and reduces CCL5 and CXCL10 expression. In contrast, impairment of EGFR signaling led to an opposite pattern. Skin application of a selective EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitor led to more severe contact hypersensitivity responses, with increased epidermal levels of CCL5 and CXCL10, and a higher number of monocytes/macrophages and T cells in the skin. These findings suggested that EGFR signaling modulates skin inflammation by affecting chemokine expression in keratinocytes (Pastore, J Immunol., 174: 5047-5056 (2005)). It is now believed that skin toxicity manifested in the =clinic upon EGFR therapies are caused by apoptosis and sustained inflammation in the skin.
  • The effect of antibodies and antibody-maytansinoid conjugates of the invention in modulating chemokine/cytokine production by human primary keratinocytes was tested in the following in vitro assay. 1×105 human primary keratinocytes/well (Invitrogen) were first seeded in 6 well plate. The cells were starved overnight and then cultured with 100 ng/ml TNFα and 10 μg/ml test antibodies in the EGF containing media for 14 hours. The amount of CCL5, CXCL10 and CXCL8 in the culture supernatant was measured using ELISA kits from R&D systems according to the manufacturer's protocol. As shown in FIG. 24, cetuximab reduced the expression of CXCL8 and increased the production of CXCL10 and CCL5. In contrast, the naked antibodies of the invention had no or little effect on the expression of these chemokines/cytokines when compared to the chKTI control. Surprisingly, the maytansinoid conjugates of the EGFR antibodies of the invention also had no or little effect on the keratinocytes. Altogether, the results shown in Examples 17 and 18 strongly suggest that both the antibodies and antibody maytansinoid conjugates of the invention had minimal effect on the human primary keratinocytes in vitro, therefore are likely to be less toxic to the skin in humans. In contrast to the effect on keratinocytes, the antibodies and antibody maytansinoid conjugates of the invention are very potent in killing the EGFR positive tumor cells in vitro and in vivo as shown in Examples 7, 12, 15 and 16. In summary, the antibodies and antibody cytotoxic agent conjugates of the invention are unique class of anti-EGFR molecules that have distinct effect on normal vs. tumor cells.
    • Example 19 Epitope Mapping
  • The human EGFR is a large (1186 residues), monomeric glycoprotein with an extracellular ligand binding region, a single transmembrane region and a cytoplasmic tyrosine kinase domain flanked by noncatalytic regulatory regions. The extracellular domain (ECD) of human EGFR (residues 1-618) contains four subdomains (FIG. 28), here termed domain I (amino acids 1-165), domain II (amino acids 166-309), domain III (amino acids 310-481), and domain IV (amino acids 482-618). These domains are also referred to as L1, CR1, L2, and CR2, where L and CR are acronyms for large and Cys-rich, respectively. The epitope of the huEGFR-7R of the invention were mapped mainly to the defined region containing amino acids 460-480 in the human EGFR ECD domain III by engineering truncated and chimeric human/murine EGFR molecules.
    • EGFR Variants Cloning and Expression
  • The entire human EGFR ECD (amino acids 1-618) was expressed as an Fe fusion protein (huEGFR-Fc). The protein sequence was codon optimized, synthesized, and cloned in frame with a murine IgG2A hinge, CH2, and CH3 region in the pmuFc2ANL mammalian expression vector by Blue Heron Biotechnologies. As antibodies of the invention compete with cetuximab binding to EGFR (FIG. 8B), and cetuximab binds exclusively to domain III, the epitope of the antibodies of the invention may also be located in domain III and might overlap with that of cetuximab. To further identify the epitope, an Fe fusion of the truncated human EGFR (huEGFRdIII-Fc), containing entire domain III (amino acids 310-481) plus 20 extra residues from domain IV (amino acids 482-501), which was suggested to be required for binding of cetuximab, was similarly constructed as huEGFR-Fc. Further, a truncated murine EGFR containing amino acids 310-501 (muEGFRdIII-Fc), and chEGFRdIII-Fc, a chimeric version containing murine EGFR amino acids 310-501 with nucleotide sequence coding for amino acids 460-481 being replaced by the corresponding sequence from human EGFR, were also similarly constructed to be expressed as Fc fusion proteins (FIG. 29). The chEGFRdIII-Fc constructs consists of 10 amino acids mutations to their human counterparts, including residues 460, 461, 467, 468, 471, 473, 474, and 478-480. All forms of EGFR ECD Fc tagged proteins were expressed via transient transfection of HEK 293T cells and purified from the supernatant of the transfected cells using protein A affinity chromatography.
    • Antibody Binding to Various EGFR ECD-Fc Constructs
  • The huEGFR-7R was tested in ELISA format for binding to the various EGFR-Fc constructs described above. As shown in FIG. 30, huEGFR-7R antibody binds to both human EGFR (huEGFR-Fc) and human EGFR domain III (huEGFRdIII-Fc) with similar affinity. FIG. 30 also demonstrates that huEGFR-7R antibody practically does not recognize the murine EGFR domain III (muEGFRdIII-Fc), despite the high sequence homology with the human receptor (88% sequence identity in domain III). Additionally, the huEGFR-7R antibody binds to the human/murine EGFR chimera (chEGFRdIII-Fc), containing mainly murine EGFR domain III sequence with ten amino acids at positions 460, 461, 467, 468, 471, 473, 474, and 478-480 mutated to their human counterparts (FIG. 30). These data indicate that huEGFR-7R antibody binds exclusively to the domain III of human EGFR and the binding epitope is largely confined within amino acid positions 460-480. When the binding affinities to different truncated formats of huEGFR are compared, it is apparent that there was an approximately two fold decrease in the binding affinity of the huEGFR-7R antibody to chEGFRdIII-Fc as compared to huEGFR and huEGFRdIII, suggesting that the epitope of huEGFR-7R antibody consists of additional amino acid residues besides those in the positions 460-480. This data was confirmed with the muEGFR-7 antibody binding results (FIG. 32).
  • In parallel, other anti-EGFR antibodies of time invention, such as huEGFR-6 (FIG. 31), muEGFR-6 (FIG. 33), muEGFR-12 (FIG. 34) and muEGFR-13 (FIG. 35) antibodies that share unique biological activities with the EGFR-7 antibody, exhibit similar binding properties as the EGFR-7 antibody. They bind to human EGFR domain III (huEGFRdIII-Fc) but not murine EGFR domain III (muEGFRdIII-Fc), and importantly, they all bind to the chEGFRdIII-Fc at a lower affinity than to the huEGFRdIII-Fc. These data suggest that the epitope recognized by the antibodies of the invention constitutes other residues in domain III in addition to the amino acid residues in positions 460-480. In contrast, cetuximab binds to chEGFRdIII as well as wild type human EGFR and huEGFRdIII at similar affinity (FIG. 36), suggesting that the cetuximab binding epitope is confined to amino acid residues in positions 460-480. In summary, the huEGFR-7R antibody along with other anti-EGFR antibodies of the invention binds exclusively to domain III of the huEGFR extracellular domain. Moreover, through constructing chimeric EGFR, it has been confirmed that the epitope recognized by the antibodies of the invention is displaced toward the C-terminus of huEGFR domain III and largely overlaps with, but is not identical, to the cetuximab binding site and very likely consists of additional critical amino acids
  • The foregoing description of the specific embodiments will so fully reveal the general nature of the invention that others can, by applying knowledge within the skill of the art, readily modify and/or adapt for various applications such specific embodiments, without undue experimentation, without departing from the general concept of the present invention. Therefore, such adaptations and modifications are intended to be within the meaning and range of equivalents of the disclosed embodiments, based on the teaching and guidance presented herein. It is to be understood that the phraseology or terminology herein is for the purpose of description and not of limitation, such that the terminology or phraseology of the present specification is to be interpreted by the skilled artisan in light of the teachings and guidance.
  • The breadth and scope of the present invention should not be limited by any of the above-described exemplary embodiments, but should be defined only in accordance with the following claims and their equivalents.

Claims (49)

1-76. (canceled)
77. An isolated polynucleotide comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:39, SEQ ID NO:41, SEQ ID NO:42, or SEQ ID NO:80.
78. The polynucleotide of claim 77, wherein the polynucleotide comprises the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:41.
79. The polynucleotide of claim 78, wherein the polynucleotide comprises the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:51.
80. The polynucleotide of claim 77, wherein the polynucleotide comprises the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:42.
81. The polynucleotide of claim 80, wherein the polynucleotide comprises the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:54.
82. The polynucleotide of claim 77, wherein the polynucleotide comprises the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:80.
83. The polynucleotide of claim 82, wherein the polynucleotide comprises the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:84.
84. The polynucleotide of claim 77, wherein the polynucleotide further comprises the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:44, SEQ ID NO:46, SEQ ID NO:47, or SEQ ID NO:48.
85. A vector comprising the polynucleotide of claim 77.
86. A vector comprising the polynucleotide of claim 84.
87. A host cell comprising the polynucleotide of claim 77.
88. A host cell comprising the polynucleotide of claim 84.
89. An isolated polynucleotide comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:44, SEQ ID NO:46, SEQ ID NO:47, or SEQ ID NO:48.
90. The polynucleotide of claim 89, wherein the polynucleotide comprises the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:46.
91. The polynucleotide of claim 90, wherein the polynucleotide comprises the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:52.
92. The polynucleotide of claim 89, wherein the polynucleotide comprises the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:47.
93. The polynucleotide of claim 92, wherein the polynucleotide comprises the nucleotide sequence of SEQ NO:53.
94. The polynucleotide of claim 89, wherein the polynucleotide comprises the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:48.
95. The polynucleotide of claim 94, wherein the polynucleotide comprises the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:55.
96. A vector comprising the polynucleotide of claim 89.
97. A host cell comprising the polynucleotide of claim 89.
98. An isolated polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide comprising a heavy chain (HC) variable domain, wherein the HC variable domain comprises: (a) a HC CDR1 comprising the amino acid sequence of ESYWMQ (SEQ ID NO:1); (b) a HC CDR2 comprising the amino acid sequence of Xaa1Xaa2YPGDGDXaa3Xaa4 (SEQ ID NO:4); and (c) a HC CDR3 comprising the amino acid sequence of YDAPGYXaa1MDY (SEQ ID NO:5), and
wherein Xaa1 of HC CDR2 is T or A; Xaa2 of HC CDR2 is I or L; Xaa3 of HC CDR2 is T or A; Xaa4 of HC CDR2 is T, R, or 5; and Xaa1 of CDR3 is A or T.
99. The isolated polynucleotide of claim 98, wherein the HC CDR2 comprises the amino acid sequence of TIYPGDGDTT (SEQ ID NO:2), and wherein the HC CDR3 comprises the amino acid sequence of YDAPGYAMDY (SEQ ID NO:3).
100. The isolated polynucleotide of claim 99, wherein the heavy chain variable domain comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:19, SEQ ID NO:21, SEQ ID NO:22, or SEQ ID NO:73.
101. The isolated polynucleotide of claim 100, wherein the polypeptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:31, SEQ ID NO:32, or SEQ ID NO:76.
102. The isolated polynucleotide of claim 98, wherein the HC CDR2 comprises the amino acid sequence of TIYPGDGDTTYTQKFKG (SEQ ID NO:63).
103. The isolated polynucleotide of claim 102, wherein the heavy chain variable domain comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:19 or SEQ ID NO:22.
104. The isolated polynucleotide of claim 103, wherein the polypeptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:32.
105. The isolated polynucleotide of claim 98, wherein the HC CDR2 comprises the amino acid sequence of TIYPGDGDTTYTQKFQG (SEQ ID NO:64).
106. The isolated polynucleotide of claim 105, wherein the heavy chain variable domain comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:21 or SEQ ID NO:73.
107. The isolated polynucleotide of claim 106, wherein the polypeptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 31 or SEQ 11) NO:76.
108. The isolated polynucleotide of claim 98, wherein the polynucleotide further encodes a polypeptide comprising a light chain (LC) variable domain, wherein the LC variable domain comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:24, SEQ ID NO:26, SEQ ID NO:27, or SEQ ID NO:28.
109. A vector comprising the polynucleotide of claim 98.
110. A vector comprising the polynucleotide of claim 108.
111. A host cell comprising the polynucleotide of claim 98.
112. A host cell comprising the polynucleotide of claim 108.
113. An isolated polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide comprising a LC variable domain, wherein the LC variable domain comprises: (a) a LC CDR1 comprising the amino acid sequence of Xaa1ASQDINNYXaa2A (SEQ ID NO:14); (b) a LC CDR2 comprising the amino acid sequence of YTSTLHP (SEQ ID NO:11); and (c) a LC CDR3 comprising the amino acid sequence of LQYDNLLYT (SEQ ID NO:12), and
wherein Xaa1 of LC CDR1 is K or R.
114. The isolated polynucleotide of claim 113, wherein the HC CDR1 comprises the amino acid sequence of KASQDINNYLA (SEQ ID NO:10).
115. The isolated polynucleotide of claim 114, wherein the light chain variable domain comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:24 or SEQ ID NO:27.
116. The isolated polynucleotide of claim 115, wherein the polypeptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:34.
117. The isolated polynucleotide of claim 113, wherein the HC CDR1 comprises the amino acid sequence of RASQDINNYLA (SEQ ID NO:13).
118. The isolated polynucleotide of claim 117, wherein the light chain variable domain comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:26 or SEQ ID NO:28.
119. The isolated polynucleotide of claim 118, wherein the polypeptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:33 or SEQ ID NO:35.
120. The isolated polynucleotide of claim 113, wherein the polynucleotide further encodes a polypeptide comprising a HG variable domain, wherein the 1-IC variable domain comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:19, SEQ ID NO:21, SEQ ID NO:22, SEQ ID NO:73.
121. A vector comprising the polynucleotide of claim 113.
122. A vector comprising the polynucleotide of claim 120.
123. A host cell comprising the polynucleotide of claim 113.
124. A host cell comprising the polynucleotide of claim 120.
US14/821,398 2010-10-29 2015-08-07 Novel EGFR-Binding Molecules and Immunoconjugates Thereof Abandoned US20160060345A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US14/821,398 US20160060345A1 (en) 2010-10-29 2015-08-07 Novel EGFR-Binding Molecules and Immunoconjugates Thereof

Applications Claiming Priority (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US40849710P 2010-10-29 2010-10-29
US201161477086P 2011-04-19 2011-04-19
US13/284,398 US8790649B2 (en) 2010-10-29 2011-10-28 EGFR-binding molecules and immunoconjugates thereof
US13/800,624 US9125896B2 (en) 2010-10-29 2013-03-13 EGFR-binding molecules and immunoconjugates thereof
US14/821,398 US20160060345A1 (en) 2010-10-29 2015-08-07 Novel EGFR-Binding Molecules and Immunoconjugates Thereof

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/800,624 Division US9125896B2 (en) 2010-10-29 2013-03-13 EGFR-binding molecules and immunoconjugates thereof

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20160060345A1 true US20160060345A1 (en) 2016-03-03

Family

ID=45994816

Family Applications (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/284,398 Expired - Fee Related US8790649B2 (en) 2010-10-29 2011-10-28 EGFR-binding molecules and immunoconjugates thereof
US13/800,624 Expired - Fee Related US9125896B2 (en) 2010-10-29 2013-03-13 EGFR-binding molecules and immunoconjugates thereof
US14/821,398 Abandoned US20160060345A1 (en) 2010-10-29 2015-08-07 Novel EGFR-Binding Molecules and Immunoconjugates Thereof

Family Applications Before (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/284,398 Expired - Fee Related US8790649B2 (en) 2010-10-29 2011-10-28 EGFR-binding molecules and immunoconjugates thereof
US13/800,624 Expired - Fee Related US9125896B2 (en) 2010-10-29 2013-03-13 EGFR-binding molecules and immunoconjugates thereof

Country Status (13)

Country Link
US (3) US8790649B2 (en)
EP (1) EP2632490A4 (en)
JP (2) JP5828901B2 (en)
KR (1) KR20140008308A (en)
CN (1) CN103298489A (en)
AU (1) AU2011320314B2 (en)
BR (1) BR112013010544A2 (en)
CA (1) CA2815277A1 (en)
EA (1) EA201390472A1 (en)
MX (1) MX2013004761A (en)
NZ (1) NZ609619A (en)
SG (1) SG189929A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2012058588A2 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2018226897A1 (en) * 2017-06-07 2018-12-13 Intrexon Corporation Expression of novel cell tags

Families Citing this family (35)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2008118970A2 (en) 2007-03-27 2008-10-02 Sea Lane Biotechnologies, Llc Constructs and libraries comprising antibody surrogate light chain sequences
AU2010249046A1 (en) 2009-05-13 2011-12-01 Sea Lane Biotechnologies, Llc Neutralizing molecules to influenza viruses
JP5828901B2 (en) 2010-10-29 2015-12-09 イミュノジェン， インコーポレイテッド Novel EGFR binding molecule and immunoconjugate thereof
WO2012058592A2 (en) 2010-10-29 2012-05-03 Immunogen, Inc. Non-antagonistic egfr-binding molecules and immunoconjugates thereof
CA3115406A1 (en) 2011-01-24 2012-08-02 National Research Council Of Canada Antibodies selective for cells presenting egfr at high density
EP2736928B1 (en) 2011-07-28 2019-01-09 i2 Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Sur-binding proteins against erbb3
EP2794010A4 (en) 2011-11-21 2015-10-21 Immunogen Inc Method of treatment of tumors that are resistant to egfr therapies by egfr antibody cytotoxic agent conjugate
US9975956B2 (en) 2011-12-22 2018-05-22 I2 Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Surrogate binding proteins which bind DR4 and/or DR5
WO2013109994A1 (en) 2012-01-20 2013-07-25 Sea Lane Biotechnologies, Llc Surrobody cojugates
EP2849789A4 (en) * 2012-05-14 2016-02-24 Hoffmann La Roche Compositions and methods for the diagnosis and treatment of tumor
JP6441792B2 (en) * 2012-05-17 2018-12-19 ソレント・セラピューティクス・インコーポレイテッドＳｏｒｒｅｎｔｏ Ｔｈｅｒａｐｅｕｔｉｃｓ， Ｉｎｃ． Antigen binding protein that binds to EGFR
DK2888283T3 (en) 2012-08-24 2018-11-19 Univ California ANTIBODIES AND VACCINES FOR TREATING ROR1 CANCER AND INHIBITIVE METASTASE
NZ707091A (en) 2012-10-04 2018-12-21 Immunogen Inc Use of a pvdf membrane to purify cell-binding agent cytotoxic agent conjugates
US20170319709A1 (en) * 2013-07-05 2017-11-09 Formation Biologics Inc. Egfr antibody conjugates
WO2015038755A1 (en) 2013-09-13 2015-03-19 Wake Forest University Health Sciences Methods and compositions for treatment of chlamydial infection and related diseases and disorders
TWI731535B (en) * 2014-03-21 2021-06-21 美商艾伯維有限公司 Anti-egfr antibodies and antibody drug conjugates
DK3148581T3 (en) * 2014-05-30 2020-01-13 Henlix Biotech Co Ltd ANTI-EPIDERMAL GROWTH FACTOR RECEPTOR (EGFR) ANTIBODIES
RU2741470C9 (en) 2014-09-02 2021-04-27 Иммьюноджен, Инк. Methods for preparing antibody-drug conjugate compositions
PL3189056T3 (en) 2014-09-03 2020-11-02 Immunogen, Inc. Cytotoxic benzodiazepine derivatives
WO2016036804A1 (en) 2014-09-03 2016-03-10 Immunogen, Inc. Cytotoxic benzodiazepine derivatives
US20170333570A1 (en) * 2014-10-31 2017-11-23 Formation Biologics Inc. Egfr antibody-based combination therapy
JP6843080B2 (en) 2015-06-29 2021-03-17 イミュノジェン・インコーポレーテッド Cysteine-modified antibody complex
US10537633B2 (en) 2016-03-04 2020-01-21 Jn Biosciences Llc Antibodies to TIGIT
KR102652827B1 (en) 2016-06-08 2024-04-01 프레시전 인코포레이티드 Cd33 specific chimeric antigen receptors
MY196869A (en) 2016-06-27 2023-05-05 Univ California Cancer treatment combinations
CN106362161A (en) * 2016-08-29 2017-02-01 苏州普罗达生物科技有限公司 Coupling conjugate of micromolecular CD33 antibody peptide and vincristine
KR20230133935A (en) 2016-11-23 2023-09-19 이뮤노젠 아이엔씨 Selective sulfonation of benzodiazepine derivatives
KR20240110082A (en) 2017-02-28 2024-07-12 이뮤노젠 아이엔씨 Maytansinoid derivatives with self-immolative peptide linkers and conjugates thereof
TW201839001A (en) 2017-04-20 2018-11-01 美商伊繆諾金公司 Cytotoxic benzodiazepine derivatives and conjugates thereof
CN107496933B (en) * 2017-08-21 2019-12-24 山东新华制药股份有限公司 Antibody drug conjugate for treating pancreatic cancer and preparation method thereof
EP4269560A3 (en) * 2017-10-03 2024-01-17 Precision Biosciences, Inc. Modified epidermal growth factor receptor peptides for use in genetically-modified cells
US11793885B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2023-10-24 Immunogen, Inc. Substituted benzo[5,6][1,4]diazepino[1,2-a]indoles for the treatment of proliferative disorders
EP4316524A3 (en) 2019-04-26 2024-04-24 ImmunoGen, Inc. Camptothecin derivatives
US20220267432A1 (en) * 2019-07-30 2022-08-25 Jiangsu Hengrui Medicine Co., Ltd. Method for treating autoimmune disease by il-17 antagonist
KR20230019152A (en) 2020-06-02 2023-02-07 아르커스 바이오사이언시즈 인코포레이티드 Antibodies to TIGIT

Family Cites Families (86)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CU22545A1 (en) 1994-11-18 1999-03-31 Centro Inmunologia Molecular OBTAINING A CHEMICAL AND HUMANIZED ANTIBODY AGAINST THE RECEPTOR OF THE EPIDERMAL GROWTH FACTOR FOR DIAGNOSTIC AND THERAPEUTIC USE
US4307016A (en) 1978-03-24 1981-12-22 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Demethyl maytansinoids
US4256746A (en) 1978-11-14 1981-03-17 Takeda Chemical Industries Dechloromaytansinoids, their pharmaceutical compositions and method of use
JPS55102583A (en) 1979-01-31 1980-08-05 Takeda Chem Ind Ltd 20-acyloxy-20-demethylmaytansinoid compound
JPS55162791A (en) 1979-06-05 1980-12-18 Takeda Chem Ind Ltd Antibiotic c-15003pnd and its preparation
JPS5645483A (en) 1979-09-19 1981-04-25 Takeda Chem Ind Ltd C-15003phm and its preparation
EP0028683A1 (en) 1979-09-21 1981-05-20 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Antibiotic C-15003 PHO and production thereof
JPS5645485A (en) 1979-09-21 1981-04-25 Takeda Chem Ind Ltd Production of c-15003pnd
WO1982001188A1 (en) 1980-10-08 1982-04-15 Takeda Chemical Industries Ltd 4,5-deoxymaytansinoide compounds and process for preparing same
US4450254A (en) 1980-11-03 1984-05-22 Standard Oil Company Impact improvement of high nitrile resins
US4315929A (en) 1981-01-27 1982-02-16 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of Agriculture Method of controlling the European corn borer with trewiasine
US4313946A (en) 1981-01-27 1982-02-02 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of Agriculture Chemotherapeutically active maytansinoids from Trewia nudiflora
US4563304A (en) 1981-02-27 1986-01-07 Pharmacia Fine Chemicals Ab Pyridine compounds modifying proteins, polypeptides or polysaccharides
JPS57192389A (en) 1981-05-20 1982-11-26 Takeda Chem Ind Ltd Novel maytansinoid
US4943533A (en) 1984-03-01 1990-07-24 The Regents Of The University Of California Hybrid cell lines that produce monoclonal antibodies to epidermal growth factor receptor
US5470571A (en) 1988-01-27 1995-11-28 The Wistar Institute Method of treating human EGF receptor-expressing gliomas using radiolabeled EGF receptor-specific MAB 425
AU4128089A (en) 1988-09-15 1990-03-22 Rorer International (Overseas) Inc. Monoclonal antibodies specific to human epidermal growth factor receptor and therapeutic methods employing same
US5208020A (en) 1989-10-25 1993-05-04 Immunogen Inc. Cytotoxic agents comprising maytansinoids and their therapeutic use
US5459061A (en) 1990-01-26 1995-10-17 W. Alton Jones Cell Science Center, Inc. Hybridomas producing monoclonal antibodies which specifically bind to continuous epitope on the human EGF receptor and compete with EGF for binding to the EGF receptor
CA2095633C (en) 1990-12-03 2003-02-04 Lisa J. Garrard Enrichment method for variant proteins with altered binding properties
CZ282603B6 (en) 1991-03-06 1997-08-13 Merck Patent Gesellschaft Mit Beschränkter Haftun G Humanized and chimeric monoclonal antibody, expression vector and pharmaceutical preparation
ES2134212T3 (en) * 1991-04-25 1999-10-01 Chugai Pharmaceutical Co Ltd HUMAN ANTIBODY RECONSTITUTED AGAINST THE RECEIVER OF INTERLEUKIN 6 HUMAN.
ES2149768T3 (en) 1992-03-25 2000-11-16 Immunogen Inc CONJUGATES OF BINDING AGENTS OF CELLS DERIVED FROM CC-1065.
US5756291A (en) 1992-08-21 1998-05-26 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Aptamers specific for biomolecules and methods of making
JPH06319396A (en) * 1993-05-07 1994-11-22 Japan Tobacco Inc Plant for production antiviral antibody and method for creating the same plant
PT659439E (en) 1993-12-24 2002-04-29 Merck Patent Gmbh IMUNOCONJUGADOS
DK0699237T3 (en) 1994-03-17 2003-05-26 Merck Patent Gmbh Single-chain anti-EGFR FVs and anti-EGFR antibodies.
US5731168A (en) 1995-03-01 1998-03-24 Genentech, Inc. Method for making heteromultimeric polypeptides
US5942602A (en) 1997-02-13 1999-08-24 Schering Aktiengessellschaft Growth factor receptor antibodies
US6235883B1 (en) 1997-05-05 2001-05-22 Abgenix, Inc. Human monoclonal antibodies to epidermal growth factor receptor
WO1999022008A1 (en) 1997-10-27 1999-05-06 Sumitomo Electric Industries, Ltd. Inducer for production of antigen-specific antibody, expression vector containing gene therefor, and method of inducing production of antigen-specific antibody
US20040031072A1 (en) 1999-05-06 2004-02-12 La Rosa Thomas J. Soy nucleic acid molecules and other molecules associated with transcription plants and uses thereof for plant improvement
AU775373B2 (en) 1999-10-01 2004-07-29 Immunogen, Inc. Compositions and methods for treating cancer using immunoconjugates and chemotherapeutic agents
US7303749B1 (en) 1999-10-01 2007-12-04 Immunogen Inc. Compositions and methods for treating cancer using immunoconjugates and chemotherapeutic agents
NZ517772A (en) 1999-11-24 2004-03-26 Immunogen Inc Cytotoxic agents comprising taxanes and their therapeutic use
SK12232002A3 (en) 2000-02-25 2003-03-04 The Government Of The United States, As Represented By The Anti-EGFRvIII scFv with improved cytotoxicity and yield, immunotoxins based thereon, and methods of use thereof
US7097840B2 (en) 2000-03-16 2006-08-29 Genentech, Inc. Methods of treatment using anti-ErbB antibody-maytansinoid conjugates
US6333410B1 (en) 2000-08-18 2001-12-25 Immunogen, Inc. Process for the preparation and purification of thiol-containing maytansinoids
RU2297245C2 (en) 2001-02-19 2007-04-20 Мерк Патент Гмбх Modified anti-egfr antibodies with reduced ammonogenicity
EP1392359B2 (en) * 2001-05-11 2013-03-13 Ludwig Institute for Cancer Research Ltd. Specific binding proteins and uses thereof
US6441163B1 (en) 2001-05-31 2002-08-27 Immunogen, Inc. Methods for preparation of cytotoxic conjugates of maytansinoids and cell binding agents
CA2450285C (en) 2001-06-13 2016-08-02 Genmab A/S Human monoclonal antibodies to epidermal growth factor receptor (egfr)
US7595378B2 (en) 2001-06-13 2009-09-29 Genmab A/S Human monoclonal antibodies to epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR)
GB0122914D0 (en) 2001-09-22 2001-11-14 Univ Nottingham Modulation of stat activity
US6716821B2 (en) 2001-12-21 2004-04-06 Immunogen Inc. Cytotoxic agents bearing a reactive polyethylene glycol moiety, cytotoxic conjugates comprising polyethylene glycol linking groups, and methods of making and using the same
US7300655B2 (en) * 2002-08-01 2007-11-27 Immunomedics, Inc. Alpha-fetoprotein Immu31 antibodies and fusion proteins and methods of use thereof
CA2522637C (en) 2003-04-17 2014-01-21 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modified irna agents
US8088387B2 (en) 2003-10-10 2012-01-03 Immunogen Inc. Method of targeting specific cell populations using cell-binding agent maytansinoid conjugates linked via a non-cleavable linker, said conjugates, and methods of making said conjugates
CN102940889A (en) * 2003-05-14 2013-02-27 伊缪诺金公司 Drug conjugate composition
US7276497B2 (en) 2003-05-20 2007-10-02 Immunogen Inc. Cytotoxic agents comprising new maytansinoids
EP1638606B1 (en) 2003-06-27 2016-01-06 Amgen Fremont Inc. Antibodies directed to the deletion mutants of epidermal growth factor receptor and uses thereof
TWI333977B (en) 2003-09-18 2010-12-01 Symphogen As Method for linking sequences of interest
DK1673398T3 (en) * 2003-10-16 2011-04-18 Micromet Ag Multispecific, deimmunized CD3 binders
WO2005056759A2 (en) 2003-12-04 2005-06-23 Xencor, Inc. Methods of generating variant proteins with increased host string content and compositions thereof
US7935793B2 (en) * 2003-12-04 2011-05-03 Abbott Biotherapeutics Corp. Treatment of inflammatory bowel diseases with anti-IP-10 antibodies
SI1711530T1 (en) 2003-12-22 2010-01-29 Glaxo Group Ltd Nogo-a neutralising immunoglobulins for treatment of neurological diseases
WO2005077982A1 (en) * 2004-02-16 2005-08-25 Micromet Ag Less immunogenic binding molecules
PL1735348T3 (en) * 2004-03-19 2012-11-30 Imclone Llc Human anti-epidermal growth factor receptor antibody
AU2005228446B2 (en) 2004-03-31 2007-02-22 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Method to determine responsiveness of cancer to epidermal growth factor receptor targeting treatments
RU2404810C9 (en) 2004-06-01 2015-06-20 Дженентек, Инк. Conjugates antibody-medicinal agent and methods
US20070009972A1 (en) 2005-02-16 2007-01-11 Ginger Chao Epidermal growth factor receptor polypeptides and antibodies
JP2008538365A (en) 2005-04-15 2008-10-23 イミュノジェン・インコーポレーテッド Methods for eliminating heterogeneous or mixed cell populations within a tumor
US8101183B2 (en) * 2005-05-06 2012-01-24 Zymogentics, Inc. Variable region sequences of IL-31 monoclonal antibodies
US20070213292A1 (en) 2005-08-10 2007-09-13 The Rockefeller University Chemically modified oligonucleotides for use in modulating micro RNA and uses thereof
US20090252681A1 (en) 2005-10-11 2009-10-08 Ablynx N.V. Nanobodies and Polypeptides Against EGFR and IGF-IR
US7846443B2 (en) 2006-08-11 2010-12-07 Schering Corporation Antibodies to IL-17A
US20090258442A1 (en) 2006-08-31 2009-10-15 Cell Signaling Technology, Inc. Reagents for the detection of protein phosphorylation in carcinoma signaling pathways
FR2909092B1 (en) * 2006-11-24 2012-10-19 Pf Medicament NEW ANTI-PROLIFERATION ANTIBODIES
ES2609094T3 (en) 2007-01-25 2017-04-18 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Use of anti-EGFR antibodies in the treatment of diseases mediated by a mutant EGFR
EP2109947B1 (en) 2007-02-05 2016-04-13 Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson (publ) Load estimation using scheduled uplink power
WO2008098145A1 (en) 2007-02-07 2008-08-14 University Of Washington Methods for modulating antigen-specific b cell responses
WO2008104183A2 (en) * 2007-03-01 2008-09-04 Symphogen A/S Recombinant anti-epidermal growth factor receptor antibody compositions
US7892777B2 (en) 2007-07-17 2011-02-22 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Methods for measuring whether a treatment affects RPTP-κ activity
US20110256142A1 (en) 2007-09-06 2011-10-20 Genmab A/S Novel methods and antibodies for treating cancer
AU2008341050B2 (en) * 2007-12-26 2013-10-24 Vaccinex, Inc. Anti-C35 antibody combination therapies and methods
US20090269343A1 (en) 2008-04-11 2009-10-29 Duke University Dual Specific Immunotoxin for Brain Tumor Therapy
WO2009134976A1 (en) 2008-04-30 2009-11-05 Immunogen, Inc Potent conjugates and hydrophilic linkers
KR101764081B1 (en) 2008-04-30 2017-08-01 이뮤노젠 아이엔씨 Cross-linkers and their uses
EP2303332B1 (en) 2008-07-15 2014-12-31 Genentech, Inc. Anthracycline conjugates, process for their preparation and their use as antitumor compounds
CN102137874B (en) 2008-08-29 2015-02-18 西福根有限公司 Recombinant anti-epidermal growth factor receptor antibody compositions
CN102292352A (en) 2008-10-10 2011-12-21 新兴产品开发西雅图有限公司 TCR complex immunotherapeutics
WO2010055950A1 (en) 2008-11-17 2010-05-20 財団法人ヒューマンサイエンス振興財団 Novel cancer targeting therapy using complex of substance capable of binding specifically to constituent factor of cancer stroma and anti-tumor compound
JP5788384B2 (en) 2010-05-18 2015-09-30 株式会社医学生物学研究所 Antibody binding to transforming growth factor alpha and having growth inhibitory activity against Ras gene mutation cancer
WO2012058592A2 (en) 2010-10-29 2012-05-03 Immunogen, Inc. Non-antagonistic egfr-binding molecules and immunoconjugates thereof
JP5828901B2 (en) 2010-10-29 2015-12-09 イミュノジェン， インコーポレイテッド Novel EGFR binding molecule and immunoconjugate thereof
EP2794010A4 (en) 2011-11-21 2015-10-21 Immunogen Inc Method of treatment of tumors that are resistant to egfr therapies by egfr antibody cytotoxic agent conjugate

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
Wesolowski et al., Single domain antibodies: promising experimental and therapeutic tools in infection and immunity, Med. Microbiol. Immunol. 198(3): 157-174, 2009. *

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2018226897A1 (en) * 2017-06-07 2018-12-13 Intrexon Corporation Expression of novel cell tags
CN110997920A (en) * 2017-06-07 2020-04-10 英特拉克森公司 Expression of novel cell tags
US11118168B2 (en) 2017-06-07 2021-09-14 Precigen, Inc. Expression of novel cell tags
US12060585B2 (en) 2017-06-07 2024-08-13 Precigen, Inc. Expression of novel cell tags
IL306102B1 (en) * 2017-06-07 2024-09-01 Precigen Inc Expression of novel cell tags

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP5828901B2 (en) 2015-12-09
US20140099308A1 (en) 2014-04-10
NZ609619A (en) 2015-05-29
WO2012058588A4 (en) 2012-12-06
BR112013010544A2 (en) 2016-08-02
CA2815277A1 (en) 2012-05-03
JP2014500711A (en) 2014-01-16
US8790649B2 (en) 2014-07-29
WO2012058588A3 (en) 2012-10-18
EP2632490A4 (en) 2014-10-22
JP2015143271A (en) 2015-08-06
CN103298489A (en) 2013-09-11
EA201390472A1 (en) 2014-02-28
US20120156217A1 (en) 2012-06-21
AU2011320314A1 (en) 2013-04-11
US9125896B2 (en) 2015-09-08
WO2012058588A2 (en) 2012-05-03
KR20140008308A (en) 2014-01-21
MX2013004761A (en) 2013-08-27
AU2011320314B2 (en) 2015-08-06
SG189929A1 (en) 2013-06-28
EP2632490A2 (en) 2013-09-04

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US9125896B2 (en) EGFR-binding molecules and immunoconjugates thereof
US9238690B2 (en) Non-antagonistic EGFR-binding molecules and immunoconjugates thereof
US20230287137A1 (en) Cd37-binding molecules immunoconjugates thereof
US10752683B2 (en) Folate receptor 1 antibodies and immunoconjugates and uses thereof
WO2012019024A2 (en) Her3-binding molecules and immunoconjugates thereof
AU2015252047A1 (en) Novel EGFR-Binding Molecules and Immunoconjugates Thereof
AU2014256413B2 (en) Folate Receptor 1 Antibodies and Immunoconjugates and Uses Thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: IMMUNOGEN, INC., MASSACHUSETTS

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:SETIADY, JULIANTO;PARK, PETER U.;RUI, LINGYUN;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20120417 TO 20120814;REEL/FRAME:036492/0890

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION